Regulations Indian School Certificate Examination

REGULATIONS INDIAN SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION

THE COUNCIL Examinations Origin 6. The Council conducts the Indian Certificate of Secondary Education, the Indian School 1. The Council for the Indian School Certificate Examinations was established in 1958 by the Certificate and the Certificate of Vocational University of Cambridge Local Examinations Education, Examinations. Syndicate with the assistance of the Inter-State 7. There is a Committee on Examinations and Board for Anglo-Indian Education. It is registered Subject Committees for receiving suggestions, under the Societies Registration Act No. XXI of drawing up and revising syllabuses. The Council 1860. has its own teams of trained examiners, specialists Recognition and competent advisers. 2. The Delhi Education Act, 1973, passed by Parliament, in Chapter I under Definitions Section INDIAN SCHOOL CERTIFICATE 2 (s), recognises the Council as a body conducting EXAMINATION public examinations. CHAPTER 1 Constituents A. Introduction 3. The Council has been so constituted as to secure 1. The Indian School Certificate Examination suitable representation of: Government of India, has been designed as an examination, through Governments responsible for affiliated schools in the medium of English, in accordance with their State/Territories, the Inter-State Board for the recommendations of the New Education Anglo-Indian Education, the Association of Indian Policy 1986, after a two-year course of studies Universities, the Association of Heads of beyond the Indian Certificate of Secondary Anglo-Indian Schools, the Indian Public Schools’ Education (Year-10) Examination or its Conference, the Association of Schools for the equivalent. Indian School Certificate (ASISC) Examination 2. Private candidates are not permitted to appear and members co-opted by the Executive for the examination. Committee of the Council. B. Academic Year Administration The beginning of the academic year in Schools 4. The Council is administered by an Executive affiliated to the Council shall be from the middle Committee consisting of the Chairman and four of March and the first week of June each year. members. The Chief Executive and Secretary of However, the Hill schools may begin the the Council is the ex-officio Secretary of the academic year from February each year. Committee. C. Conditions of eligibility for admission to 5. The Chief Executive and Secretary acts as Class XI Secretary to the Council under the authority of the Chairman. Subject to the overall control of the 1. Candidates who have been awarded Pass Council and the Executive Committee, the Chief Certificates in the Indian Certificate of Executive and Secretary exercises all powers of Secondary Education Examination with the Council related to the administration of the passes in five subjects including English are examinations in accordance with the provisions of eligible to be admitted for preparation in the Regulations and other rules and procedures courses of study leading to the Indian School approved by the Council from time to time and for Certificate Examination. the time being in force. 1 2. (a) The eligibility of candidates who have Candidates may be entered only by the school been awarded Pass Certificates in an they are attending and in this respect, the equivalent examination conducted by decision of the Head of the School is final. another Examining Board will be decided 2. Candidates who are entered as school by the Chief Executive and Secretary of candidates in accordance with (1) above, and the Council. The conditions of eligibility who were not awarded Pass Certificates may are as follows: be admitted to Class XII by 31st August, under (i) The candidate must have been intimation to the Council, at an affiliated and awarded a Pass Certificate in registered school, prior to the year of the accordance with the requirements of examination, provided such a candidate fulfils the Board at an equivalent all other conditions as per the Regulations. examination. 3. Candidates entered as school candidates in (ii) The candidate must have obtained accordance with 1 or 2 above and who are not pass marks in accordance with the awarded Pass Certificates will be permitted to Regulations of the Board in English re-appear for the examination without further and four other written subjects. attendance at an affiliated and registered school only once in the year following their (b) Heads of Schools may ADMIT failure but not thereafter. PROVISIONALLY in Class XI, a candidate who has been thus awarded a Such candidates can be entered online for the Pass Certificate by another Examining examination by the Heads of those Schools Board. On granting provisional from where these candidates had appeared for admission, they must submit online to the the examination in the previous year and were Council immediately, certified true copies not awarded a Pass Certificate. of the Statement of Marks issued to the 4. Candidates who have been awarded Pass candidate by the Examining Board. Certificates will be permitted to enter for a Supplementary Pass Certificate in any/all of The Council will inform the school about the subjects offered for the ISC examinations the eligibility status of the candidate earlier by the candidates (provided that the online. subjects under consideration are still being D. Last date for regularising admission to offered for the examination in the year in Class XI of ISC which the candidates wish to enter), without The last date for regularising admission to further attendance at an affiliated and Class XI of ISC is August 31, each year. registered school OR after studying an additional subject(s) for two years. Such

candidates can be entered for the examination E. Conditions of Entry online through the Heads of Schools from 1. Entry to the Indian School Certificate which the candidates appeared originally for Examination in the case of eligible candidates the ISC examination. who are being entered for the first time is 5. Candidates who were not awarded Pass restricted to candidates with a minimum of Certificates may appear for the 75% attendance of the working days during Compartmental Examination to be held in each year of the two-year course at school(s) July in any ONE subject in which they have affiliated to the Council and registered for the not secured the Pass Mark i.e. 35%. To be Indian School Certificate Examination. The eligible to appear for the Compartmental last date of computing attendance at schools is Examination, the candidates should have January 31, of each of the two-year course. secured the Pass Mark in English and two

2 other subjects in the ISC Examination. For (a) on account of illness of the candidates, duly further details refer to Chapter V on page 11. certified by a registered medical practitioner; 5. There is no age limit for candidates taking the OR examination. (b) at the express written request of the parents/legal guardians of the candidates. F. Minimum Attendance Requirement H. Syllabuses Candidates whose attendance is below 75% of the working days are ordinarily not eligible to sit for It is mandatory for the Heads of Schools to the examination. However, the Chief Executive ensure that all candidates registered for and Secretary has the authority to condone the the examination download a copy of the shortage of attendance in the case of candidates Regulations and Syllabuses for the year of the whose minimum attendance is not less than 60% examination in which they are appearing, from of the working days in each year of the two-year the Council’s website www.cisce.org, for their course. This is inclusive of absence due to illness reference. and other special circumstances. Heads of Schools I. Scope of Selected Syllabuses may represent, to the Chief Executive and Secretary, cases of candidates who deserve special The scope of selected syllabuses of the Indian consideration for condonation of shortage of School Certificate Examination is included in the attendance in Class XI and / or XII, provided that document “Regulations and Syllabuses”. the attendance of such candidates is not less than J. Disqualification 60% of the working days, during each year of the two-year course. If any of the Regulations made herein and for the conduct of the examination is not adhered to, the Further, the Chief Executive and Secretary may condone the shortage of attendance in the case of candidate or candidates concerned may be candidates whose minimum attendance is below disqualified. 60% in exceptional cases i.e.: (i) In no case, the Heads of affiliated schools (i) on Psychological / Medical Grounds such as shall detain eligible candidates who meet the serious illnesses requiring long period of pass criteria and have the required attendance treatment / hospitalization. from appearing at the ISC Examination. (ii) authorized participation in sports at State or (ii) No affiliated school shall endeavour to National level organized by recognized Sports present candidates who are not on its roll Authorities. nor will it present candidates of its (iii) other unforeseen and special circumstances. unaffiliated branch/school to any of the Council’s examinations. The Chief Executive and Secretary would subsequently report the matter to the Executive If the Council has reasons to believe that an Committee of the Council. affiliated school is not following the Regulations mentioned above, the Council shall take necessary The last date for computing attendance at school action against it as per the Rules & Regulations. is January 31st, of each of the two years. G. Withdrawal of Candidates Candidates may be withdrawn at any time prior to the commencement of the examination, provided that, once the entries have been acknowledged as accepted by the Council's office, Heads of Schools may only withdraw candidates:

3 CHAPTER II Note: The following subject combinations are not IMPORTANT NOTE: The responsibility for the permitted for the ISC Examination: correct selection of subjects by candidates to meet (i) Physics with Engineering Science. the university or professional requirements will be (ii) Geometrical & Mechanical Drawing with that of the Head of the School. Geometrical & Building Drawing A. Subjects of Examination Part II - Internal Examination Part I - External Examination (i) It will be the responsibility of the Head of the Compulsory Subject school to ensure that a student is promoted from Class XI to Class XII on the basis of the 1. English cumulative achievement level of the student Elective Subjects throughout the academic year in the subjects 2. An Indian Language he/she has been registered for. For 3. A Modern Foreign Language promotions, a candidate is required to have obtained at least 35% marks in a minimum of 4. A Classical Language four subjects which must include English, on 5. Elective English the cumulative average and a minimum 6. History attendance of 75% of the working days. No other criteria will be used for promotion from 7. Political Science Class XI to Class XII. 8. Geography Promotions from Class XI to XII on trial 9. Sociology basis, re-examination or awarding of grace 10. Psychology marks is not permissible and will not be 11. Economics accepted by the Council. 12. Commerce A Transfer Certificate should not be issued with ‘Promoted to Class XII’ if the 13. Accounts candidate has not met the required 14. Business Studies promotion criteria. 15. Mathematics (ii) Socially Useful Productive Work and 16. Physics Community Service (Compulsory). 17. Chemistry The assessment in “Socially Useful Productive 18. Biology Work and Community Service” will be made by 19. Home Science the school and the result will count towards the award of the Certificate. The school will be 20. Fashion Designing required to follow the instructions sent by the 21. Electricity & Electronics Council in the matter of keeping records of the 22. Engineering Science work and the assessment of each candidate in 23. Computer Science “Socially Useful Productive Work and 24. Geometrical & Mechanical Drawing Community Service”. 25. Geometrical & Building Drawing 26. Art B. Choice of Subjects 27. Music (Indian or Western) All candidates for the Pass Certificate must enter and sit for English (compulsory), with three, four 28. Physical Education or five elective subjects and must have been 29. Environmental Science evaluated internally by the School and secured a 30. Biotechnology pass grade in Socially Useful Productive Work 31. Mass Media & Communication and Community Service (compulsory). 32. Legal Studies 33. Hospitality Management 4 Note: taken, except Socially Useful Productive Work 1. A candidate may not enter for more than six and Community Service, by grades ranging from subjects including the compulsory subject 1 to 9, 1 being the highest and 9 the lowest. Grade English. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 indicates a pass with credit, 7 or 8 indicates a pass and 9 a failure. Very good is 2. A School may not enter candidates for indicated by 1 or 2. subjects for the teaching of which no provision is made by the School. The standard reached in Socially Useful 3. No candidate shall be permitted to change Productive Work and Community Service his/her subjects(s) after 15th September of that (internally assessed) will be shown on the result year in which the candidate has registered in sheets by grades A, B, C, D or E: A being the Class XI. highest, and E the lowest. A, B, C or D indicate a 4. No candidate shall offer a subject in Class XII pass and E a failure. which he/she has not studied in Class XI. E. Certificates 5. The responsibility for the correct selection 1. Statement of Marks /Pass Certificates/ of subjects to meet university or Supplementary Pass Certificates will be professional requirements of a candidate or issued through the Heads of Schools as soon candidates will be that of the Head of the as possible after the issue of results. School. 6. Certain subjects have practical papers. 2. Duplicates of Pass Certificates/ Candidates offering such subjects must also Supplementary Pass Certificates are not take the practical examination; otherwise the issued, instead a Certifying Statement of subject in question will be considered Examination Result may be requested for incomplete. online by the Head of the School/ Candidate C. Awards and Conditions for Awards with supporting documents and on payment of prescribed charges. 1. PASS CERTIFICATES will be awarded to candidates who at the ISC Examination attain 3. Duplicates of Statements of Marks may be the pass standard in four or more subjects requested for online by the Head of the which must include the subject English and School/ Candidate with supporting documents have attained a pass grade in SUPW and and on payment of prescribed charges. Community Service as examined/assessed 4. Migration Certificates will be issued on internally by the School. request by Heads of Schools concerned to 2. SUPPLEMENTARY PASS CERTIFICATES candidates who have been awarded Pass will be awarded to candidates who have Certificates. obtained PASS CERTIFICATES and who 5. Duplicate Migration Certificates may be appear in a subsequent examination and attain requested online by the Head of School / the pass standard in one or more subjects. Candidate with supporting documents and on 3. STATEMENT OF MARKS will be issued to payment of prescribed charges. all candidates who appeared for the F. Ownership of answer scripts and other examination. materials The pass mark for each subject is 35%. All (answer scripts), question papers and any D. Issue of Results other work done by candidates during the examination and the copyright therein are the Schools/Individuals can view and print the result online. In addition, the Statement of Marks and property of the Council and will not be returned Pass Certificates (if applicable) will be sent to and every application to enter for the examination Heads of schools as soon as possible after the (whether through a school or by an individual declaration of results. The result sheets show the candidate) will be deemed to constitute an result in the examination as a whole and also agreement by each candidate entered for the indicate the standard reached in each subject examination with the Council to assign such copyright to the Council. 5 G. Evaluation of Answer Scripts The recheck will be restricted only to check 1. The evaluation of answer scripts and of other whether: work done by candidates during the − all the answers have been marked; examination is within the domestic − there has been a mistake in the totalling jurisdiction of the Council and, therefore, no of marks for each question in the candidate, outside person or authority has subject and transferring the marks jurisdiction to check/scrutinise the answer correctly onto the first cover page of scripts or other work done by any candidate. the answer script; 2. The marking of answer scripts and of other − the continuation sheets attached to the work done by candidates during the answer script, as mentioned by the examination conducted by the Council or its candidate, are intact. examiners and the results of such marking No other re-evaluation of the answer script shall be final and legally binding on all or other work done by the candidate as candidates. The Chief Executive and part of the examination will be carried out Secretary of the Council will not, except in under any circumstances whatsoever. his absolute discretion, enter into correspondence about results with candidates (i) No candidate, person or organisation shall or their parents or guardians or other persons be entitled to claim re-evaluation or claiming to act in loco parentis. disclosure or inspection of the answer scripts or copies of it and other documents The Council does not undertake to re-evaluate as these are treated as most confidential answer scripts after the issue of results. by the Council. H. Enquiries concerning examination results (ii) The recheck will be carried out by a 1. Enquiries concerning examination results on competent person appointed by the Chief behalf of the school candidates must be made Executive and Secretary of the Council. to the Chief Executive and Secretary of the (iii) On rechecking the scripts, if it is found Council by the Head of the School concerned that there is an error, the marks will be only and must reach the Council’s office, not revised accordingly. later than the specified date. Schools are (iv) The communication regarding the asked to bear in mind that a large number of revision of marks, if any, shall be sent answer scripts are re-marked before the online to the Head of the School awards. Candidate. Enquiries should be restricted only to results (v) The Council will not be responsible for which are significantly below the standard any loss or damage or any inconvenience suggested by the candidate’s school work in caused to the candidate, consequent to the the subject. revision of marks and no claims in this regard shall be entertained. 2. Recheck: The accuracy of a subject grade (vi) The Council shall revise the Statement of awarded will be checked on request, in one or Marks and Pass Certificate in respect of more subjects, provided that the Head of the such candidates whose results have School/ Candidate submits the application changed and after the previous Statement online. Applications for recheck must be of Marks and Pass Certificates have been submitted online, in the proforma provided by returned by the Head of the school. the Council and must be received at the Council’s office not later than seven days The decision of the Chief Executive and from the day of the declaration of results. For Secretary of the Council on the result of the each recheck, schools/Candidates will be scrutiny and recheck shall be final. required to pay the charges (as prescribed by 3. Main Weakness Report: If the Head of a the Council from time to time), which shall be School considers that the results in any one made online. subject are significantly below reasonable

6 expectation, he/she may request the Chief (ii) to take decisions on such cases in accordance Executive and Secretary of the Council for with the provisions of the Regulations of the special notes on the main weaknesses shown examination and following the procedures by the work of a few selected candidates from approved by the Council. the school. It is necessary to limit such notes to only one subject per school on any one B. Use of unfair means occasion of examination and to restrict the 1. If the Awarding Committee is satisfied that a enquiry to the work of not more than six candidate has made arrangements to obtain candidates whose work is significantly below unfair help in connection with the question the standard as suggested by the candidates’ papers from any person connected with the school work in the subject. Applications for special notes must be sent online to the examination centre or any agency within or Council's office not later than seven days outside the examination centre, the candidate from the day of the declaration of results. is liable to have his/her results in the Charges commensurate with the work examination as a whole cancelled. involved will have to be paid online to the 2. (i) Candidates who are detected in giving or Council by the school. obtaining, or attempting to give or obtain, I. Re-examination: unfair assistance, or who are otherwise The Chief Executive and Secretary of the detected in any dishonesty whatsoever, Council shall have the power to hold a relating to the examination, will be re-examination or an additional examination, if he reported to the Chief Executive and is satisfied that such a re-examination or additional Secretary of the Council and may be examination is necessary. expelled from the examination room J. Last date for retaining answer scripts: forthwith and refused admission to The Council will not retain answer scripts of subsequent examination papers. candidates later than 60 days from the day of (ii) The Supervising Examiner or any declaration of results. The same shall be destroyed member of the supervisory staff shall thereafter. seize the answer scripts in which the use K. Last date for retaining assignments: of unfair assistance is detected/suspected. Schools are required to retain all assignments, (iii) The Supervising Examiner shall send the duly assessed, for a period of 60 days after the seized answer scripts with a report giving ISC examinations of the candidates concerned. the details of the evidence and the explanation of the candidates concerned to the Chief Executive and Secretary of CHAPTER III the Council without delay and, if possible, on the day of the occurrence. A. Awarding Committee (iv) In case the candidates concerned refuse to There will be an Awarding Committee of which the give explanatory statements they should Chief Executive and Secretary of the Council will not be forced to do so, only the fact of act as Convener. The functions and powers of the refusal shall be recorded by the Awarding Committee will be: Supervising Examiner and attested by two (i) to consider all cases of unfair means reported members of the supervisory staff on duty to the Chief Executive and Secretary of the at the time of the occurrence. Council by the supervising examiners of the (v) The Supervising Examiner has the examination centres or by examiners during discretion to permit such candidates to the marking of scripts or by any other source answer the remaining part of the question and; paper but on answer sheets that are separate from those in which the use of unfair means was detected/suspected. 7 3. Candidates found guilty of: weapon during the course of the (i) bringing in answer sheets; or examination. (ii) taking out or attempting to take out (iii) Candidates disregarding the above answer sheets; or cautions are liable to have their results in the examination as a whole cancelled. (iii) substituting answer scripts or getting answer scripts replaced during or after the 8. (i) Persons obtaining admission to the examination with or without the help of examination on false representation shall any person connected with the be expelled from the examination hall examination centre, or any agency within forthwith and will be reported to the or outside the examination centre, shall be Police. reported to the Chief Executive and (ii) Candidates who are impersonated shall be Secretary of the Council and their results reported to the Chief Executive and in the examination as a whole will be Secretary of the Council and their results cancelled. in the examination as a whole will be 4. If it is subsequently discovered and the cancelled. Awarding Committee is satisfied that 9. (i) The decision in respect of the results of candidate/s has/have either copied from other candidates who are detected/suspected of candidate/s or given opportunity to other using unfair means may be delayed candidate/s to copy from them or considerably and their results will not be communicated dishonestly with other issued with the results of other candidates. candidate/s, their results in the paper or subject or subjects in question or their results (ii) Candidates whose results in the in the examination as a whole will be examination as a whole have been cancelled. cancelled may be debarred from entry to 5. A candidate detected in approaching directly any subsequent examination. or indirectly an examiner or any member of 10. A person who commits an offence under these the staff of the Council with the object of Regulations but is not a candidate, shall be influencing him/her regarding any candidate's dealt with as under: examination result shall have his/her result in the examination as a whole cancelled. (i) The Chief Executive and Secretary of the Council may, if he so decides, hand 6. Candidates found guilty of disorderly conduct over the case to the Police. or causing disturbance in or near the examination hall/room are liable to be (ii) In the case of a teacher or a person expelled from the examination hall/room connected with an institution, his/her forthwith and will be refused admission for misconduct shall be reported to the subsequent examination papers. Governing (or Managing) Body of the 7. (i) Candidates are not permitted to have in institution for necessary action. their possession, while in the examination 11. Entries for subsequent examinations may not room, any book, memorandum or pocket be accepted from a school where any member book, notes, paper, mobile phones or of the staff has at any time committed any wireless devices, except the correct offence under these Regulations. question paper. They must also return any 12. If the Awarding Committee is satisfied that incorrect question paper to the the use of dishonest means in a paper or Supervising Examiner immediately. papers has been widespread at a centre, the (ii) Candidates are not permitted to have in Awarding Committee reserves the right to their possession any weapon, object or cancel the results of all candidates of that instrument which may be used as a centre in the paper or papers concerned, or of

8 the entire examination as a whole at the centre elected/nominated for the examination year in if several papers are involved. consultation with the office of the Council. The minimum number of candidates for a 13. For cases of use of unfair means not covered School to have an independent examination by these Regulations, the Awarding centre is normally fifteen. Committee may enforce penalties according to the nature of the offence. 3. Registration of Candidates: Candidates must be registered online in Class XI, for the 14. Provided that no penalty under these ISC Examination. Registrations received after Regulations shall be imposed except after – the due date will not be accepted. (i) giving the candidate an opportunity of making such representation in writing 4. Correction of Entries: Schools will be able as he/she may wish to make in that to view online, the entries of candidates regard; and registered from their school in Class XI. Requests for corrections, if required, can be (ii) taking the representation, if any, submitted online, along with supporting submitted by the candidate within the documents, which will need to be uploaded period allowed to him/her, into and submitted to the Council by 31st August consideration. of the following year without correction charges. Thereafter, all corrections would be C. Power to alter, cancel results, certificates, etc. chargeable per candidate. 1. The Chief Executive and Secretary of the Council shall have the power to alter or 5. Confirmation of Entries: Schools, after cancel the results of a candidate after it has viewing the entries of candidates (who will be been declared, if taking the Class XII Examination) of their school, are required to confirm online that the (i) the candidate is found guilty of having entries are correct. Entries are to be confirmed used unfair means; online from 1st June to 31st August online. or (ii) a mistake is found in his/her result; 6. Transfer of Examination Centre: The transfer of a candidate from a centre in or one town to a centre in another town will be (iii) it is observed that an attempt has been allowed only within the same examination made to unfairly alter the marks of a and for reasons accepted as adequate and on candidate by either tampering with the payment of a special charge. An additional script or any other means. charge may be made if it is necessary to send 2. The Chief Executive and Secretary of the copies of question papers by air to the centre Council shall have the power to cancel a Pass of transfer. Applications, naming the town to Certificate/Supplementary Pass Certificate which a transfer is desired, should reach the which has been defaced or altered in any Council's office at least two months before detail or manner which has been obtained by the commencement of the examination but not impersonation or by or misrepresentation of later than 15th December. facts or by fraudulent or dishonest means of 7. Particulars of Candidates: Particulars of any kind. each candidate will be carried forward in CHAPTER IV exactly the same way as they were entered for the ICSE or equivalent Certificate. No A. General Arrangements subsequent changes in the particulars of the 1. Date of examination: The printed timetable candidate will be permitted. will be made available to all schools well 8. Entries for a Supplementary Pass before the examination. Certificate: Candidates who have obtained 2. Centres of examination: Centres for each Pass Certificates of the Indian School region will be arranged by the Convener/s Certificate may subsequently enter for one or 9 more subjects. A candidate who attains the using them should state this on their answer pass standard in one or more of the subjects scripts and should be warned of the possible offered will receive a Supplementary Pass loss of accuracy involved. Information such Certificate. as formulae or other data, which appears, on 9. Examination Charges:* The rate of charges slide rules must be securely covered before will be notified separately. Examination they are taken into the examination room. charges are to be paid online by schools. Mathematical tables will be provided; Payment should be sent at the time of candidates are not allowed to take submitting the Confirmation of Entries. mathematical tables into the examination room. Candidates are permitted to use Arrangements for practical examinations are Casio fx - 82 MS (Scientific Calculator) or made by the local conveners, with the calculators of other makes with similar approval of the Council. No charges are functions (use of any calculator with features payable to the Council for these, but there for retrieval of information during may be a special local fee to cover the cost. examination is not permitted). Use of 10. Refunds: Examination charges are not electronic device/s except the calculator refundable. mentioned above, during the examination, is prohibited. 11. Infectious diseases: Candidates who have been exposed to any infectious disease cannot 14. Special Consideration: be examined at a centre unless they are out of (i) Heads of Schools may submit requests on quarantine. a special form available from the If a candidate is suffering from an infectious Council's office for any candidate for disease and is declared medically fit to sit for whom special consideration is asked the examination he/she may be permitted to because of illness or other difficulty appear for the examination after proper experienced during the course of the arrangements are made for his/her isolation examination. and separate supervision. The scripts of these candidates should be put into a separate (ii) Candidates suffering from Specific envelope and then into the main Answer Learning Disabilities: Script envelope. The school should seek the In cases of candidates suffering from advice of a registered medical practitioner Dyslexia, Dysgraphia, Dyscalculia, with regard to the fumigation of the scripts Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder before their despatch to the Council’s office. (ADHD) and other learning disabilities, 12. Time allowance for Question Papers: Any certain concessions/support are time specially allocated for reading through admissible, depending on the nature and question papers will be stated on the question papers. degree of the disability and on a case-to-case basis. Requests for such 13. Materials to be provided for by candidates: concessions may be forwarded to Candidates must provide themselves with pencils, erasers, mathematical and dissecting the Council online along with supporting instruments and art materials, etc. They are documents from a qualified RCI required to write their answers with blue/ (Rehabilitation Council of India) black ink pens. Fountain pens and ballpoint registered counsellor. The concessions / pens may be used, but pencils may be used support available are: only for diagrams. The use of slide rules is • permitted in science subjects, but candidates Allowance of additional time; • Use of a Reader / Reader-cum-Writer (Amanuensis)/ Writer: * The Council reserves the right to increase the charges, should this prove necessary. 10 (a) The Question Paper may be read 16. Standards in Subjects: In every subject, out, but not explained in any way unless otherwise stated, standards will be to the candidate(s). assessed on the performance in the different (b) Arrangements must be made by papers of the subjects. the Head of the School concerned 17. Clarity and neatness: Attention is called to in consultation with the Convener the fact that the ability of candidates to and the Supervising Examiner for express themselves clearly and to present their the candidate(s) who has/have answers neatly and accurately is taken into been permitted the use of a/ account in assessing their work in all subjects. Reader/Reader-cum-Writer, by the Council, to write the B. Equivalence and Recognition examination in a separate room Schools are notified.

adjacent to the main examination hall under the supervision of a CHAPTER V Special Invigilator. (c) The writer should be a fellow Compartmental Examination pupil of Class XI from the same The Council for the Indian School Certificate school. Examinations shall conduct ‘Compartmental • Use of a computer as a typewriter Examinations’ for Class XII only once in the year in only. the month of July. The Council shall give the candidates only one chance to clear the compartmental (iii) Special Difficulty Procedure examination. Disability, illness or other extra-ordinary Eligibility: Candidates who have failed to secure a circumstance: When a candidate suffers Pass Certificate and have been awarded a PCNA some injury or bereavement or dire (Pass Certificate Not Awarded) in the current year unforeseen circumstance which may of the ISC Examination will be eligible to appear for adversely affect his or her performance in the Compartmental Examination. However, the the examination, the Special Difficulty candidates should have passed in English and two Procedure is used. other subjects in the ISC Examination in order to be eligible to appear for the Compartmental Examination. A form is forwarded to the Council by the Head of the candidate’s school and the Number of Subjects permitted: In the candidate’s examination answer script is Compartmental Examination, the candidates will be then given special consideration by a permitted to appear for ONE subject only. Committee, before the issue of the results. All candidates appearing for the compartmental The Council’s Committee does not give a examination are required to appear for the Theory ‘blanket’ concession but treats every case Paper. on its merit, for experience has shown that candidates working under similar The Practical/Project marks of the subject (where unusual stress are affected in widely applicable), awarded to the candidate in the main different ways. For this reason, the examination will be carried forward. However, if the Special Difficulty Form provides for the candidate was absent earlier either in Practical or performance of the affected candidate to during assessment of Project Work of the subject, then be compared with that of his/her other the candidate, in addition to taking the Theory classmates. examination may also submit the Project Work/appear for Practical, which will then be assessed, and marks 15. Textbooks: No books are prescribed except awarded. These marks are then to be submitted online those that are mentioned specifically; the through the CAREERS portal. Council does not undertake to recommend textbooks. 11 Registration: Schools will need to register the Unsuccessful / Absent candidates: Those candidates candidates eligible for taking the Compartmental who are not successful or absent at the Compartmental Examination online by mid - June. A one-week Examination will be required to re-appear again in all window will be made available for schools to register the subjects for which he/she is registered, in the their candidates through the CAREERS portal. following year February - March examination. The Date of the Examination: The Council will fix the unsuccessful candidates will be permitted to re-appear days for the conduct of the Compartmental for the examination once only in the year following Examination. This will be held in the month of July. their failure, but not thereafter, without further Result declaration: The Result will be declared in attendance at an affiliated and registered school. the month of August. Compartmental Examination Charges:* The CHAPTER VI charges will be notified separately. Examination Dispute Resolution – Jurisdiction charges are to be paid online by schools. Payment will have to be made at the time of submitting the The Courts at New Delhi have the exclusive entries of candidates. jurisdiction to entertain and adjudicate upon any dispute(s) arising in connection with or under these Issue of Statement of Marks and Pass Certificate: Examination Regulations or any other matter Those candidates who are successful at the whatsoever incidental thereto and/or any matter Compartmental Examination and whose overall whatsoever arising in respect of anything pertaining to results have changed from PCNA (Pass Certificate the same. Further, it is clarified for the avoidance of Not Awarded) to PCA (Pass Certificate Awarded), doubt that no other Court in India shall have the must return the previous Statement of Marks in jurisdiction to entertain and adjudicate upon any such original through the school to the Council. On receipt dispute. of the same, the revised Statement of Marks & Pass

Certificate will be sent to the candidates’ school.

Candidates who are unsuccessful in the Compartmental Examination and do not qualify for award of a Pass Certificate, must also return their original Statement of Marks to the Council through their school and will be issued a revised Statement of Marks which will reflect the updated result of the candidate as per the Council’s record.

* The Council reserves the right to increase the charges, should this prove necessary. 12 COMPULSORY SUBJECT ENGLISH (801)

Aims (English Language) • use the English language for the purpose of study and social and cultural interaction. To develop the ability to: • speak and write clearly and to the purpose, using • derive, infer and critically assess information appropriate grammar, vocabulary and idiom. through listening. Aims (Prescribed Texts) • express oneself by speaking individually, or in a • To enjoy and appreciate literature through a discussion. critical study of selected literary works. • read with comprehension, drawing information • Through the study of literature: directly or by inference from the text, through an understanding of grammar and structure,  approach an understanding of humanity. vocabulary and idiom.  develop an interest in the thought and culture • employ a variety of skills in writing within a of the peoples of the world. framework using argument or imagination or  develop the power of expression and a sense summarizing. of aesthetic values.

CLASSES XI & XII

There will be two papers as follows: Paper 1: English Language (3 hours) – 100 marks Paper 2: Literature in English (3 hours) – 100 marks

PAPER 1: ENGLISH LANGUAGE (3 HOURS) Question One: A composition on one of a number of Question One subjects. … 25 Marks Candidates will be required to select one composition topic from a choice of six. The choice will normally Question Two: include narrative, descriptive, reflective, (a) Directed writing (article writing, book review, argumentative, discursive topics and short story. film review, review of cultural programme, speech writing, report writing, personal profile, The required length of the composition is 400 – 450 and statement of purpose) based on suggested words. points. …20 Marks The main criteria by which the compositions will be (b) Proposal Writing based on a given situation. The proposal should include (i) An Introduction marked are as follows: (ii) Objectives (iii) List of measures to be taken. (a) The quality of the language employed, the range A concluding statement is desirable. and appropriateness of vocabulary and sentence …10 Marks structure, syntax, the correctness of grammatical Question Three: Short-answer questions to test constructions, punctuation and spelling. grammar, structure and usage. ...20 Marks (b) The degree to which candidates have been Question Four: Comprehension. …25 Marks successful in organising the content of the It is recommended that in Paper 1, about 45 minutes composition as a whole and in individual should be spent on Question one, 55 minutes on paragraphs. Question two, 30 minutes on Question three and 50 minutes on Question four. 13

Question Two Question Three There are two parts in this question and it is All the items in this question are compulsory and their emphasized both parts are compulsory. number and type / pattern may vary from year to year. They will consist of short-answer, open completion (a) The piece of directed writing will be based on the items or any other type, which will test the candidates’ information and ideas provided. The required knowledge of the essentials of functional English length will be about 300 words. The range of grammar and structure. Only two or three types will subjects may include article writing, book review, be included in any one examination. film review, review of cultural programme, Question Four speech writing, report writing, personal profile A passage of about 500 words will be provided. and statement of purpose. Questions based on the passage will be as follows: Skills such as selecting, amplifying, describing, • Questions that test the candidates’ knowledge of presenting reasoned arguments, re-arranging and vocabulary and ability to understand the content re-stating may be involved. The candidates’ and infer information and meanings from the text. ability in the above skills, including format, will • A question that elicits the main ideas of all or part be taken into account as well as their ability to of the passage. In this part of the question, the candidate will be handle language appropriately in the context of required to frame a summary (keeping to a word the given situation. limit), in a coherent manner. Marks will be (b) Candidates will be required to write a proposal awarded for expression and the candidate’s ability based on a given situation. The proposal should to summarise clearly in complete sentences. include an introduction, objectives and a list of Marks will be deducted for linguistic errors. measures to be taken. A concluding statement is It is recommended that this part be done in the desirable. The candidates will also be marked on grid form. linguistic ability. Use of abbreviations will not be accepted. All questions are compulsory.

PAPER 2: LITERATURE IN ENGLISH (PRESCRIBED TEXTS) (3 HOURS)

Candidates will be required to answer five questions The rest of the questions on the Shakespeare play and as follows: on the other prescribed texts will be set on the One textual question (compulsory) on the episodes, the plot or plots, themes or ideas, characters, Shakespeare play together with four other questions relationship and other prominent literary qualities of on the three texts. the texts prescribed. Question 1 compulsory.... 20 Marks, four other NOTE: questions, each carrying 20 Marks The Class XI examination is to be conducted on the (Note: Candidates are reminded that infringement of portion of this syllabus that is to be covered during the rubric will certainly invite penalty during the the academic year. marking of answer scripts.) The textual question, which will be set on the The Class XII - ISC examination paper will be set on Shakespeare play, will contain three short passages the entire syllabus prescribed for the subject. and candidates will be required to answer questions set on two of the passages. These Questions may require candidates to explain words and phrases, to rewrite passages in modern English, or to relate an extract to the work as a whole.

Syllabus to be covered in Class XI III. Reverie: A Collection of ISC Poems (Evergreen Publications (India) Ltd, New Delhi) I. Drama: The Tempest: William Shakespeare 1. The Darkling Thrush – Thomas Hardy (Class XI: Act 1, Act 2, Act 3) 2. Birches – Robert Frost

3. The Dolphins – Carol Ann Duffy II. Echoes: A Collection of ISC Short Stories (Evergreen Publications (India) Ltd, New Delhi). 4. The Gift of India – Sarojini Naidu 1. Salvatore – W. Somerset Maugham 5. Crossing the Bar – Alfred, Lord Tennyson 2. Fritz – Satyajit Ray 6. John Brown – Bob Dylan 3. Quality – John Galsworthy 7. Desiderata - Max Ehrmann 4. The Chinese Statue – Jeffrey Archer 8. Dover Beach – Matthew Arnold 5. A Gorilla in the Guest Room - Gerald Durrell 9. The Spider and the Fly – Mary Botham Howitt III. Reverie: A Collection of ISC Poems (Evergreen Publications (India) Ltd, New Delhi) 10. We are the Music Makers – Arthur William Edgar O’Shaughnessy 1. The Dolphins – Carol Ann Duffy

2. The Gift of India – Sarojini Naidu *For the ISC Examination, the complete syllabus 3. John Brown – Bob Dylan covered in Classes XI and XII will be examined for 4. Desiderata - Max Ehrmann Literature in English (English Paper – 2).

5. The Spider and the Fly – Mary Botham For list of Prescribed Textbooks, see Appendix I. Howitt Syllabus to be covered in Class XII for the ISC Examination - Literature in English (English Paper – 2)* I. Drama: The Tempest: William Shakespeare (Complete drama) II. Echoes: A Collection of ISC Short Stories (Evergreen Publications (India) Ltd, New Delhi). 1. Salvatore – W. Somerset Maugham 2. Fritz – Satyajit Ray 3. Quality – John Galsworthy 4. To Build a Fire – Jack London 5. The Story of an Hour – Kate Chopin 6. The Chinese Statue – Jeffrey Archer 7. A Gorilla in the Guest Room - Gerald Durrell 8. The Singing Lesson – Katherine Mansfield 9. The Sound Machine – Roald Dahl 10. B. Wordsworth – V.S. Naipaul

NOTE:

In addition to the syllabus prescribed above for Classes XI & XII, candidates at Class XI ONLY are also required to be internally assessed in listening and speaking skills as given below:

Listening and Speaking skills are to be assessed Some of the themes to be addressed in the assessment internally, by the School, during English course work are - narrating an experience, giving directions or in Class XI and shown in the students’ report and instructions on how to make or operate something, school record. providing a description, giving a report, expressing an opinion or a theme based conversation. Types of Assessment Candidates are to be graded as follows, jointly for a) Listening Skills Listening and Speaking Skills: A passage of about 350 words is read aloud, Grade Remark twice, the first time at normal reading speed A Very Good (about 110 words a minute) and the next time at a slower speed. Students may make brief notes B Good during the readings. They then answer objective C Satisfactory type questions based on the passage on the paper provided. D Needs Improvement b) Speaking Skills E Poor Students are to be assessed through an individual presentation of about three minutes followed by a discussion with the subject teacher, for another two or three minutes.

POLITICAL SCIENCE (852) Aims:

1. To enable students to gain an understanding of 4. To create awareness of rights and duties and to basic concepts in Political Science. sensitise students towards social concerns. 2. To facilitate acquisition of knowledge and 5. To expose students to divergent views and understanding of the practices of governance. encourage them to develop their own world 3. To develop logical reasoning, research and view. application skills. CLASS XI There will be two papers in the subject: Definition of State and elements of the State: Paper I: Theory 3 hours ------80 marks (a) Population (b) Territory (c) Government (d) Sovereignty. Definition of Society; Paper II: Project Work ------20 marks Association; Nation and nationality. Differences PAPER I (THEORY) – 80 Marks between – State and Society; State and Association; State and Government; State and Part I (20 marks) will consist of compulsory short Nation. answer questions, testing knowledge, application and skills relating to elementary/ fundamental aspects of 2. The Origin of the State the entire syllabus. Divine Origin Theory; the Social Contract Part II (60 marks) will be divided into two sections Theory (Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau); the A & B. Candidates will be required to answer three questions out of five from Section A and two questions Evolutionary Theory. out of three from Section B. Each question in this part Various theories of the origin of State: shall carry 12 marks. SECTION A Divine Theory: brief history of this theory, divine rights of the kings - examples from modern Political Theory monarchical states like England and Bhutan. 1. Introduction to Political Science Critical evaluation of the theory. (i) Meaning of Political Science; Scope of contemporary Political Science: Political The Social Contract theory: Views of Hobbes, Theory, Comparative Politics, International Locke and Rousseau; Critical evaluation of the Relations, Public Administration and Political theory. Economy. Nature of Political Science. Evolutionary Theory: factors for the growth of this Meaning of Political Science; Scope of theory such as kinship, religion, economic factors, contemporary Political Science with reference wars and conflicts and the need for political to Political Theory, Comparative Politics, International Relations, Public power. Administration and Political Economy. Nature of Political Science - Is Political 3. Political Ideologies Science a Science? Liberalism, Socialism; Communism and Fascism. (ii) Fundamental Concepts Liberalism, Socialism; Communism and Fascism: State and its elements; Difference between Meaning, features with reference to the purpose of State and Society, State and Association, State the State. Critical evaluation of each ideology. and Government, State and Nation; Nationality.

4. Sovereignty SECTION B Meaning, kinds and characteristics. A historical Contemporary International Relations analysis and contemporary issues. 9. End of Cold War and its impact on the World Meaning, definition and characteristics. Kinds: Order Titular and Real, Legal and Political; de-jure and Disintegration of the Soviet Union and its impact de-facto Sovereign, Popular Sovereignty. Is on the World Order. Sovereignty absolute and indivisible? Brief study of Meaning of Cold War. Impact of disintegration of Austin’s Theory and Pluralistic view of Sovereignty the Soviet Union on the World Order – end of with reference to Laski and MacIver. Sovereignty Cold War confrontation, change of power in a globalised World: the role of non-state actors. equations in world politics, emergence of new countries. India’s relations with Russia after Cold 5. Law War (after 1991). Meaning; Sources and Kinds of Law. 10. Unipolar World Meaning, definition of law. Sources - Customs, U.S. unilateralism: case studies of U.S. Usages, Religion, Judicial Decisions, Scientific intervention in Iraq and Afghanistan. Commentaries, Equity, Legislation. Kinds of law – Meaning of unilateralism. definition and examples of Municipal, National, Constitutional and International Law, Statute Law, Case studies of the following (causes, main events Ordinances. and consequences): Iraq - Operation Desert Storm, Operation Iraqi 6. Liberty Freedom; Afghanistan - Operation Enduring Meaning; Dimensions and kinds of Liberty; Freedom; Relationship between Liberty and Law; safeguards India’s relations with USA after 1991. of liberty. 11. Regional Cooperation Definition and meaning of Liberty; Dimensions - ASEAN and the European Union. negative and positive; kinds of Liberty - Civil, Political and Economic Liberty. Relationship Aims, achievements and challenges. between Liberty and Law: Does Law help or hinder 12. The Non-Aligned Movement Liberty? Safeguards of Liberty - fundamental rights. Separation of judiciary from executive, Relevance of Non-Aligned Movement. well-knit party system, economic justice for all, free Meaning of Non-Aligned Movement (NAM); press and media, vigilance by the people. Relevance of NAM in the contemporary World. Role of India in NAM. 7. Equality PAPER II (PROJECT WORK) – 20 MARKS Meaning and kinds of Equality; Relationship between Equality and Liberty. Candidates will be required to undertake one project which may be any one of the following: Meaning and kinds of Equality– legal, social, political and economic; relationship between (i) A case study. Equality and Liberty: How do they complement (ii) Survey study with a questionnaire. each other? (iii) Research based project with in depth analysis. 8. Justice (iv) Local/ national/ global political issue. Meaning, Kinds and Contemporary theories. (v) Book review/ film review/ documentaries/ Meaning of Justice; kinds: Legal, Social, Economic posters/ newspapers/ advertisements/ cartoons and Political. Theories of Justice – John Rawls and and art. Amartya Sen. The project must not be based primarily on the

syllabus; students must be encouraged to produce List of suggested topics for Project Work: original, creative and insightful perspectives on an 1. “The Kingdom of Freedom begins where the allied aspect of the topic. Kingdom of Necessity ends”. For example, if the theme is Fundamental Rights, the 2. Right to Freedom and role of Media. project could deal with violation, protection, court 3. The Right to Information – ensuring political verdicts, Public Interest Litigations (PILs), etc. related accountability. to socially relevant issues. 4. Citing relevant examples, discuss the relative importance of negative and positive liberty in the EVALUATION CRITERIA: Indian context. Mark allocation for the Project will be as follows: 5. India’s response to ASEAN as a dialogue partner. S. Assessment Criteria Marks 6. Relevance of SAARC as a forum of regional No. objective cooperation. 1. Process Candidate should be 5 7. U.S. dominance in World politics in the Post Cold able to: War era. Identify the topic. 8. India’s role in Non-Aligned Movement. Plan and detail a 9. Civil Society Movements - Role and participation research project. in India. Select and use 10. Relevance of the United Nations in a Unipolar appropriate research World. methods. GUIDELINES FOR TEACHERS: 2. Understanding, Candidate should be 5 1. It must be emphasized that the process of doing the application able to: project is as important as the final project. of knowledge Explain issues and 2. Once the project/projects are chosen, there should and Analysis themes clearly and be a process of brainstorming to encourage students in context. to make out a draft/structure for the project before embarking on research. Interpret, analyse and evaluate 3. During the brainstorming/discussion, the teacher critically a range of should discuss the assessment criteria with the students. evidence to present reasoned, 4. The teacher should discuss the draft with the substantiated student with regard to the central question and the arguments/ type of sources to be used. statement. 5. The students should be guided on doing the 3. Presentation Overall format, 5 research and looking at different types of evidence. referencing 6. Books and suitable reference material could be (footnotes &/or suggested by the teachers and made available to the bibliography), students. within word limit of 7. Internet sites could be suggested, but care must be 2000 words, title taken in selecting, using and citing these sites. page, header/footer, 8. Students must be cautioned against plagiarism and etc. be penalized for the same. 4. Viva Range of questions 5 9. Marks must be awarded for content and originality based on the project and not for decorative elements and only. embellishments. TOTAL 20 10. Projects must be the original work of the student.

CLASS XII There will be two papers in the subject: Amending procedures of the Constitutions of Paper I: Theory 3 hours ------80 marks U.K., U.S.A and India. Conventions: meaning and examples with Paper II: Project Work ------20 marks reference to U.K., U.S.A. and India. The PAPER I (THEORY) – 80 Marks importance of Conventions in U.K. Part I (20 marks) will consist of compulsory short 3. Franchise and Representation answer questions, testing knowledge, application and Universal Adult Franchise; Methods of Election; skills relating to elementary/ fundamental aspects of Constituency; Minority Representation. Political the entire syllabus. Parties; Party System. Part II (60 marks) will be divided into two sections Universal Adult Franchise - meaning, reasons for A & B. Candidates will be required to answer three widespread acceptance. questions out of five from Section A and two questions Methods of Election: Direct and Indirect – out of three from Section B. Each question in this part meaning with examples. shall carry 12 marks. Meaning of Constituency, Single member and Multi-member with examples. SECTION A First Past the Post System – meaning, merits and Constitution and Government demerits. Minority Representation - meaning, rationale 1. Forms of Government (Why is it important for minorities to be Totalitarian and Authoritarian States, Liberal represented properly). Democratic State, Unitary and Federal States, Methods of Minority Representation: Parliamentary and Presidential forms of Proportional Representation (List system and government. single transferable vote system), Cumulative Vote Meaning and features of Totalitarian State, System, Nomination and Reservation. Authoritarian State and Liberal Democratic State. Political Parties - meaning, definition and Comparison between Totalitarian and functions. Kinds – Single party, Bi-party, Multi- Authoritarian States. Historic and contemporary party system - meaning, merits and demerits. examples of each. Meaning and features of Unitary and Federal Organs of the Government States with reference to U.K. as a Unitary state, 4. The Legislature U.S.A. as a Federal State and India as a federal state with subsidiary unitary features, comparison Functions of Legislature; Unicameral and between unitary and federal state. Bicameral legislatures. The legislature in India and U.S.A. - a comparative study. Meaning and features of Parliamentary and Presidential forms of government (U.K. and Meaning and functions of Legislature. Meaning of U.S.A.). Comparison between Parliamentary and Unicameral and Bi-cameral legislature. The Presidential forms of government. legislatures in India and U.S.A.- Composition (strength, method of election and tenure) and 2. Constitution functions: legislative, constituent, executive (ways Meaning; kinds of Constitutions: Written and in which the legislature controls the executive), Unwritten, Rigid and Flexible, Enacted and judicial, electoral and financial. Evolved: merits and demerits. Amending Composition and powers of the House of procedures; Conventions. Representatives and the Senate, Lok Sabha and Meaning; kinds: Written and Unwritten, Rigid Rajya Sabha (including special powers). and Flexible, Enacted and Evolved: merits, Unique powers of the Senate, why is the Senate demerits of each. Is the difference between considered the world’s most powerful second Written and Unwritten, Rigid and Flexible a real chamber? one?

Comparison of the Rajya Sabha and the U.S. flexible; Fundamental Rights and Duties; Senate; Lok Sabha with the U.S. House of Directive Principles of State Policy; Representatives. Parliamentary form of Government; Single Citizenship; Bi-cameral legislature; Universal 5. The Executive Adult Franchise; Single Integrated and Functions; The Civil Services. Difference Independent Judiciary; Judicial Review; between the Political Executive and the Emergency powers; Special provisions for Permanent Executive. Political Executive in India Schedule castes and Schedule tribes. and U.S.A. - a comparative study. 8. Fundamental Rights and Directive Principles Meaning, and functions of the Executive. Meaning Fundamental Rights and Directive Principles of and role of Civil Services. State Policy. Difference between the Political and Permanent Fundamental Rights: meaning and importance of Executive in India. Political Executive in India Fundamental Rights; detailed study of all and U.S.A. - a comparative study. Powers and Fundamental Rights in India. functions of executive heads of India (President Directive Principles of State Policy: meaning and and Prime Minister), and U.S.A. (President). purpose; classification, importance and Constitutional limitations on the powers of the implementation. President of the USA. Relationship between Fundamental Rights and Changing role of the Indian Prime Minister with Directive Principles of State Policy. reference to the past two decades. 6. The Judiciary 9. Local self-government 73rd and 74th Constitutional Amendment Acts. Meaning and functions of Judiciary. Conditions of Key features of the 73rd and 74th Amendments. 11th Independence of Judiciary. Judiciary in India and th U.S.A. - a comparative study. Judicial Review. and 12 schedules in brief. Three tier systems of Panchayati Raj: Rural and Meaning and functions of judiciary; conditions of Urban local bodies - their composition. Challenges independence of judiciary with reference to India and solutions. and U.S.A. The Judiciary in India and U.S.A. – composition and powers of Indian Supreme Court and American Supreme Court. Judicial Review – 10. Democracy in India – a perspective of the meaning, principles (maxims) and critical challenges faced evaluation with special reference to U.S.A. and (i) Challenges faced by the Indian Democracy: India. Meaning of Judicial Activism and Judicial Caste, Communalism, Regionalism and Restraint. Comparative study of Indian and US Political Violence. Strengthening Indian Supreme Courts - Which is most powerful and Democracy. Why? Caste: meaning, role of caste in Indian Politics. SECTION B Communalism: meaning and effects on the Indian Democracy functioning of Indian democracy. 7. Indian Constitution Regionalism: meaning and causes; kinds of regional aspirations (language issues, sons- (i) Preamble of-the-soil policies, river water disputes, Preamble and its importance. Meaning of the demand for new states, secessionist key words contained in the Preamble. demands); responding to regionalism. Political Violence: meaning, forms, causes (ii) Salient features of the Indian Constitution. and effects. Written and Comprehensive; a Constitution Strengthening Indian Democracy: measures drawn from several sources; Federal structure to overcome the challenges faced by Indian with Unitary spirit; Partly rigid and Partly Democracy.

PAPER II (PROJECT WORK) – 20 MARKS 2. Understanding Candidates should 4 Candidates will be required to undertake one project application of be able to: which may be any one of the following: knowledge Explain issues and (i) A case study. and Analysis themes clearly and in context. (ii) Survey study with a questionnaire. Interpret, analyse (iii) Research based project with in-depth analysis. and evaluate (iv) Local/ national/ global political issue. critically a range of (v) Book review/ film review/ documentaries/ evidence to present reasoned, posters/ newspapers/ advertisements/ cartoons substantiated and art. arguments/ The project must not be based primarily on the statement. syllabus; students must be encouraged to produce 3. Presentation Overall format, 3 original, creative and insightful perspectives on an referencing allied aspect of the topic. (footnotes &/or For example, if the theme is Fundamental Rights, the bibliography), project could deal with violation, protection, court within word limit verdicts, Public Interest Litigations (PILs), etc. related of 2000 words, title to socially relevant issues. page, header/footer, etc. The project will be assessed by the teacher and a TOTAL 10 Visiting Examiner appointed locally and approved by the Council. Evaluation by the Visiting Examiner Assessment of Project Work will be done as follows: S. Assessment Criteria Marks No. objective 1. Internal Evaluation by Teacher 10 Marks 1. Choice of Overall format, 4 Evaluation by Visiting Technique/ referencing 10 Marks 2. Examiner Detailed (footnotes &/or procedure & bibliography), title TOTAL 20 Marks Presentation page, header/footer, etc. Internal Evaluation by Teacher 2. Analysis and Candidate should 3 evaluation be able to: S. Assessment Criteria Marks No. objective Interpret, analyze and evaluate 1. Process Candidates should 3 critically a range of be able to: evidence to present Identify the topic. reasoned, Plan and detail a substantiated research project. arguments/ statement. Select and use 3. Viva Range of questions 3 appropriate based on the project research methods. only.

TOTAL 10

List of suggested topics for Project Work: • Success and failure of various systems to be Given below is a list of suggested topics for Project analysed with reference to the role of regional work, along with guidelines. parties in coalition era. • Few examples to be explained with the help of 1. Judicial Activism – two case studies in which the Judiciary has safeguarded the environment or statistical information. human rights. • Student’s vision of rapidly evolving Party • Reason for selection of the topic. system in India. • Framing the Research Question. 4. Examine one Supreme Court case dealing with • Hypothesis. Fundamental Rights. Identify the issues of the • Define Judicial Activism and the need for case and analyse the final ruling. Judiciary to intervene in the work of Legislature • Reason for selection of the topic and Executive and other matters of social • Framing the Research Question. concerns. • Hypothesis. • Positive role played by Judiciary in this • direction to be highlighted with the help of two Nature and reasons of violation of Fundamental case studies based on environmental protection Rights to be explained. or safeguarding human rights. • A case study of violation and protection of • Student’s perception of the concept. Fundamental Rights in the light of the ruling • Valid suggestions for reforms in Judiciary. given by the apex court to be analysed. • Remedial steps to be taken to prevent this 2. Public accountability of Civil Servants in India – Is it a myth or a reality? problem to be suggested. • Reason for selection of the topic. 5. Role of Local Self Government institutions in • Framing the Research Question. women empowerment. • Hypothesis. • Reason for selection of the topic. • Meaning of Public accountability of Civil • Framing the Research Question. Servants to be explained. • Hypothesis. • Positive and crucial role of public servants in a • Need for women empowerment to be explained democracy. with reference to a few examples. • Loopholes in the existing bureaucratic set up. • Positive role played by local self-governments • Inferences can be drawn about Public accountability being a myth or reality from to be stated. various sources like print/electronic media, film • Collection of data based on statistics and review, documentaries. analysis. • The project could be in the form of a case study 3. Party System in India – changing phases. for example - a film review, book review, • Reason for selection of the topic. advertisements, T.V. serials, documentaries, • Framing the Research Question. • Hypothesis. newspaper articles, journals. • A brief timeline of Party Systems since • Student’s suggestions for more active independence to be prepared. participation of women in Indian electoral • Strengths and limitations of different systems to politics. be highlighted.

6. Explore the controversies around the development • Gender as an identity. of a Uniform Civil Code mentioned in the • Collection of data based on statistics and Directive Principles. analysis. • Reason for selection of the topic. • The project could be in the form of a case study • Framing the Research Question for example a film review, book review, • Hypothesis advertisements, T.V. serials, documentaries • Clarification of the concept of Uniform Civil • Inferences drawn. Code with instances from world constitutions. 9. Right to Education: To what extent has it • Need for a Uniform Civil Code with reference benefited the slum children? to Constituent Assembly Debates, historical • Reason for selection of the topic. perspective (parliamentary debates and judicial • Framing the Research Question. pronouncements), the present socio-political • Hypothesis. scenario and the stand of various political • Constitutional provisions. parties. • Parliamentary debates leading to the enactment • Controversies and reasons for non-adoption. of the right. • Student’s view point and position on the issue. • A case study of a slum area based on a survey. Alternately this project could also be undertaken • Student’s inferences. survey method or any other method. 10. Role of National Human Rights Commission in 7. Identify and explain the electoral reforms that are safeguarding the rights of the under-privileged. urgently needed in India. • Reason for selection of the topic. • Reason for selection of the topic. • Framing the Research Question. • Framing the Research Question. • Hypothesis. • Hypothesis. • United Nations Universal Declaration of Human • Define electoral reforms. Rights (1948). • Urgency for electoral reforms. • Constitutional provisions. • Efforts made in the past. • Formation of National Human Rights • Parliamentary debates on this issue. Commission. • Role of the Election Commission. • Its composition and functions. • Stand of various political parties. • Identifying the under-privileged and • Judicial pronouncements. understanding their plight. • Student’s observations. • Efforts made by the NHRC (a minimum of two case studies). 8. Discrimination faced by a girl child. • Student’s viewpoint. • Reason for selection of the topic.

• Framing the Research Question. • Hypothesis.

GUIDELINES FOR TEACHERS: 1. It must be emphasized that the process of doing 6. Books and suitable reference material could be the project is as important as the final project. suggested by the teachers and made available to 2. Once the project/projects are chosen, there should the students. be a process of brainstorming to encourage 7. Internet sites could be suggested, but care must be students to make out a draft/structure for the taken in selecting, using and citing these sites. project before embarking on research. 8. Students must be cautioned against plagiarism and 3. During the brainstorming/discussion, the teacher be penalized for the same. should discuss the assessment criteria with the students. 9. Marks to be awarded for the content and originality and not for decorative elements and 4. The teacher should discuss the draft with the embellishments. student with regard to the central question and the type of sources to be used. 10. Projects must be the original work of the student. 5. The students should be guided on doing the research and looking at different types of evidence.

PSYCHOLOGY (855)

Aims: (ii) To develop an understanding of the methods of research and study employed in (i) To develop an understanding of human Psychology. behaviour: the nature of individuals and of members of social groups. (iii) To develop an appreciation of the practical value of Psychology and its applications in daily life.

CLASS XI

There will be two papers in the subject: clinical, counselling, developmental, educational, organizational and social (in Paper I - Theory: 3 hours ……70 marks brief). Paper II- Practical Work: ……30 marks (iii) Heredity and Environment – meaning of the term ‘heredity’; basic principles and PAPER - I (THEORY) – 70 Marks mechanism of heredity (genetic). Meaning Part I (20 marks) will consist of compulsory short of the term ‘environment’; importance of answer questions relating to the fundamental both heredity and environment in aspects of the entire syllabus. behaviour. Part II (50 marks) will consist of two sections, The definition and role of chromosomes A and B. and genes (dominant and recessive); the laws of heredity: uniformity and variability. Candidates will be required to answer two out of Significance of environment: physical and three questions from Section A and three out of five social. Heredity related diseases: Mental questions from Section B. Each question in this part Retardation and Huntington’s disease. How shall carry 10 marks. both heredity and environment interact to SECTION A produce behaviour (Twin studies, Adoption Studies, Separated Twin Study). 1. The Subject Psychology 2. Methods of Psychology (i) Definition of Psychology; Nature – bio science, social science or pure science; (i) Scientific Methods in Psychology - schools of thought – Structuralism, observation, case study, surveys, Functionalism, Behaviourism, psychological tests, experimentation – Psychoanalysis, Gestalt psychology. steps. Psychological tests and their uses. Definition of Psychology, meaning of the The application of scientific methods in the terms behaviour, stimulus and response. study of behaviour. What is meant by Subject matter / nature of Psychology as a scientific observation? Field study; bio science, social science or pure science. controlled and uncontrolled observation; The eclectic approach of modern longitudinal and cross-sectional studies; Psychology. Main features of the schools of the case history method; the experimental Structuralism, Functionalism and method - variables and controls - steps in Behaviourism, Psychoanalysis, Gestalt an experiment; surveys and use of psychology (two Psychologists of each questionnaires/self reports. One advantage approach and their relevant concepts). and one disadvantage for each method of Psychology. Meaning of samples (ii) Fields of Psychology – clinical, (random, biased, representative); meaning counselling, developmental, educational, of population. Psychological tests – organizational and social. characteristics, definition, uses and types. The general importance and aims of (ii) Interpretation of research results – use of studying Psychology and its special statistics in interpretation of data - benefits. Applications - different branches understanding of why statistics is used and the kind of work done in special fields -

73 (descriptive & inferential). Basic statistical (iii) Errors in perception - illusions of size and concepts – statistics, sample, population. shape; what is meant by extra-sensory perception (ESP). Why statistics is used in Psychology - interpretation of findings: describing and False interpretations - illusions: Muller-Lyer, summarizing data, comparing individuals/ Height -Width, Ponzo, Zoellner, Poggendorf groups, investigating relationships between (details of experiments are required); ESP - variables, predicting. Descriptive statistics perceptions not based on any of the known - for summarizing scores. Inferential senses (general understanding of ESP). statistics - to determine whether observed differences between groups are SECTION B likely/unlikely to have occurred by chance. 4. Emotions and Motivation How scores are grouped into frequency distributions; central tendency of a (i) What is meant by emotion; the basic frequency distribution - mean, median, emotions. mode and when each measure is used; Subjective and cognitive experience, dispersion: the extent to which scores are physiological basis of emotion, reactions spread out - range, variance, standard and overt expression. Primary emotions - deviation; why both central tendency and fear, anger, joy, sorrow, affection. variability are important in psychology. (ii) Theories of emotion dealing with physiological, subjective and cognitive 3. Attention and Perception aspects. (i) Nature of attention - its inner and outer James Lange, Cannon Bard, Schachter - determinants. Singer theories. The importance of attention in perception - (iii) What is meant by motives, needs and how both physical factors such as size, instincts. colour, movement, change, intensity, contrast and psychological factors such as Motivation as an internal force need, interest and emotion determine generating certain behaviour - biological attention and perception. needs and homeostasis; instincts as unlearned and physiological desires; (ii) Perceptual processes - difference between evidence indicating the existence of sensation and perception. Organizational unconscious motives. Intrinsic - the desire principles of perception - laws, constancies, to perform activities for their own sake. depth and colour perception. (iv) Theories of Motivation. Process involved in transforming sensation Pull and push theories, Optimum Arousal to perception. Important factors in theory and Expectancy theory - Graphic perceptual process - figure and ground, representation of Maslow's Needs laws of grouping: similarity, proximity, continuation, simplicity, good figure; Hierarchy. constancy of size, shape and colour; factors (v) Social motives. involved in depth perception -monocular Three distinctively human motives: and binocular cues; how colour is Achievement - accomplishing difficult perceived - biological and psychological tasks; Power - exerting influence over factors ; attributes of colour - hue, others; Aggression - learning and control wavelength, brightness and saturation; of human aggression, causes and effects. laws of colour mixture; colour blindness, adaptation and after-images. (vi) Frustration - blocking of motives; conflict among motives. Frustration as a result of motives not finding free or adequate expression. Different types of conflict among motives: approach-approach, avoidance-avoidance, multiple approach-avoidance (with examples). 74 5. Learning (ii) Concepts and how they are formed. (i) What is meant by learning; how learning Definition - importance of concepts in takes place - Classical and Operant thinking - artificial, natural, simple and Conditioning; Insight learning, complex concepts. Observational Learning and Learning (iii) Reasoning - how it is carried out; common Styles. errors in reasoning, how reasoning can be made more effective. Decision making and Definition of learning - Pavlov and problem solving - heuristics and algorithms. Classical Conditioning; Thorndike and Trial and Error; Skinner and Operant Reaching specific conclusions from Conditioning; experiments, findings and available information - deductive and inductive reasoning; common errors - principles established. Insight and faulty premises, biases, fallacy of single Observational Learning - Kohler and case, rationalization, hindsight. Improving Bandura's studies. Learning Styles – reasoning - avoiding errors, examining Auditory, Visual and Kinesthetic. premises and ambiguities, guarding against (ii) Learning disabilities: definition and types. emotion. Decision Making and Problem Solving - steps involved, optimum expected Characteristics of the disabilities - utility, means-end-analysis, analogy. Dyslexia, dyscalculia, dysgraphia, (iv) Creative thinking - what is meant by dyspraxia (symptoms and management). convergent and divergent thinking; stages Adjustment problems and remedials. in creative thinking, how creativity can be 6. Remembering and Forgetting fostered. (i) The memory system - how it works - Use of divergent thinking in creativity - different models. stages in creative thinking, preparation, incubation, illumination, Sensory memory, Short and Long term verification/validation. How creativity may Memory - encoding, storage, retrieval. be encouraged: enrich knowledge and Terms like iconic image, free recall, serial experience, encourage independence, position effects, recency effects, primary curiosity and promote positive mood. effects, episodic, working memory. Semantic and Procedural Memory. PAPER - II (PRACTICAL WORK) – 30 Marks Processing memory - the Atkinson Shiffrin Model and Parallel Distributed Processing. Candidates will be expected to have completed two studies / experiments from any chapter covered in (ii) Why and how forgetting occurs. Theory. Assessment will be based on a written Trace decay, retro and pro active report which should cover – interference, amnesia - retrograde and (I) Aim anterograde; Alzheimer's disease; (II) Basic concept: Definition of concepts used and Dementia. related theory. Identification of variables – (iii) How memory can be improved. independent and dependent. Attention, use of imagery, Mnemonic (III) Method - (i) Sample of the Study devices, application of principles of (ii) Procedure followed (data- learning. collection, nature of raw data) 7. Thinking, Problem Solving and Creativity (iii) Treatment of Data (iv) Results & Discussion (i) What is meant by thinking. (v) Conclusion Definition and basic elements of thought. (IV) Bibliography Nature and elements of thinking: images, Mark allocation per study [15 marks]: visual image, concepts and language - interdependence of language and thought; Basic Concept 3 marks different kinds of thinking: convergent, Method (correctness of procedure) 4 marks divergent, creative, goal-oriented and Results and discussion 4 marks aimless thinking. Viva 4 marks

75 CLASS XII What is meant by Aptitude - when aptitude There will be two papers in the subject: needs to be assessed - the GATB (General Paper I - Theory: 3 hours …70 marks Aptitude Test Battery); meaning and usefulness of Achievement tests; why and Paper II- Practical Work: …30 marks how Interest is measured - the SCII (Strong Campbell Interest Inventory). PAPER - I (THEORY) – 70 Marks

Part I (20 marks) will consist of compulsory short 2. Personality answer questions relating to the fundamental aspects of the entire syllabus. (i) What is meant by Personality. Part II (50 marks) will consist of two sections, Definitions of personality – Allport, Cattell, A and B. Eysenck. Candidates will be required to answer two out of three questions from Section A and three out of five (ii) Theories of Personality: Type Theories, questions from Section B. Each question in this part Psychoanalytic Theory - Freud’s structure shall carry 10 marks. of personality; psycho-sexual stages of development; Post Freudians (in brief); SECTION A Humanistic - Rogers and Maslow; Traits - 1. Intelligence and Ability Allport, Cattell; Social/Behavioural Learning - Bandura and Rotter. (i) Intelligence: what is meant by intelligence - theories regarding the nature of Type Theory: Sheldon, Kreshtmer, intelligence; how intelligence is measured - Hippocrates, Friedman, Charak Samhita of the concept of IQ, intelligence tests – Ayurveda. Psychoanalytic Theory of Individual Tests, Group Tests, Culture Fair Personality: Freud's levels of Tests. Levels of intelligence and associated consciousness, structure of personality - Id, characteristics. Ego and Superego; principles on which they function; Psychosexual stages of Intelligence: definition of intelligence development and fixation; Post Freudians: (David Wechsler); what is meant by Erik Erikson, Horney; Humanistic theories intelligence - theories regarding the nature of Rogers (concept of fully functioning of intelligence; Theories of Intelligence: persons) and Maslow (self actualization). Two Factor Theory – Charles Spearman; Traits: Allport (central, secondary and Primary Mental Abilities – Thurstone; cardinal traits), Cattell (source and Raymond Cattell – Fluid and Crystallised surface traits). The five-factor model of Intelligence; Guilford’s Structure of Costa and McCrae. Social Cognition and Intellect Model. Modern Theories: Social Learning theories of Bandura and Information Processing; Triarchic Theory – Rotter (Identification and explanation of Sternberg; Theory of Multiple Intelligence concepts in each theoretical framework). – Howard Gardner. How intelligence is measured - the concept of IQ; Intelligence (iii) How personality is assessed: reports, Tests – Individual Tests - Stanford Binet, inventories (MMPI), projective techniques - Wechsler, Group Tests – Raven’s Rorschach Inkblot Test and Thematic Progressive Matrices, Culture Fair Tests – Apperception Test. Cattell’s Culture Fair Test. Test details The use of Self Reports - inventories/ (Aim, history, description, scoring and questionnaires in assessing Personality - an uses) should be included; Levels of understanding of the MMPI (Minnesota intelligence and associated characteristics Multiphasic Personality Inventory); what is (from gifted to below average). meant by Projective Techniques - how the (ii) Aptitude, Achievement and Interest: Rorschach Inkblot and TAT (Thematic meaning of these terms. Reason for their Apperception Test) are used (Test details assessment and means of assessment should include procedure, scoring and (different tools/ tests) used. results).

76 SECTION B (ii) Common causes of stress. 3. Lifespan Development External/situational: major life events, (i) Meaning of Development, growth and minor hassles of everyday life, work-related maturation. causes, the physical environment. Why is the study of lifespan development Internal/dispositional: Personality important? Determinants – interaction of variables-traits and types. heredity and environment, context of development – Bronfenbrenner’s (iii) Effects of stress on health and performance. Ecological System Theory. Upsets the internal mechanism and balance (ii) Infancy - motor, cognitive development, - immune system affected, hypertension, socio-emotional development. heart problems, ulcers, diabetes, asthma (each effect to be briefly explained). Motor – milestones; cognitive – Piaget’s Relation between stress and performance - Sensory Motor Stage; socio-emotional burnout. development – emergence of attachment. Mary Ainsworth’s & Lamb’s strange (iv) Stress management - ineffective and situation test. effective strategies of handling stress. (iii) Childhood - motor, cognitive development, Coping with stress: Ineffective strategies - socio-emotional development. defense mechanisms - rationalization, projection, reaction formation, regression, Motor development; cognitive development repression (each to be briefly explained), – Piaget’s Theory (Preoperational, displacement, sublimation; Effective Concrete and Formal Operational); strategies - relaxation training and yoga. emergence of self – gender awareness, Effective lifestyles: stress cycles – distress gender identity, stability, consistency, and wellness. stereotype role, sex-category, constancy; Emergence of peer relationship. Moral 5. Psychological Disorders and Psychotherapy development – Kohlberg’s perspective Experiment on Moral Dilemma – pre- (i) Meaning of “Abnormal behaviour” - conventional, conventional and post biological, psychological and socio - conventional morality. cultural perspectives. Principles of classification of psychological disorders (iv) Adolescence - physical changes, cognitive with reference to DSM IV. development, socio-emotional development; some major concerns. Different views of "abnormal" behaviour - the statistical stand - the biological/medical Physical changes at puberty; Cognitive approach - the psychodynamic perspective - development – Piaget’s Formal the sociocultural dimension; why Operational Stage; Socio-emotional classification of disorders is necessary - an development - forming an identity, dealing understanding of the Diagnostic and with sexuality and gender identity; some Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders – IV major concerns – delinquency, substance (brief explanation of each Axis). abuse (drugs and alcohol) – meaning of (ii) Characteristics of some psychological substance abuse, symptoms and treatment; disorders: Anxiety - generalised, phobic, eating disorders - bulimia, anorexia. obsessive-compulsive; Mood - bi-polar, depression; personality - anti-social, 4. Stress and Stress Management histrionic, avoidant, dependent, passive- aggressive (causes and symptoms of all). (i) Meaning of stress - its basic nature. What is meant by anxiety - different forms Stress as a process - stressors (negative and of anxiety disorders: phobias, obsession - positive events); results of overload; the compulsive disorders; Mood disorders- stages of GAS or the General Adaptation characteristics of severe depression, manic- Syndrome (Selye's model). Cognitive depressive or bipolar disorder; personality appraisal of stress – primary and secondary. - anti-social, histrionic, avoidant, dependent, passive-aggressive (causes and symptoms).

77 (iii) Schizophrenia - meaning; main types; An understanding of the meaning of characteristics. prejudice and how it works in the form of Basic nature of Schizophrenia - discrimination - causes of prejudice: social characteristics of Disorganized Catatonic learning, realistic competition, social and Paranoid Schizophrenia (symptoms). categorization and stereotyping; ways in which prejudice can be resisted. Caste, (iv) Psychotherapy - Psychoanalysis; Client- community and gender stereotypes in the centred; Behavioural. Rehabilitation. Indian context. What is meant by Psychotherapy - central features of psychodynamic therapies - free 8. Applications of Psychology association, dream analysis, transference with reference to: and counter transference; the principles on (i) Clinical and Counselling Psychology. which client centred therapy has been Role of a counsellor and a clinical developed. Behavioural therapies based on psychologist in dealing with individuals, classical and operant conditioning and couples, families and groups. modelling, psycho social; rehabilitation. (ii) Educational (School) Psychology. 6. Social Thought and Social Behaviour How Psychology helps to facilitate learning (i) Social Perception - attribution or the in school - students and teachers; process through which people try to individual problems: learning differences, understand the reasons for others’ teaching and evaluation techniques, school behaviour. environment. Career counselling - how How people determine whether others' Psychology helps in the choice of a career - behaviour is a result of internal causes or requirements of a field or job, testing external factors - biases in forming individuals, matching individual and judgments (attribution). Explain with field/job. examples each of the following biases - the (iii) Organisational Psychology. person positivity bias, motivational biases, self serving bias, the false consensus effect, How Psychology helps to promote automatic vigilance, motivated scepticism, efficiency, well-being and profitability - counterfactual thinking. study of factors involved. Recruitment, motivation, team building and leadership (ii) Social Influence- how people try to change skills, marketing and consumer behaviour. others’ behaviour; social norms; conformity and obedience - factors affecting them. (iv) Crime What is meant by social norms - why people How Psychology helps towards: conform to social norms and why they understanding criminals, rehabilitating digress; factors affecting Conformity and them, preventing crime. Obedience. Asch's study on conformity; why and when people obey others - Milgram's PAPER II (PRACTICAL WORK) – 30 Marks experiment. 7. Attitudes Candidates will be expected to have completed two studies from those given below. Assessment will be (i) Meaning of “Attitude” - the relationship based on a written report which should cover – between attitude, perception, belief and (I) Aim behaviour; how attitudes are formed and (II) Basic concept: Definition of concepts used and changed. related theory. Identification of variables – What are attitudes - the components of independent and dependent. attitude; how far attitudes determine (III) Method - (i) Sample of the Study behaviours: the process of forming attitudes (ii) Procedure followed (data- - how attitudes change: persuasion and collection, nature of raw data) cognitive dissonance. (iii) Statistical Treatment of Data (ii) Prejudice – meaning of “prejudice” and (iv) Results & Discussion discrimination; the origins of prejudice; (v) Conclusion how to combat prejudice. The Indian context.

78 The practical work will be assessed by the Raw Data: Summated scores on all the statements teacher and a Visiting Examiner appointed for each respondent. locally and approved by the Council. Analysis: (i) Calculate mean attitudinal scores for Mark allocation per study [15 marks]: each group and make inter-group comparisons. (ii) Short, structured interview schedule constructed Basic Concept 3 marks and administered to 8-10 students in each group. Method (correctness of procedure) 4 marks The responses elicited can be used to draw Results and discussion 4 marks inferences to explain the inter-group differences, if Viva 4 marks any. A. Statistics To study group differences in Examination results. C. Stress Groups: Any two classes or two sections of the To study the causes and effects of stress among same class with same subjects. school students. Raw Data: Summated scores on all subjects in the Group: Class X or Class XI students annual examination for each student. Analysis: (i) Group analysis – Calculate mean Tools: To construct two checklists - one indicating scores (central tendency) and standard deviations the potential stressors along with a 5-point rating (variability) for each group and make inter-group scale indicating their frequency of occurrence (very comparisons. often, often, sometimes, rarely, very rarely). The (ii) Individual analysis – Calculate Z (standard) stressors should include dispositional/internal scores for any two students from each class – one variables (personality attributes, cognitive whose examination score is above the class mean appraisal) and situational/external variables (life and one whose examination score is below the class events, environmental pressures – physical, social, mean. Interpret the Z score in standard deviation cultural and academic stressors). units and indicate the percentage of scores that lie The second checklist should indicate the effects of above/below the subject’s score (use a table that stress (strain) – physical, psychological and gives the areas under the Normal curve behavioural along with their frequency of corresponding to given values of Z). occurrence (on a 5-point rating scale). (iii) Graphic Representation – bar diagram to depict Analysis: To determine the stressors and the effects the mean scores of both groups. that occur with the most to the least frequency and understand/explain each. B. Attitudes

To study attitudinal differences regarding any one of the following – Fashion, Work/Lifestyle, NOTE: No question paper for Practical work will Marriage. be set by the Council. Groups: Two generations (parents and children) Or Gender differences (boys and girls) of the same age- group (preferably from Class XI or XII). Tools: to construct a simple 5-point scale (10-15 items) with positively and negatively worded statements.

79 ECONOMICS (856)

Aims: 1. To enable candidates to acquire knowledge 4. To acquaint candidates with the main (information) and develop an understanding of institutions through which the productive facts, terms, concepts, conventions, trends, process is carried out. principles, generalisations, assumptions, 5. To develop an understanding of the role of hypotheses, problems, processes, etc. in institutions in the functioning of an economy. Economics. 6. To enable candidates to compare their own 2. To acquaint candidates with tools of economic economic structure with that of the other areas analysis. of the world. 3. To develop an understanding of important

economic problems. CLASS XI

There will be two papers in the subject: (ii) Micro and Macro Economics – Meaning and Difference. Basic concepts: utility, price, Paper I - Theory: 3 hours ……80 marks value, wealth, welfare, money, market, Paper II- Project Work ……20 marks capital, investment, income, production, consumption, saving, Business cycle, PAPER - I (THEORY) – 80 Marks Aggregate demand and Aggregate supply. Part I (20 marks) will consist of compulsory short Meaning and difference between Micro answer questions testing knowledge, application and and Macro Economics. A conceptual skills relating to elementary / fundamental aspects of understanding of the terms: utility – types and the entire syllabus. features, total utility, marginal utility and Part II (60 marks) will consist of eight questions out diminishing marginal utility; price – of which candidates will be required to answer five definition and general rise and fall in price; questions, each carrying 12 marks. Inflation: meaning, demand pull and cost Note: The syllabus is intended to reflect a study of the push (diagrams not required); value – real vs theory of Economics with specific reference to the nominal value; wealth – explanation of the Indian Economy. Therefore, examples and specific term, classification (personal and social); references to the Indian Economy must be made welfare – economic welfare, social welfare wherever relevant. and relation between wealth and welfare; 1. Understanding Economics money – barter economy vs money economy; (i) Definition of Economics: Adam Smith, Alfred market – meaning and size; capital – Marshall, Lionel Robbins, Samuelson. meaning; investment – meaning, investment as a process of capital formation; income – Basic understanding of economics and meaning, factor incomes; production – economic phenomena to be explained especially in the context of the concept of meaning; consumption – meaning; saving – scarcity and allocation of resources. Students meaning; individual saving and aggregate may be introduced to the main points on savings. which the various definitions of economics The above terms to be explained with the help could be analyzed. Features of definitions and of relevant examples. two- three criticisms.

80 (iii) Basic problems of an economy: what to (iii) Planning and economic development in India. produce; how to produce; for whom to An overview of Macro objectives (sectoral produce; efficient use of resources. objectives not required) and major thrusts of the The basic problem of scarcity and choice must different five-year plans in India. be emphasized. As this problem is universal in (iv) Structural Changes in the Indian Economy after character, i.e. faced by all economies, liberalization. irrespective of the economic system they follow, it must be explained using the concept Need, meaning, significance and features of of Production Possibility Curve. The three liberalization, globalization and privatization of problems - what to produce, how to produce Indian Economy; disinvestment: meaning. and for whom to produce - must be (v) Current challenges facing Indian Economy. highlighted. The role of technology and a shift in the Production Possibility Curve must be Poverty – absolute and relative, main explained. programmes for poverty alleviation: A critical assessment of PAPs (Poverty Alleviation (iv) Types of economies: developed and Programmes); Rural development. Credit and developing; Economic systems: capitalism, marketing: role of cooperatives, agricultural socialism and mixed economy; mechanism diversification; alternate farming /organic used to solve the basic problems faced by each farming: meaning and importance. economy. Human Capital formation: How people become Characteristics of developed and developing resource; role of human capital in economic economies; Development experience of India: development; Growth of education sector in a comparison with neighbouring country India; Education – formal and informal (China) in terms of growth, population and (Meaning only); Unemployment- types of sectoral development (introducing regional unemployment, causes for unemployment, and global economic grouping such as SAARC, Policy measures (after 2000). European Union, ASEAN, G-8, G-20 - basic knowledge); different types of economic (vi) Economic growth and development. systems; definition, features, merits and Economic Growth and Development – Meaning demerits of capitalism, socialism and mixed and difference. Comparative study of Indian and economic system; mechanisms used to solve Chinese economies on the following indicators: the basic problems under each economic (a) Unemployment (b) GDP growth (c) GDP system to be explained with the help of per capita and GDP PPP (d) direct foreign examples. The role of government along with investment (e) inflation (f) poverty. the price mechanism to be emphasized. (vii) Sustainable Development. 2. Indian Economic Development Effect of Economic Development on Resources (i) Introduction. and Environment. A brief introduction of the state of the Indian Understanding the concept of Sustainable Economy on the eve of independence. Main development; Need for sustainable development features, problems and policies of agriculture, for improving the quality of life - looking at the industry and foreign trade. deteriorating quality of air, water, food over time, developing an appreciation to sustain at (ii) Parameters of Development. least what exists for the generations to come. Parameters of development: per capita income Global warming – meaning and effects. and human development index.

81 3. Statistics What does an Index number show, measure or indicate (like a Price Index Number). Difference (i) Statistics: definition, scope and limitations of between simple and weighted – Price weighted statistics. or quantity weighted. Laspayre’s, Paasche and Statistics: definition, scope and limitations of Fisher’s methods of index numbers (to be statistics. Special emphasis to be laid on explained with the help of numericals). importance of statistics in economics. Wholesale Price Index, Consumer Price Index and Index of Industrial Production should be (ii) Collection, organization and presentation of data. explained. Uses of Index Numbers. Problems involved in constructing Price Index Number – Collection of data - Sources of data: primary, the choice of the base year, the number of secondary. Methods of collecting data: Some commodities to be included (coverage), choice important sources of collecting secondary data; of prices and the method to be used. ways of collecting primary data; organization of (vii) Some Mathematical Tools used in Economics. data: meaning and types of variables, frequency; presentation of data: tabular and Equation of a straight line and slope of a straight diagrammatic presentation (bar diagram, pie, line. line, histogram, polygon and ogive curve). (iii) Measures of Central Value: average defined; PAPER II – PROJECT WORK – 20 Marks type of averages: arithmetic mean; simple and weighted; median and mode; ungrouped and Candidates will be expected to have completed two grouped data; numericals, relationship between projects from any topic covered in Theory. mean, median and mode. Mark allocation for each Project [10 marks]: Measures of Central Value: average defined; type of averages: arithmetic mean; simple and Overall format 1 mark weighted; median and mode; ungrouped and Content 4 marks grouped data. Numericals only on mean, Findings 2 marks median and mode for both ungrouped and grouped data. Relationship between mean, Viva-voce based on the Project 3 marks median and mode – the nature of the frequency distribution – symmetrical, positively skewed and negatively skewed. A list of suggested Projects is given below: (iv) Measures of dispersion: definition, methods of 1. Study consumer awareness amongst households studying variation - range; standard deviation; through designing a questionnaire and collection quartile deviation; the mean or average of primary data. deviation; coefficient of variation. 2. Prepare a report on productivity awareness among Numericals on measures of dispersion required. enterprises through use of statistical data from statistical tables published in Newspapers / RBI (v) Correlation: introduction, scatter diagram; Bulletin / Budget /Census report / Economic Karl Pearson’s coefficient of correlation; survey, etc. Spearman’s coefficient of correlation. 3. Make a study of two cooperative institutions Meaning and significance of correlation to be (example milk cooperatives, etc.) with a view to explained along with types and degrees. Scatter compare the organizational and financial structure diagram, Karl Pearson’s method (two of the organizations, production capacity and variables, ungrouped data); Spearman’s Rank output, marketing strategies, sales, market share, Correlation to be explained with the help of etc. numericals. 4. Study in detail the South Asian Association for (vi) Index numbers: simple and weighted - meaning, Regional Cooperation (SAARC) and its impact on types and purpose. Problems involved in Indian economy constructing a Price Index Number.

82 5. Prepare a report on the various poverty alleviation (a) Five States/Union Territories having higher and employment generation programmes started and lower forest cover and compare the in India, with special focus on MNREGA. extent of forest coverage. 6. Compare the status of women of your State with (b) Causes for decrease in forest cover in the that at the National level for the last ten years, on Country. the basis of educational level, employment, etc. (c) Measures adopted by the Central/State 7. Prepare a report on the forest cover in India, Governments to increase the forest cover. highlighting the following aspects:

CLASS XII

There will be two papers in the subject: Derivation of market demand curve from individual demand curve. Paper I - Theory: 3 hours ……80 marks (a) Cardinal Utility Analysis: meaning of Paper II- Project Work ……20 marks utility, total utility, marginal utility, relationship of TU and MU, Law of PAPER - I (THEORY) – 80 Marks Diminishing Marginal Utility (schedule and Part I (20 marks) will consist of compulsory short diagram, Only assumptions to be taught, answer questions testing knowledge, application and criticisms not required), Consumer’s skills relating to elementary / fundamental aspects of equilibrium – one commodity (schedule and diagram), Law of Equimarginal Utility the entire syllabus. (statement, schedule) and conditions of Part II (60 marks) will consist of eight questions out consumer’s equilibrium using marginal of which candidates will be required to answer five utility; (b) Ordinal Utility Analysis: questions, each carrying 12 marks. Indifference Curve – its meaning and properties (including MRS and DMRS), Note: The syllabus is intended to reflect a study of the indifference map, consumer’s budget line, theory of Economics with specific reference to the Consumer’s equilibrium – condition (to be Indian Economy. Therefore, examples and specific explained with the help of a diagram). references to the Indian Economy must be made (ii) Elasticity of demand: meaning, types of wherever relevant. elasticity of demand, measurement of elasticity of demand; factors affecting 1. Micro Economic Theory elasticity of demand. (i) Demand: meaning, factors affecting demand; Various methods of measurement of the Demand function; Law of Demand; derivation elasticity of demand: point method - of demand curve; movement and shift of the percentage method, expenditure method and demand curve; exceptions to the Law of geometric method. (Numericals required on Demand. percentage method only). The cross and Law of Diminishing Marginal Utility, Law of income elasticity of demand must be Equimarginal Utility, consumer’s equilibrium explained. Degrees of elasticity of demand to through utility approach (Cardinal) and be explained. Use diagrams wherever indifference curve analysis (Ordinal). necessary. The concept of demand: meaning. A demand (iii) Supply: meaning; difference between stock function to be specified incorporating the and supply; determinants of supply; Law of determinants of demand. Diagrams should be Supply; movement and shift of the supply used in explaining the Law of Demand, curve; elasticity of supply reasons for downward slope of demand curve, Difference between stock (intended supply) its derivation using demand schedule. and supply (actual supply) with the help of relevant examples. A supply function should

83 be specified and explained. Law of Supply, Revenue – Average revenue, marginal supply schedule and supply curve. Derivation revenue, total revenue – concepts and of market supply curve from individual supply relationships under perfect competition and curve. Movement and shift of the supply imperfect competition. Producer’s curve, exceptions to the Law of Supply. equilibrium (Profit maximization goal) – Elasticity of Supply: Meaning and meaning; conditions: (a) TR and TC measurement of elasticity of supply by approach along with diagram (b) MR and MC percentage method and geometric method. approach along with diagram. (iv) Market Mechanism: Equilibrium and (vii) Main market forms: perfect competition, disequilibrium; Equilibrium price and effect monopolistic competition, oligopoly, of changes in demand and supply on the monopoly, monopsony; characteristics of the equilibrium price. Simple applications of tools various market forms; equilibrium of a firm in of demand and supply. perfect competition under short run and long A basic understanding of the concept of run. equilibrium. The effects of changes in demand and supply - both along the curves and shift of Features of perfect competition, monopolistic the curves to be explained. Basic competition, oligopoly, monopoly and understanding of Price control, rationing, monopsony (meaning only). Equilibrium of a Price ceiling and Floor price with the help of firm in perfect competition under short run demand and supply curves. (explanation and diagram, shut down point and break even point) and long run (diagram (v) Concept of production and production not required). function (short run and long run production function), returns to a factor, total, average 2. Theory of Income and Employment and marginal physical products; Law of Variable Proportions and its three stages. Basic concepts and determination of Income and A production function (concept only). Law of Employment Variable Proportions: statement, The concept of demand (exante) and effective assumptions, schedule (for the purpose of (expost) demand. Aggregate demand and its understanding and not for testing), diagram components, propensity to consume and propensity and explanation to the three stages. to save (average and marginal), equilibrium (vi) Cost and revenue: Basic concepts of cost; output; investment multiplier (its meaning and fixed cost, variable cost, total cost, marginal mechanism). Meaning of full employment. cost and average cost – their relationships; Problems of excess demand and deficient demand; opportunity cost; short run and long run cost measures to correct them. curves. Revenue: meaning; average revenue, marginal revenue and total revenue and their 3. Money and Banking relationships under perfect competition and imperfect competition, Producer’s (i) Money: meaning, functions of money, supply equilibrium. of money. Basic concepts – private cost, economic cost, Meaning, kinds of money, functions of money social cost, money cost, real cost, explicit (primary, secondary and contingent) to be cost, implicit cost. explained; supply of money (only meaning Cost concepts – Fixed cost, variable cost, of M1, M2, M3 & M4). total cost, marginal cost, average cost with (ii) Banks: functions of commercial bank; high schedule and diagram; relationship between powered money, credit creation by average cost, marginal cost, total cost (only commercial banks; Central Bank: functions. concepts of long run and short run cost curves, derivations not required). Opportunity Basic understanding of the functions of cost – meaning only. Difference between commercial banks, credit creation process accounting cost and opportunity cost. with limitation. The regulatory role of the Central Bank, its functions and the way it

84 controls the flow of credit needs to be prices, real GDP and nominal GDP, National explained. A brief mention may be made of Disposable Income (Gross and Net), GDP quantitative CRR, SLR, Bank Rate policy and Welfare, GDP as an indicator of (repo rate and reverse repo rate) and Open Economic welfare. Market Operations) and qualitative methods. (iii) Methods of measuring National Income: product or value-added method; income 4. Balance of Payment and Exchange Rate method and expenditure method with simple Balance of Payment – meaning, components; numericals based on them. foreign exchange – meaning, determination of Simple numericals based on all the methods to exchange rate (Flexible). be covered for better understanding of the Balance of Payment - Meaning and components; concept. Precautions and difficulties of Causes of disequilibrium and how the measuring National Income for each method. disequilibrium can be corrected; Foreign Exchange Rate – meaning, meaning of fixed and PAPER II – PROJECT WORK – 20 Marks flexible exchange rate, determination of exchange Candidates will be expected to have completed two rate in a free market. Concepts of depreciation, projects from any topic covered in Theory. appreciation, devaluation and revaluation (meaning only). The practical work will be assessed by the teacher and a Visiting Examiner appointed locally and approved by the Council. 5. Public Finance (i) Fiscal Policy: meaning and instruments of Mark allocation for each Project [10 marks]: fiscal policy. Overall format 1 mark Meaning and instruments of fiscal policy – Public Revenue: Meaning, taxes (Meaning Content 4 marks and types), difference between direct and Findings 2 marks indirect taxes; Public Expenditure: Meaning Viva-voce based on the Project 3 marks and importance; Public Debt: Meaning and redemption; Deficit Financing: meaning. A list of suggested Projects is given below: (ii) Government Budget: meaning, types and 1. Study a Public Sector Enterprise with reference to components. its relevance to the Indian Economy and its future Meaning and types of Government budget – prospects. Analyse the trend of its growth for the union, state; components – revenue and last ten years. capital. Concept of deficit budget: revenue deficit, fiscal deficit, primary deficit – their 2. Conduct a Socio-Economic survey of a locality meaning and implications. (minimum sample size should be 30 households) with reference to: 6. National Income (a) Demographic features. (i) Circular flow of Income. (b) Consumption Pattern – Expenditure on A simple model explaining the circular flow of necessities, comforts and luxuries. income with two, three and four sector models (c) Occupational structure. with leakages and injections. 3. Compare the contribution made by different (ii) Concepts and definition of NY, GNP, GDP, sectors of the economy towards GDP growth NNP, private income, personal income, during the planning period. personal disposable income, National Disposable Income and per capita income; 4. Prepare a report on the competition in the relationship between the income concepts. Aviation Sector in India with reference to: A brief understanding of the mentioned (a) Performance of the Public Sector and Private national income aggregates is needed. The Sector. concepts of GNP and NNP should be (b) Operational strategies adopted by budget/low explained both at factor cost and market cost carriers.

85 5. Make a comparative analysis of lending 7. Make a comparative study of the allocation of performance of five Commercial Banks in the past financial resources of the Central Government six years with reference to the changing CRR and Budget on Agriculture, Defence, Industry and SLR. Education in the last ten years. Prepare a report on 6. Many thinkers believe that we are rapidly your observations. depleting our natural resources. Assume that there are only two inputs (labour and natural resources) 8. Prepare a trend Analysis of Growth and producing two goods (wheat and gasoline) with Productivity of any one industry such as: no improvement in technology over time. Show Textile / Automobiles / Electronic and what would happen to the Production Possibility Tele-communication, etc. in India for the past ten Curve over time as natural resources are years. exhausted. How would invention and technological improvement modify your answer? On the basis of this example, explain why it is NOTE: No question paper for Practical work will be said “economic growth is a race between set by the Council. depletion and invention.”

86 SAMPLE TABLE FOR PRACTICAL WORK

S. No. Unique PROJECT 1 PROJECT 2 TOTAL Identification MARKS Number A B C D E F G H I J (Unique ID) of Teacher Visiting Average Viva- Total Teacher Visiting Average Viva-Voce Total (E + J) the candidate Examiner Marks Voce by Marks Examiner Marks by Visiting Marks (A + B ÷ 2) Visiting (C + D) (F + G ÷ 2) Examiner (H + I) Examiner 7 Marks* 7 Marks* 7 Marks 3 Marks 10 Marks 7 Marks* 7 Marks* 7 Marks 3 Marks 10 Marks 20 Marks 1

*Breakup of 7 Marks to be awarded separately by the Name of Teacher: Teacher and the Visiting Examiner is as follows: Signature: Date Overall Format 1 Mark Content 4 Marks Name of Visiting Examiner

Findings 2 Marks Signature: Date NOTE: VIVA-VOCE (3 Marks) for each Project is to be conducted only by the Visiting Examiner, and should be based on the Project only.

87 COMMERCE (857)

Aims: 1. To develop an interest in the theory and 3. To provide a study of the more important practice of business, trade and industry. aspects of the commercial world. 2. To familiarise candidates with theoretical 4. To provide knowledge of the activities of foundations, organising, managing and commerce in the marketing of goods and handling operations of a business firm. services. CLASS XI

There will be two papers in the subject: (b) Commerce: branches of Commerce. Paper I - Theory: 3 hours ……80 marks Commerce - its nature and functions; importance of Commerce. Branches Paper II- Project Work ……20 marks of Commerce - trade and aids to trade. Relationship between PAPER - I (THEORY) – 80 Marks commerce, trade and industry. Part I (20 marks) will consist of compulsory (iii) Business objectives. short answer questions testing knowledge, Business objectives: economic; social; application and skills relating to elementary/ human and national. Role of Profit in fundamental aspects of the entire syllabus. business. Part II (60 marks) will consist of eight questions 2. Forms of Business Organisations out of which candidates will be required to answer five questions, each carrying 12 marks. (i) Introduction to business organizations. Meaning, characteristics, types (private 1. Nature and Purpose of Business sector, public sector, Public Private (i) Classification of human activities - Partnership (PPPs) /Joint Sector). economic and non-economic. Comparison between different types of organizations. Classification of human activities - (ii) Sole trader - objectives; formation; merits economic and non-economic. Types of and demerits. economic activities. Meaning and definition of sole trader; Distinction between business, profession characteristics and objectives of sole and employment. trader; merits and demerits. (ii) Definition and concept of business; (iii) Partnership classification of business activities. (a) Meaning, features; types of partners Definition of business. Characteristics of and partnership firms. business. Classification of business Meaning and definition of activities: partnership; features of partnership (a) Industry: types of industries on the firms; types of partners and basis of activity (primary and partnerships. secondary) and on the basis of size (b) Registration of Partnership firms. (micro, small, medium and large). Formation, meaning and contents of Role of small businesses in India. partnership deed; registration and consequences of non-registration.

(c) Evaluation of partnership; merits and (v) Public Sector Undertakings. demerits. (a) Meaning; characteristics, objectives, role Self-explanatory. and forms of Public Sector Undertakings (Departmental Undertakings, Public (d) Comparison of sole proprietorship Corporations and Government and partnership. Companies). Self-explanatory. Public Sector Undertakings – meaning; (iv) Corporate Organisations. characteristics, objectives, role and criticisms. Forms of Public (a) Joint Stock Company: meaning, Sector Undertakings (Departmental features, merits, demerits and undertakings; Public Corporations and objectives. Government companies – definitions, (b) Stages of Formation of a Company. features, merits and demerits). (c) Promotion, meaning, role and types (b) Public Private Partnerships. of promoters. Meaning and features of PPPs. (d) Incorporation of a company - (vi) Co-operative organisations - meaning; Meaning and steps of incorporation characteristics and types. (including filing of documents), Co-operative organizations - meaning; certificate of incorporation. characteristics, advantages and (e) Memorandum of Association and disadvantages; Types of cooperative Articles of Association (excluding organizations, distinction between joint stock alterations) and distinction between companies and cooperative organizations. the two documents. 3. Social Responsibility of Business and Meaning and contents of MOA and Business Ethics AOA. Distinction between the MOA Concept and need for social responsibility. and AOA. Responsibility towards owners, investors, (f) Commencement of business. consumers, employees, government and Steps, Certificate of Commencement. community; Responsibility of business towards protection of environment; Meaning (g) Prospectus and statement in lieu of and importance of Business ethics. prospectus – meaning and contents only. 4. Emerging Modes of Business (h) Types of companies- Classification of (i) E-business. companies on the basis of mode of Scope and benefits, Resources required incorporation, liability of members, for successful e-business implementation, public interest, ownership, control online transactions, payment and nationality. mechanisms, security and safety of Public and private companies and business transactions. their comparative studies, privileges (ii) Outsourcing. of private companies. Concept, need and scope of BPO and (i) Global enterprises – Meaning, KPO. characteristics, merits and demerits (iii) Smart Cards. of Global Enterprises. Meaning and utility.

5. Stock Exchange 7. Foreign Trade (i) Meaning and importance. (i) Meaning, difference between internal (ii) Functions and services. trade and external trade. (iii) Major Stock Exchanges in India (BSE, Meaning and characteristics of NSE, DSE, ASE) – types and locations. international trade; problems of international trade; advantages and (iv) Types of operators – Brokers, Jobbers, disadvantages of international trade. Bulls and Bears. (v) Terms used in Stock Exchange - (ii) Export trade – Meaning, objectives and ex-dividend, cum dividend, spot delivery, procedure of export trade. forward delivery. Self-explanatory. (vi) SEBI – functions and objectives. (iii) Import trade – Meaning objectives Self-explanatory purpose and procedure. Meaning and functions of import trade; 6. Trade objectives, purpose and procedure. (i) Wholesalers. (iv) Documents involved in international Meaning and services of wholesaler to trade. retailer, customer and producer. Documents involved in export trade, such (ii) (a) Retail trade – Meaning and as: indent, letter of credit, shipping characteristics. order, shipping bill, mate’s receipt, bill Retail trade - meaning, of lading, certificate of origin, consular characteristics of retail trade. invoice, documentary bill of exchange Distinction between wholesale and (DA/DP), all need to be explained. retail trade. Documents involved in import trade, (b) Types of retail trade - Itinerant and such as: import license, indent, letter of small scale fixed shops: departmental credit, documentary bill of exchange, bill store, chain store, mail order houses, of entry, bill of sight, port trust dues tele shopping, franchise, consumer receipt, application to import, advice cooperative stores, hypermarkets and note, bill of lading, all need to be explained. automatic vending machines. Meaning, features, merits and (v) World Trade Organisation. demerits to be covered. WTO-meaning and objectives. (c) Documents used in home trade. 8. Insurance Documents and procedure used in (i) Insurance – Meaning, objectives and home trade – inquiry; quotation; purpose. catalogues; order; invoice; debit note; credit note. Meaning, objectives and purpose of insurance; Concept of re-insurance and Price quotations - cash discount and double insurance. trade discount. (ii) Risks in business - insurable and (iii) Role of Chambers of Commerce and non-insurable. Industry and Trade Associations. Risks in business - insurable and Meaning and functions of Chambers of non-insurable - meaning and examples of Commerce and trade associations. both. Characteristics of insurable risks.

(iii) Principles of insurance. − Social utility Fundamental principles to be explained: − Conclusion. utmost good faith; insurable interest; indemnity; contribution; doctrine of 4. Identity two Public Private Partnership subrogation; causa proxima. mitigation projects. of loss. Find out: − (iv) Types of insurance: life and non-life. The equity participation of both the partners. Types of insurance – life, health, fire, − Objectives of the partnership marine, motor, social and fidelity insurance (Meaning and importance − Strengths both partners bring into the only). venture. 5. Select one consumer cooperative and one PAPER II – PROJECT WORK – 20 Marks housing cooperative. For each of the cooperatives: Candidates will be expected to have completed − State the objectives. two projects from any topic covered in Theory. − The organizational structure. Mark allocation for each Project [10 marks]: − Details of surplus distribution and the Overall format 1 mark form of government support. 6. Study real time cases in which organizations Content 4 marks did not show responsibility towards Findings 2 marks investors/ consumers/ employees/ Viva-voce based on the Project 3 marks government/ community. Take at least two

such cases. For each case prepare a report based on the following: A list of suggested Projects is given below: − 1. Select a daily use consumer product. Trace A brief about of the case. its origin right from the primary industry − Different issues involved in the case. through the secondary and tertiary industries. − Who was at fault and why? Draw a flow chart to include all the business activities in its path from the producer to the − What should the company have done to consumer. stand by the business ethics? 2. Assume you are starting a partnership firm − Do you agree with the company’s with your friend/friends. Develop a business viewpoint? Give reasons. plan covering the following aspects: 7. Document and analyze the Corporate Social − Formation of this partnership firm – rules Responsibility activities of a pharmaceutical and steps that would be followed company and a five-star hotel. including the partnership deed Comment on the changing role assumed by − Choice of types of partners involved and Corporates towards business ethics and social your justification for the same. responsibility in the last two decades. 3. Select two infrastructure projects of public sector undertakings that have been recently 8. Identify any trade association and chamber of commissioned. commerce headquartered in your town/city. Study each in terms of: Analyze each project in terms of: − Its objectives. − Objectives − Services provided to members. − Profitability − Help given to the business community. − Adherence to the time schedule for project completion.

9. Contact an insurance agent and collect Prepare a report highlighting: information about 5 different types of life − Their contribution to the business insurance policies provided by different community and the nation. companies. Include information as per details − Their growth over the past 10 years in given below for every insurance plan and India. make a comparative analysis. Comment on the social cost of such organisations. − Premium of insurance 11. Visit a company that is involved in − Terms of inclusions and exclusions of e-business (which offers online services) or a each policy consultancy, which helps in developing − Term of the policy websites for such companies. Study different aspects they keep in mind − Withdrawal of money from the insurance while preparing business plans for scheme (surrender / foreclosure) e-business. Include information regarding the − Advantages/disadvantages of the plan payment mechanisms, security and safety of business transactions. The risks involved in 10. Study the BPO and KPO industry in India. e-business should also be covered. Also Collect newspaper/magazine articles on include the steps they follow while BPOs and KPOs. implementing the plan and starting the business.

CLASS XII There will be two papers in the subject: Long-term sources of funds. Paper I - Theory: 3 hours ……80 marks Equity shares - features, advantages and disadvantages. Paper II- Project Work ……20 marks Preference shares - features, types advantages and disadvantages; PAPER - I (THEORY) – 80 Marks distinction between equity shares and Part I (20 marks) will consist of compulsory short preference shares. answer questions testing knowledge, application and Bonus and rights issue, ESOP and Sweat skills relating to elementary / fundamental aspects of Equity Shares - meaning. Distinction the entire syllabus. between bonus shares and right shares. Part II (60 marks) will consist of eight questions out Retained earnings – meaning, merits and of which candidates will be required to answer demerits. five questions, each carrying 12 marks. (b) Loan capital: debentures. Debentures – meaning; kinds of 1. Business Environment debentures; advantages and Concept, and importance of Business disadvantages of debentures. Distinction Environment. between shares and debentures. Meaning, features and importance of Business (c) Loans from commercial banks and Environment; Financial Institutions. Dimensions of Business Environment – Micro Loans from commercial banks and Financial Institutions - meaning, (Internal and External factors) and Macro advantages and disadvantages. (Economic, social, technological, political and legal) – meaning and components. (d) Short-term sources of funds. S.W.O.T. Analysis - A basic understanding of Short-term sources of funds – different S.W.O.T. (Strength, Weakness, Opportunity and types of short term financial assistance by Threat) Analysis. Commercial Banks; public deposits, trade credit, customer advances, 2. Financing factoring, Inter corporate deposits and (i) Capital: Sources of finance for sole trader; installment credit. Meaning, advantages partnership; Joint Stock Company; financial and disadvantages of various sources of planning. funds. Importance of finance for business. Sources of (iii) Banking - latest trends. finance for different types of business firms. Online services- transfer of funds through Meaning, features and importance of Real Time Gross Settlement (RTGS), National financial planning. Factors affecting capital Electronic Funds Transfer (NEFT), issue of structure. Fixed capital - meaning, factors demand drafts online meaning and features. affecting fixed capital. Working capital – Online payments, e-Banking – meaning and meaning, types; factors affecting working features, advantages and disadvantages. capital. Comparison between fixed and working capital. Mobile Banking - SMS alerts, transfer of funds, making payments - advantages and (ii) Sources of finance for a Joint Stock disadvantages. Company. Debit Cards vs Credit Cards, ATM (a) Different types of shares: equity, (Automated Teller Machine) – Meaning; preference. Debit card and credit card: features and Bonus shares, rights issue, ESOP, Sweat differences. Equity Shares, Retained earnings.

3. Management Training and development – Meaning, types of training, difference between (i) Management: Meaning, objectives and selection and recruitment, Training and characteristics of management. Development. Meaning of Management: as an activity; as a (d) Directing: group; as a discipline; as a process. Meaning and importance; Supervision- Objectives and characteristics of Meaning, functions and span of control; management. Motivation - Meaning and Maslow’s (ii) Nature of Management – Science, Art and theory; Leadership- Meaning and Profession. qualities of a good leader; Self explanatory. Communication - Meaning, objectives and process. Barriers to communication (iii) Importance of Management. and overcoming barriers to Self explanatory. communication. (e) Controlling: (iv) Principles of Management: nature of principles; need for principles. Meaning, steps and importance; Relationship between Planning and Nature of principles of Management; need for Controlling; Management by Exception. principles of management; Taylor’s 5 scientific principles of Management; Fayol’s (f) Coordination: 14 principles of Management; Relevance of Meaning of Coordination; Coordination the principles of Management in today’s as an essence of Management. business scenario. Comparison of Taylor's and Fayol’s principles. 4. Marketing (v) Functions of Management: Planning; (i) Marketing: concept and functions. Organising; Staffing; Directing; Controlling Meaning and types of markets; meaning and and Coordinating. features of marketing. Marketing concepts: (a) Planning: traditional v/s modern - meaning and features of traditional and modern concepts of Meaning, steps, importance & limitation; marketing. Comparison between marketing Types of plans; Objectives, policy, and selling. Objectives and importance of procedures, method, role, budget, marketing; functions of marketing – meaning, program – meaning, features and features of each function of marketing. differences. (ii) Marketing Mix - Meaning and Elements. (b) Organising: Product Mix - goods and services - meaning, Meaning, importance, steps; Structure of features and types of goods; meaning, organization (line, line and staff, features of services; difference between functional and divisional; Formal and product and services. Branding: meaning and informal organization) – Meaning, merits. Labeling: meaning and merits. features, merits, demerits and differences Packaging: meaning and features of good between line and line & staff, functional packaging. and divisional, formal and informal; Meaning and importance of delegation Price Mix – meaning, factors determining of authority; Decentralization v/s price. Centralization, comparison between Place Mix – meaning, channel of distribution delegation and decentralization, merits choice of channels of distribution and and demerits. physical distribution. (c) Staffing: Promotion Mix – Meaning and elements. Meaning, steps and importance; Elements – Advertising, sales promotion, Recruitment – Meaning and sources; personal selling and publicity – meaning, Selection –Meaning and procedure; features, objectives and differences.

(iii) Consumer protection: rights of consumers, Find out the procedure and formalities for opening methods of consumer protection. a fixed deposit account. Need for consumer protection; rights of What is the procedure for closing the account on consumers; methods of consumer protection – maturity and before maturity period? self help, legislative measures and consumer 5. Select five different companies across varying associations/NGOs, Consumer Protection Act, industries such as I.T., textiles, FMCG, Health 1986. Care, etc., included in the SENSEX. Keeping a hypothetical base money of Rupees One Lakh, PAPER II – PROJECT WORK – 20 Marks invest in the shares of the selected companies. The Candidates will be expected to have completed two movement of share prices selected by you should projects from any topic covered in Theory. be monitored over a period of one month on a daily basis. A uniform / standard practice of The project work will be assessed by the teacher either using the opening price or the closing price and a Visiting Examiner appointed locally and on a particular day of the week should be used by approved by the Council. all students in the class. Mark allocation for each Project [10 marks]: At the end of the month, analyse your investment in a spread sheet and give reasons for your choice Overall format 1 mark of scripts. Content 4 marks 6. Find out the names of companies under various sectors (FMCG, Pharma, automobile, etc) Findings 2 marks included in the NIFTY and the SENSEX. Viva-voce based on the Project 3 marks Make a chart of the same and track its movements over a period of one week. A list of suggested Projects is given below: 7. (a) Study the sources of recruitment and steps 1. Compare marketing strategies adopted by two involved in the selection procedure adopted different companies of the same industry by two companies of the same industry. (FMCG / Telecommunication / media / education (b) Compare and evaluate the sources of industry etc.) keeping in mind the following: recruitment and the selection process adopted − Product mix by the selected companies. 8. Formulate a capital plan for a hypothetical business − Price Mix organization. − Place Mix Justify your formulated plan. − Promotion Mix 9. Choose two companies of the same industry. 2. Collect newspaper/magazine clippings of five Study their organizational structure. Also give cases filed by consumers in the Consumer Court. information with regard to: (i) Hierarchy Find out the rights violated, and the redressal mechanism used. (ii) Centralization and delegation of authority What was the outcome of each case? (iii) Flow of information (scalar chain) (iv) Span of control 3. Visit a commercial Bank. Find out the procedure to open a savings account. (v) Channel of communication. Find out the details of various Agency & General 10. Select any business undertaking. Study the utility services provided by the bank. selected business in terms of ownership, capital and profitability. 4. Compare the interest rates offered by five Make a S.W.O.T. analysis and present it in a different commercial banks on fixed deposits tabular form. under various categories (general and senior citizens) and various time durations. NOTE: No question paper for Practical work will be set by the Council.

SAMPLE TABLE FOR PRACTICAL WORK

S. Unique PROJECT 1 PROJECT 2 TOTAL No. Identification MARKS Number A B C D E F G H I J (Unique ID) Teacher Visiting Average Viva-Voce Total Teacher Visiting Average Viva- Total (E + J) of the Examiner Marks by Visiting Marks Examiner Marks Voce by Marks candidate (A + B ÷ 2) Examiner (C + D) (F + G ÷ Visiting (H + I) 2) Examiner 7 Marks* 7 Marks* 7 Marks 3 Marks 10 Marks 7 Marks* 7 Marks* 7 Marks 3 Marks 10 Marks 20 Marks 1

*Breakup of 7 Marks to be awarded separately by Name of Teacher: the Teacher and the Visiting Examiner is as follows: Signature: Date Overall Format 1 Mark Content 4 Marks Name of Visiting Examiner

Findings 2 Marks Signature: Date NOTE: VIVA-VOCE (3 Marks) for each Project is to be conducted only by the Visiting Examiner, and should be based on the Project only.

ACCOUNTS (858) Aims: 1. To provide an understanding of the principles 2. To develop an understanding of the form and of accounts and practice in recording classification of financial statements as a transactions and interpreting individual as means of communicating financial well as company accounts. information. CLASS XI There will be two papers in the subject: 2. Journal, Ledger and Trial Balance Paper I - Theory: 3 hours ……80 marks (i) Journal: recording of entries in journal with narration. Paper II- Project Work………20 marks (a) Classification of Accounts- traditional PAPER - I (THEORY) – 80 Marks classification or modern approach. (b) Double Entry System. There will be one paper of 3 hours duration of (c) Rules of journalizing – traditional 80 marks divided into two parts: classification or modern approach. Part I (20 marks): will be compulsory and will (d) Meaning of journal; Advantages of consist of short answer questions, testing using a journal. knowledge, application and skills relating to (e) Format of journal. elementary/ fundamental aspects of the entire (f) Simple and compound journal entries. syllabus. (g) Opening Journal entry. Part II (60 marks): Candidates will be required to (h) Journal Entries- Input CGST and Input answer five questions out of eight from this section. SGST / Input IGST; Output CGST and Each question shall carry 12 marks. Output SGST/ Output IGST) / Setting off Input GST against Output GST. 1. Introduction to Accounting (ii) Ledger: posting from journal to respective Background of accounting and accountancy; ledgers. types of accounts; basic terms used in (a) Meaning of ledger. accounting, and Accounting Equation. (b) Format of a ledger. (i) Evolution of accounting: The three phases. (c) Mechanics of posting. (ii) Basic Terms: Event, Transaction, (d) Closing / Balancing of ledger accounts- Vouchers, Capital, Assets (intangible, expenses and revenues to be closed by tangible, fixed, current, liquid, wasting and transferring to Trading / P/L Account fictitious), Liabilities (internal and external depending upon their direct/ indirect – current, long-term and contingent), nature and balances of Assets, Trade Debtors, Trade Creditors, Liabilities and Capital to be carried Purchases, Sales, Goods traded in, Stock down. (raw material, work in progress and (e) Adjusting and closing journal entries. finished goods), Profit, Loss, Expense, (iii) Sub-division of journal - cash book Revenue, Income and Drawings. [including simple cash book and triple (iii) Accounting equation: Meaning and column cash book (cash, bank and usefulness. discount) with - contra entry pertaining to (iv) Meaning and definition of Book-keeping, receipt of cheque not deposited on the same Accounting and Accountancy; difference day; adjustments pertaining to a definite between book-keeping, accounting and cash balance to be maintained / overdraft accountancy; accounting cycle. facility to be availed at the end of the (v) Users of accounting information. month. Petty cash book (including (vi) Subfields of accounting: Meaning of analytical and imprest system), sales day financial accounting, cost accounting and book, purchases day book, sales return day management accounting. book, purchases return day book and NOTE: Practical problems in Accounting Journal proper. Equation are not required. 97

(a) Cash book [including simple cash book 4. Depreciation and triple column cash book (cash, Depreciation, Methods of charging bank and discount) with - contra entry depreciation, Method of recording depreciation. pertaining to receipt of cheque not deposited on the same day; adjustments (i) Depreciation: meaning, need, causes, pertaining to a definite cash balance to objectives and characteristics. be maintained / overdraft facility to be (ii) Methods of charging depreciation: Straight availed at the end of the period]. Line and Written Down Value method; (b) Petty cash book (including analytical advantages, limitations of both the methods and imprest system). and differences between the two. (c) Sales day book, purchases day book- (iii)Methods of recording depreciation: Simple (Date, Particulars, I. No, L.F, charging to asset account, creating Details, Amount); Columnar (Date, provision for depreciation / accumulated Particulars, I. No, L.F, Details, Net Invoice, Goods, Carriage, GST-Input depreciation. CGST and Input SGST / Input IGST; (iv) Problems relating to purchase and sale of Output CGST and Output SGST / assets (with or without asset disposal Output IGST- Amount or percentage account) incorporating the application of given). depreciation under the two stated methods. (d) Sales return day book, purchases return NOTE: Questions on change of method from SLM day book- Simple (Date, Particulars, to WDV and vice-versa are not required. Credit/ Debit Note No., L.F, Details, Amount. 5. Bills of Exchange (e) Journal proper. (i) Introduction to Negotiable Instruments: (f) Mechanics of posting from special explanation of basic terms. subsidiary books. Meaning of negotiable instruments; Bills of (iv) Trial Balance. exchange, promissory note (including specimen and distinction), cheque, (a) Meaning, objectives, advantages and advantages and disadvantages of Bills of limitations of a Trial Balance. Exchange, explanation of basic terms - (b) Preparation of the Trial Balance by the drawer, drawee, payee, endorser, balance method from the given ledger endorsee, bill on demand / bill on sight, bill account balances. after date, bill after sight, tenure of the bill, 3. Bank Reconciliation Statement days of grace, due date, endorsement and discounting of bills, bill sent for collection, Bank Reconciliation statement. dishonour of a bill, holder of a bill, noting (i) Meaning and need for bank reconciliation charges, notary public, renewal of a bill, statement. retirement of a bill and insolvency of the (ii) Preparation of a bank reconciliation drawee/acceptor. statement from the given cash book balance (ii) Practical problems on the above in the / overdraft or pass book balance / books of drawer, drawee and endorsee- overdraft. Journal entries and Ledger accounts. (iii) Preparation of a bank reconciliation Self explanatory. statement from the extract of the cash book NOTE: as well as the pass book relating to the • Accommodation Bill is not required. same month. (Practical problem not • Recording in the books of the bank not required) required. (iv) Preparation of an amended cash book and a bank reconciliation statement after 6. Accounting Concepts adjusting the cash book balance from the GAAP (Generally Accepted Accounting given cash book balance. Principles), Basis of Accounting; Accounting Standards; Knowledge and understanding of IFRS (International Financial Reporting Standards). 98

(i) GAAP: Going Concern, Accounting Entity, (iv) Preparation of Trading Account, Profit and Money Measurement, Accounting Period, Loss Account and Balance Sheet with Complete Disclosure, Revenue necessary adjustments. Recognition, Verifiable Objective, Adjustments relating to closing stock, Matching Principle, Historical Cost, outstanding expenses, prepaid expenses, Accrual Concept, Dual Aspect Concept, accrued income, income received in Materiality, Consistency, Prudence and advance, depreciation, bad debts, provision Timeliness, Industry Practice, Substance for doubtful debts, provision for discount over legal form. on debtors, manager’s commission (on the (ii) Basis of accounting – cash basis and net profit before and after charging such accrual basis (meaning; difference). commission), goods distributed as free (iii) Accounting Standards: Meaning; Utility/ samples, goods taken by the owner for Advantages. personal use and abnormal loss; Treatment (iv) IFRS (International Financial Reporting of Adjusted Purchases and calculation of Standards) - Meaning; Need for IFRS; cost of goods sold.; Input CGST and Input Fundamental Assumptions in IFRS- Going SGST/ Input IGST and Output CGST and Concern, Accrual, Measuring Unit, Output SGST/ Output IGST given in the Purchasing Power; difference between Trial Balance to offset against each other IFRS and Indian GAAP; Procedure for in the Balance Sheet. implementation of IFRS; India and IFRS. (v) Marshalling of a Balance Sheet: Order of 7. Final Accounts and Concept of Trading, permanence and order of liquidity. Profit and Loss account and Balance Sheet (with and without adjustments), Marshalling (vi) Adjusting, closing and transfer entries. of Balance Sheet NOTE: (i) Capital and Revenue Expenditure/Income. 1. Practical problems on preparation of provision (a) Meaning and difference between for doubtful debts account are not required. capital expenditure and revenue 2. Since creating provision for doubtful debts expenditure with examples. accounts involves being prudent in the absence (b) Meaning and difference between of any information of the amount of the new capital income and revenue income provision, it will be assumed that the amount of with examples. the new provision will be the same as the old (c) Meaning and difference between provision. capital profit and revenue profit with 8. Rectification of Errors examples. Errors and types of errors: Rectification of (d) Meaning and difference between capital loss and revenue loss with errors after the preparation of trial balance and examples. rectification of errors after the preparation of Final Accounts. (e) Meaning of deferred revenue expenditure with examples. (i) Types of Errors: errors of omission, errors (ii) Provisions and Reserves. of commission, errors of principle, compensating errors. Meaning, importance; difference between (ii) Rectification of errors after the preparation provisions and reserves; types of reserves - of trial balance and through suspense revenue reserve, capital reserve, general account if required. reserve, specific reserve and secret reserve. (iii) Rectification of errors after the (iii) Trading, Profit and Loss Account and preparation of Final Accounts through P/L Balance Sheet of a sole trader, (Horizontal Adjustment A/c if required. Format) without adjustments. NOTE: Redrafting of Balance Sheet not required. Meaning object, importance and preparation of Trading, Profit and Loss Account and Balance Sheet of a sole trader.

9. Accounts from incomplete records NOTE: Preparation of a Receipt and Payments Account only or an Income and Expenditure (i) Single entry and difference with double Account with a Balance Sheet from incomplete entry. records need not be covered (in horizontal (a) Meaning, characteristics and format). limitations. (b) Difference between Statement of 11. Introduction to the use of Computers in Affairs and Balance Sheet. Accounting (ii) Ascertainment of profit/loss by statement Introduction to Computerised Accounting of affairs method including application. System: Components of CAS, Features, Self-explanatory. Advantages and Limitations of CAS, NOTE: Single entry system as applied to Accounting Information System and partnership firms is not required. Management Information System. Conversion of Single Entry into Double Entry not (i) Components of Computerised required. Accounting System (CAS)-hardware 10. Non -Trading Organisation and software; operation of the computer system- input, processing, (i) Non-Trading Organization: meaning, auxillary storage, output, application objectives, necessity and treatment of of computer in accounting. specific items. (ii) Comparison of accounting processes in Self-explanatory. manual and computerized accounting. (iii) Advantages and limitations of CAS. (ii) Different books maintained and differences (iv) Types of Accounting Packages or between them. software- ready to use, customized, (a) Receipts and Payments Accounts: tailor-made with their advantages and meaning, features, differences between limitations. Receipts and Payments Account and (v) Accounting Information System and Cash Book. Management Information System- Meaning. (b) Income and Expenditure Accounts: meaning, features, difference, between Income and Expenditure account and PAPER II – PROJECT WORK – 20 Marks Profit and Loss account. Candidates will be expected to have completed two (c) Balance Sheet and its role. projects from any topic covered in Theory. (iii) Preparation of Income and Expenditure Mark allocation for each Project [10 marks]: Account and Closing Balance Sheet. Overall format 1 mark Preparation of Income and Expenditure Account and Balance Sheet when Receipts Content 4 marks and Payments Account and other information is given. Findings 2 marks (a) Entrance, admission fees, life Viva-voce based on the Project only 3 marks membership fees, legacies, special grants and special donations are to be A list of suggested Projects is given below: capitalised. (b) General donations, general grants and 1. Preparation of Journal / sub-division of journal, all receipts of a recurring nature such Ledger, Trial balance and Financial Statements as membership fees/ subscriptions are to of a trading organization on the basis of a case be taken as revenue receipts. study. (c) Preparation of accounts of incidental activities such as restaurant accounts • Develop a case study of a sole trader are not required. starting business with a certain amount of capital.

100

He could have got the amount from his past the journal entries, post them into the savings or by borrowing from a bank by ledger, prepare a trial balance and mortgaging his personal assets or by thereafter prepare the NPO’s Cash Book, winning a lottery or any other source. Receipts and Payment Account, its Income • Write in detail, his transactions during the and Expenditure Account and its Balance year- his purchases - cash and credit, sales- Sheet. cash and credit, expenses, purchase of fixed • The various expenses, for comparison assets and depreciation charged on them, purposes, could be depicted in the form of any outstanding expenses, prepaid expenses, accrued income, drawing bills of bar diagrams and pie charts. exchange, accepting bills payable, etc. 3. Prepare a Bank Reconciliation Statement and • From this case study developed (which Amended Cash Book from the information should have at least 15 transactions), pass given in your Cash Book and Bank Statement the journal entries, post them into the (Pass Book) with at least fifteen transactions. ledger, prepare a Trial Balance and the 4. Complete the labels. Trading and Profit and Loss Account and Balance Sheet. (i) Prepare a Spreadsheet as per the following format: • The various expenses for comparison Revenue Jan. Feb. March April purposes, could be depicted in the form of Outdoor bar diagrams and pie charts. Sales 2. Preparation of the accounts of a Indoor Sales Not-for-Profit-Organisation on the basis of a Total Sales

case study. Expenses • Develop a case study of an NPO by Salaries beginning with the primary motive of Rent & Utilities establishing it, that is, why have you Others decided to open a club or a library or a hospital, etc. (ii) Fill the Sales and Expenses for the months in lakhs and calculate the Total Sales and • Write in detail about the sources of capital Total Expenses. fund, subscriptions, donations (ordinary (iii) Calculate the Net Profit using the excel and special), other receipts and payments formulas by subtracting the expenses from of your NPO as well as outstanding revenue. expenses, prepaid expenses, subscription (iv) Highlight all the numbers and prepare a due but not received, subscription received Bar Chart showing the Indoor and Outdoor Sales for the months. in advance, purchase of fixed assets and (v) Save your work on the desktop as depreciation charged on them, legacy Label_Project. received, etc. (vi) Print a hard copy of your • From this case study developed (which work and close the file. should have at least 15 transactions), pass

101

CLASS XII

There will be two papers in the subject: (c)Partners’ Current Accounts when fixed capital method is followed Paper I - Theory: 3 hours ……80 marks Interest on capital, interest on Paper II- Project Work ……20 marks drawings, interest on current PAPER - I (THEORY) – 80 Marks accounts (debit and credit) salary, There will be one paper of 3 hours duration of commission to partners and 80 marks divided into three Sections A, B and C. managers, transfer to reserves, division of profit among partners, It will be compulsory for all candidates to attempt Section A. (d) Guarantee of profits Section A (60 Marks): will consist of two parts, (e) Past adjustments (Relating to Part I and Part II and have a total of eight interest on capital, interest on questions. drawing, salary and profit sharing Part I (12 Marks): will consist of Question 1 ratio). (compulsory). This question will include NOTE : short answer questions, testing knowledge, application and skills relating • Interest on loan given by the partner to the to elementary/fundamental aspects. Question 1 firm is to be taken as a charge against profits. will be based on Section A of the syllabus. This interest will be debited to the P/L account and credited to his loan account. Part II (48 Marks): Candidates will be required to answer four questions out of seven from this part. • Interest on loan taken by a partner from the Each question shall carry 12 marks. Part II will firm should be credited to P/L account and also be based on Section A of the syllabus. debited to his capital/current account as the case may be. Section B/ C (20 marks): Candidates will have a choice of attempting questions either from Section • Rent due to a partner is a charge against B or Section C. Candidates will be required to profit and is to be credited to partners’ answer two questions out of three from the section current account in case of fixed capital of their choice. Each question shall carry 10 marks. system or to partners’ capital account when capitals are fluctuating. SECTION A • Admission of manager as a Partner is 1. Partnership Accounts excluded from the topic of past adjustments. A. Fundamentals of Partnership B. Goodwill (i) Definition, meaning and features of a Concept of goodwill and mode of valuation. Partnership. (a) Meaning, nature and features of Self explanatory. Goodwill. (ii) Provisions of The Indian Partnership (b) Factors affecting the value of goodwill. Act, 1932, with respect to books of (c) Mode of Valuation. accounts. • Average profit method – Meaning (i) Meaning and importance. and practical application. (ii) Rules applicable in the absence of a − partnership deed. Simple average. (iii) Preparation of Profit and Loss − Weighted average method. Appropriation Account and Partners’ • Super profit method – Meaning and Capital and Current Accounts. practical application. (a) Profit and Loss Appropriation • Capitalization method – Meaning Account. and practical application. (b) Partners’ capital accounts: fixed − Capitalization of average profit. and fluctuating. − Capitalization of super profit.

102

NOTE: Capital Employed/Net assets are Total (Debit and Credit balance) and assets (excluding purchased non-trade investments Advertisement Suspense Account/ and fictitious assets) less outside liabilities. Deferred Revenue Expenditure. Investments to be taken as non-trade investments (v) Adjustment of Capitals. unless specified as trade investments. (a) Adjustment of old partner’s C. Reconstitution of Partnership Capital Accounts on the basis I. Admission of the new partner’s capital. (i) Calculation of new profit sharing (b) Calculation of new partner’s ratio, sacrificing ratio and gaining capital on the basis of old ratio. partner’s adjusted capital. Self Explanatory (vi) Change in Profit Sharing Ratio. (ii) Accounting treatment of goodwill Change in PSR takes place at the on admission of a partner. time of admission of a partnership Based on Accounting Standard –26 firm. issued by the Institute of Chartered Accounting treatment of Accountants of India in the context accumulated profits and losses of Intangible Assets. through one journal entry: (a) Premium for goodwill paid (Adjustment of the incoming privately. partner’s share to be done through (b) Premium for goodwill paid (in his current account-similar to the cash or kind) and retained in treatment of goodwill not brought the business. in cash.) (c) Premium for goodwill paid and Gaining partners cap/current A/c withdrawn by the old partners. Dr. (d) When the incoming partner To sacrificing Partners cap/current cannot bring premium for (in case of profits). goodwill in cash, adjustments Sacrificing partners’ cap/current A/c are to be done through his Dr. current account. To Gaining Partners cap/current (e) Hidden goodwill. (in case of losses) (f) When goodwill appears in the old Balance Sheet. General Reserve/ Reserve (iii)Preparation of Revaluation fund, Workmen Compensation Account. Reserve/ Fund, Investment Fluctuation Reserve/ Fund, Preparation of a Revaluation Account where changes in the Contingency Reserve, Profit and values of assets and liabilities are Loss Account (Debit and Credit reflected in the new Balance Sheet Balance) and Advertisement after reconstitution of a partnership Suspense Account/ Deferred firm. Revenue Expenditure. NOTE: Memorandum revaluation account is II. Retirement and death of a partner excluded from the syllabus. (i) Calculation of new profit sharing (iv) Accounting treatment of ratio, gaining ratio and sacrificing accumulated profits and losses. ratio. General Reserve / Reserve Fund, Self Explanatory. Workmen Compensation Reserve/ (ii) Adjustment with regard to goodwill Fund, Investment Fluctuation including hidden goodwill. Reserve/Fund, Contingency Reserve, Profit and Loss Account Self Explanatory. 103

(iii) Adjustment with regard to Gaining partners cap/current A/c undistributed profits and losses. Dr. Self Explanatory. To sacrificing Partners cap/current (in case of profits). (iv) Adjustment with regard to share of Sacrificing partners’ cap/current A/c profits of the retiring or deceased Dr. partner from the date of the last Balance Sheet to the date of To Gaining Partners cap/current retirement or death (on the basis of (in case of losses) time or turnover). General Reserve/ Reserve fund, Workmen Compensation Through P & L Suspense A/c (in Reserve/ Fund, Investment case of no change in PSR of Fluctuation Reserve/ Fund, remaining partners). Contingency Reserve, Profit and Through Gaining Partners capital/ Loss Account (Debit and Credit current A/c (in case of change in Balance) and Advertisement PSR of remaining partners). Suspense Account/ Deferred Revenue Expenditure. (v) Preparation of Revaluation Account on retirement or death of a partner. NOTE: − Preparation of Balance Sheet in Partnership Self Explanatory. Accounts to be done in Horizontal format only. (vi) Adjustment of capitals. − Memorandum Revaluation Account, Joint Life (a) Readjusting the adjusted Policy, Individual life policy are excluded from capital of the continuing the syllabus. partners in the new profit sharing ratio. III. Dissolution of a Partnership firm. (b) Adjusting the capitals of the (i) Meaning of dissolution and continuing partners on the settlement of accounts under basis of the total capital of the Section 48 of The Indian new firm. Partnership Act 1932. (c) When the continuing partners Self Explanatory bring in cash to pay off the (ii) Preparation of Realization Account, retiring partners. Partner’s Loan Account, Partner’s (vii) Calculation and payment of amount Capital Account and Cash/Bank due to retiring partner. Account. Self-explanatory. Self Explanatory. NOTE: (viii) Preparation of retiring partner’s When an asset or a liability is taken to the loan accounts and deceased realization account any corresponding/related fund partner’s executor’s loan account or reserve is also transferred to realization account (with interest on loan accrued and and not to capital account. due and interest on loan accrued but not due). When accounts are prepared on a fixed basis, partners current account balances are to be Self-explanatory. transferred to capital account. No adjustments are (ix) Change in Profit Sharing Ratio. required to be passed through current account. Change in PSR takes place at the Bank overdraft is to be taken to the bank/cash A/c time of retirement / death of a and not to be transferred to realization account but partnership firm. bank loan must be transferred to realization account. Accounting treatment of • If question is silent about the payment of a accumulated profits and losses liability, then it has to be paid out in full. through one journal entry: • If the question is silent about the realization of an asset, its value is assumed to be nil. 104

• Loan taken from a partner will be passed B. Issue of Debentures through cash or bank account even if the partner’s capital account has a debit balance. Problems on issue of debentures (at par, at • Loan given to a partner will be transferred premium and at discount.) (debited) to his Capital account. Problems on issue of debentures to include: • Admission cum retirement, amalgamation of (a) Issue of debentures at par, at premium firms and conversion/sale to a company and at discount under Companies Act together with piecemeal distribution and 2013. insolvency of a partner / partners not required. (b) Issue of debentures as collateral security for a loan. 2. Joint Stock Company Accounts (c) Issue of debentures for considerations A. Issue of Shares other than cash. Problems on issue of shares. • To promoters. • To underwriters. (a) Issue of shares at par and premium • under Companies Act, 2013. To vendors (b) Issue of shares for considerations other (d) Accounting entries at the time of issue than cash: when debentures are redeemable at par and premium. • To promoters (can be considered either through Goodwill account or (e) Interest on debentures (with TDS). Incorporation costs account). (f) Disclosure of Debentures in the • To underwriters. company’s Balance Sheet. • To vendors. (g) Methods of writing off discount / loss on (c) Calls in arrears, calls in advance and issue of debentures- when debentures interest thereon including the are redeemable in a lump sum at the preparation of ledger accounts. end of a specified period; when (d) Over and undersubscription (including debentures are redeemable in prorata allotment). instalments. (h) Disclosure of discount on issue of NOTE: In prorata allotment when shares are debentures in the company’s Balance issued at a premium, excess money received on Sheet when debentures are redeemed in application will first be adjusted towards the instalments. share capital. Any excess thereon will be utilized towards the Securities Premium C. Redemption of Debentures Reserve. • Creation of Debenture Redemption When allotment or any call money is due, it is to Reserve (DRR). be transferred to the calls in arrears account, • Redemption of debentures out of on which interest if provided in the Articles of profits. Association will be calculated. • Redemption of debentures out of (e) Forfeiture and reissue of shares at par, capital. premium or discount. • Redemption of debentures in a lump Self explanatory. sum. (f) Disclosure of Share capital in the • Redemption of debentures in annual company’s Balance Sheet. instalments by draw of lots. • Redemption of debentures by purchase NOTE: Issue of bonus and rights shares, private placement of shares, sweat equity shares, in the open market. employees’ stock option scheme, reservations for Self-Explanatory. small individual participants and minimum tradable lots are not required.

105

NOTE: Statement of Profit and Loss for the year I. Calculation of ex-interest and cum-interest ended:…………….. are not required. Particulars Note Figures Figures II. In case of redemption of debentures in No. for the for the annual instalments by draw of lots: Current Previous reporting reporting (i) The entire DRI purchased for the period period redemption of the instalment of debentures is not sold at the end of the I Revenue from year but sold/further purchased to the operations extent to maintain 15% of the face II Other Income value of the debentures to be redeemed in the next instalment. In case of III Total Revenue redemption in equal instalments, DRI (I + II) purchased for the first instalment IV Expenses: remains invested till the last instalment. Cost of (ii) DRR is transferred to General Reserve materials in proportion to the debentures consumed redeemed. Purchases of D. Final Accounts of Companies Stock-in-Trade Preparation of the Balance Sheet of a Changes in company (along with notes to accounts) as inventories of per Schedule III Part I of Companies Act finished goods 2013. Work-in- As per the amendment made in Accounting progress and Standard 4, dividend proposed for a year is Stock-in Trade not a liability till it has been approved by Employee the shareholders. Thus, proposed dividend benefits is not shown as a short-term provision in expense the current Balance Sheet of a company but disclosed in Notes to Accounts under Finance costs Contingent Liabilities. Depreciation All capital losses to be written off in the and year in which they occur unless otherwise amortization mentioned. expense NOTE: Schedule III Part II of Companies Act Other expenses 2013 (Statement of Profit and Loss) is not required Total expense for the purpose of preparing final accounts of a Company. V Profit before tax (III-IV) However, for the preparation of Comparative and Common Size Income Statements (Section B – VI Less Tax Unit 4: Financial Statement Analysis), the extent VII Profit after Tax and format of the Statement of Profit and Loss as (V-VI) per Schedule III Part II of the Companies

Act 2013 to be studied is as follows:

106

SECTION B The following items are to be taken when calculating net cash flows from financing MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING activities:

• 3. Financial Statement Analysis Issue or redemption of shares and debentures at par, issue of debentures Comparative Statements and Common Size at a discount. Statements. • Interest paid on Long Term and Short Meaning, significance and limitations of Term Borrowings and dividend – Comparative Statements and Common Size interim and proposed/paid on shares. Statements. • Long term borrowings and Short term borrowings – bank overdraft, cash Preparation of Comparative Balance Sheet and Statement of Profit and Loss (inter-firm and credit and short term loan. whether intra-firm) showing absolute change and taken or repaid. percentage change. • Share issue expenses / underwriting commission paid. Common size Balance Sheet to be prepared as a The following items are to be taken when percentage of total assets and total liabilities. calculating net cash flows from investing Common size Statement of Profit and Loss to be activities: prepared as a percentage of Revenue from • Cash purchase of fixed assets. operations. • Cash sale of fixed assets. NOTE: Preparation of comparative statements and • Purchase of shares or debentures or common size statements to be made from the long term investments of other Balance Sheets and Statements of P/L without notes companies. to accounts. • Interest and dividend received on shares or debentures or long term 4. Cash Flow Statement (Only for Non- investments of other companies. Financing Companies) • Sale of shares or debentures or long (i) Meaning, importance and preparation of a term investments of other companies. Cash Flow Statement. The following items are to be taken for cash and cash equivalents: NOTE: Based on Accounting Standard – 3 • Cash (revised) issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. • Bank • Short term investments (ii) Calculation of net cash flows from operating • Marketable securities activities based on Indirect Method only. NOTE: Preparation of a Cash Flow Statement from (i) Adjustments relating to provision for taxation, two consecutive years’ Balance Sheet with proposed dividend, interim dividend, or without adjustments. amortization of intangible assets, profit or loss Preparation of complete/partial cash flow on sale of fixed assets including provision statement from extracts of Balance Sheets for/accumulated depreciation on them, Profit or and Statements of P/L with or without loss on sale of investment are also included. adjustments. (ii) Treatment of proposed dividend: NOTE: Any adjustment or an item in the Balance (a) Dividend proposed for the previous year Sheet relating to issue of bonus shares, will be an outflow for cash, unless extraordinary items and refund of tax are not otherwise stated, on the assumption that the required. proposed amount has been approved by the shareholders in the AGM. (iii) Preparation of Cash Flow Statement on (b) No effect is given to Proposed Dividend for basis of operating, investing and financing the current year as it is not provided for activities. and is a contingent liability. (c) Any unpaid dividend is transferred to Dividend Payable Account / Unpaid

107

Dividend Account which is shown in the Debt = Long Term Borrowings + Balance Sheet of the current year as Other Long Term Provisions Equity / Current Liabilities under Current Shareholders’ Funds = Share Capital + Liabilities. Reserves and Surplus (iii) Treatment of provision for doubtful debts- Or Provision for doubtful debts can be treated as Non Current Assets + (Current Assets – a charge against profits or as part of the Current Liabilities) - Non Current working capital changes. In case of good Liabilities debtors the provision will be treated as an appropriation of profit. = Non Current Assets + Working (iv) To calculate cash flow from operating activities Capital- Non Current Liabilities the Adjusted Profit and Loss Account is not = (Tangible Assets + Intangible Assets acceptable as per AS-3. + Non Current Investments + (v) Calculation of Net Profit before Tax has to be Long Term Loans and Advances) + shown as a Working Note. Working Capital – (Long Term Borrowings + Long Term 5. Ratio Analysis Provisions) A. Liquidity Ratios: (ii) Proprietary Ratio: Current Assets (i) Current Ratio: Shareholders Funds/ Equity Current Liabilities Total Assets Current Assets = Current Investments Total Assets = Non Current Assets + + Inventories (excluding Loose Tools Current Assets and Spare Parts) + Trade Receivables + = Tangible Assets + Intangible Assets + Cash and Bank Balance + Short-term Non Current Loans and Advances + Other Current Investments + Long Term Loans and Assets Advances + Current Liabilities = Short term Current Investments + Inventories borrowings + Trade payables + Other (including Loose Tools and Spare Parts) Current Liabilities + Short term + Trade Receivables + Cash and Bank Provisions Balance + Short-term Loans and Advances + Other Current Assets (ii) Quick Ratio / Liquid Ratio: (iii) Debt to Total Assets Ratio: Quick Assets Debt Current Liabilities Total Assets OR (iv) Interest coverage ratio = Net profit before interest and taxes All Current Assets- Inventories(excluding Loose Tools and Spare Parts)- Prepaid Expenses Interest Current Liabilities Interest includes interest on only long

term borrowings. OR C. Activity Ratios: Liquid Assets

Current Liabilities (i) Trade Receivable Turnover Ratio = Credit Revenue from Operation B. Solvency Ratios: Average Trade Receivable (i) Debt to Equity Ratio: Credit Revenue from Operation = Debt / Long Term Debt Revenue from Operation – Cash Equity / Shareholders' Funds Revenue from Operation Average Trade Receivables = 108

Opening Trade Receivable + Closing Trade Receivable expenses) + Change in inventories of WIP 2 and Finished Goods. Or

Opening Inventory + Net Purchases + (ii) Trade Payable Turnover Ratio = Direct Expenses – Closing inventory Net Credit Purchases (ii) Net Profit Ratio: = Average Trade Payable Net Profit ×100 Average Trade Payables = Revenue from Operations Opening Trade Payable + Closing Trade Payable Net Profit = Gross profit + Other Income 2 – Indirect Expenses – Tax

(iii) Operating Ratio: (iii) Working Capital Turnover Ratio = Revenue from Operations Cost of Revenue from Operations/Cost of Goods Sold + Operating Expenses × 100 Revenue from Operations Working Capital Operating Expenses = Employee Benefit (iv) Inventory Turnover Ratio = Expenses + Depreciation + Selling and Cost of Goods Sold / Distribution Expenses+ Office and Cost of Revenue from Operation Administrative Expense.

Average Inventory Operating Income = Sale of scrap, trading commission received, cash discount received, Cost of goods sold= Opening Stock + revenue from services. Net Purchases + Direct Expenses – Closing Stock (iv) Operating Profit Ratio: Cost of Revenue from Operations = Net Operating Profit Revenue from Operations – Gross ×100 Revenue from Operations Profit Or Net operating profit = Net Profit after Tax+ Non-Operating Expenses – Non Cost of Material Consumed (including Operating Incomes direct expenses) + Change in Or inventories of WIP and Finished Goods Gross Profit – Operating Expenses + Or Operating Incomes Opening Inventory + Net Purchases+ Non Operating Expenses = Finance Direct Expenses – Closing inventory Cost (Interest on Borrowings) + Loss on Average Inventory = sale of Non Current Assets Opening Inventory + Closing Inventory Non Operating Incomes = Interest and Dividend Received on Investment + Profit 2 on sale of Non Current Assets. D. Profitability Ratios: (v) Earning per share: Net Profit after Tax and Preference Dividend (i) Gross Profit Ratio: No. of Equity Shares Gross Profit ×100 Revenue from Operations (vi) Price Earning Ratio Gross Profit = Revenue from Operations – Market Value of an Equity share Cost of Revenue from Operations/ Cost of Earning per share Goods Sold Cost of Revenue from Operations = Cost of Material Consumed (including direct

109

(vii) Return on Investment worksheet. Opening and moving around in an existing worksheet. Toolbars and Menus, Net Pr ofit before Interest and Tax = × 100 keyboard shortcuts. Working with single Capital Employed and multiple workbooks - copying, renaming, moving, adding and deleting, NOTE: copying entries and moving between 1. Current Ratio includes Net Debtors (Gross workbooks. Formatting of worksheet- Auto Debtors – Provision for doubtful debts) while format, changing -alignment, character Trade Receivables Turnover Ratio includes styles, column width, date format, borders Gross Debtors. and colours. Previewing and Printing 2. Capital employed = Shareholders’ Funds + worksheet - Page setting, Print titles, Non-current liabilities – non trade investments Adjusting margins, Page break, headers OR and footers. Formulas – summation, Non-current assets (excluding Non-trade subtraction, division, multiplication, investments) + Working Capital average and percentage. Functions: date, OR if-then- else, freezing panes. Fixed Assets + Trade Investments + Working (iii) Application of spreadsheets in generating Capital the following accounting information: 3. Investments to be taken as non-trade 1. Payroll investments unless specified as trade Components of payroll – Basic, HRA, investments. DA and TA, CCA, deduction for PF and 4. In Return on Investments Ratio- Net Profit income tax. before interest and tax will not include interest on non-trade investments. 2. Data Presentation 5. Revenue from operation (for a manufacturing Graphs and charts- using wizards, company) various charts type, formatting grid • Net Sales lines and legends, previewing & For a manufacturing printing charts • Sale of scrap company Database - creation, sorting, query and filtering a database. Other Income: (for a manufacturing company) • Rent received (non- operating) 7. Database Management System (DBMS) • Commission received (operating) (i) Concept and Features of DBMS. • Interest and Dividend Received (non- Types and features of DBMS. operating) A conceptual understanding of the basic • Profit from Sale of Fixed Assets (non- features of Data Base Management System operating) (DBMS), i.e. data update and retrieval • Cash discount received (operating) using basic functions and commands of SQL. Basic Commands: Select, Where, And, Or, SECTION C Update, Delete and Basic Functions: Avg, Count, Max, Min, COMPUTERISED ACCOUNTING Sum. 6. Accounting Application of Electronic Spread (ii) DBMS in Business Application. Sheet Database design, tables, fields, (i) Concept of Electronic Spreadsheet. relationships, forms reports and indexing. Meaning, utility, merits and demerits of The following examples of DBMS in Electronic spreadsheets. business application: (ii) Features offered by Electronic Spreadsheet. • Accounting Information An understanding of basic features of electronic spreadsheets such as: Creating • Debtors and Creditors worksheet, entering data into worksheet, • Bank Reconciliation Statement heading information, data, text, dates, alphanumeric values, saving & quitting • Asset Accounting

110

least five additional information (depreciation, PAPER II – PROJECT WORK – 20 Marks purchase/ sale of fixed assets, dividend paid/ Candidates will be expected to have completed two proposed, tax paid/ proposed, amortization of projects from any topic covered in Theory. intangible assets, profit or loss on sale of fixed assets including provision for depreciation on The project work will be assessed by the teacher them and profit or loss on sale of investment). and a Visiting Examiner appointed locally and approved by the Council. • The results of the operating, investing and financing activities could be shown Mark allocation for each Project [10 marks]: graphically and/ or pictorially (bar diagrams Overall format 1 mark and pie charts). Content 4 marks 3. Preparation of Common Size and Comparative Income Statement and Balance Sheet of a Findings 2 marks company by taking into account its audited, Viva-voce based on the Project only 3 marks unaudited / imaginary financial results of two consecutive quarters of an accounting year or of A list of suggested Projects is given below: two consecutive accounting years. • 1. Preparation of Journal / sub-division of journal, The comparison has to be made in the form Ledger, Trial balance and Financial Statements of Common Size and Comparative Income of a partnership form of business on the basis of Statement and Balance Sheet. a case study. • The comparison could also be shown • Develop a case study showing how two or graphically and/ or pictorially (bar diagrams more friends decide to come together and and pie charts). start a business with a certain amount of capital. 4. Taking the audited/ unaudited / imaginary • Prepare their Partnership Deed including financial results of any leading company, its interest on capital, partner’s salary, liquidity, solvency, activity and profitability commission, interest on drawings, interest ratios of two consecutive accounting years or of on partner’s loan and rent paid to a partner. two consecutive quarters of an accounting year • Write in detail, their transactions during the should be calculated and the comparison of the year: purchases - cash and credit, sales - ratios of both the years or quarters should be cash and credit, expenses, purchase of fixed shown graphically and/ or pictorially (bar assets and depreciation charged on them, diagrams and pie charts). any outstanding expenses, prepaid expenses, accrued income, drawing bills of 5. Employee Salary Sheet: exchange, accepting bills payable etc. (i) Design a spreadsheet using the following • From this case study developed (which fields: should have at least 15 transactions), pass the journal entries, post them into the Employee’s Name: String Variable of ledger, prepare a Trial Balance and the maximum size of 40 characters Trading and Profit and Loss Account, Profit and Loss Appropriation Account and Date of Joining: Date in English U.K. Balance Sheet. format • The various expenses, for comparison Basic Salary: upto 2 places after decimal purposes, could be depicted in the form of bar diagrams and pie charts. Calculate their net salary using the Employee’s data. [Feed in random data for • Calculate relevant accounting ratios like liquidity, solvency, activity and profitability 20 to 25 employees] giving their formulae and computation Some of the instructions are given below: (all this could be part of the viva-voce). • The ratios could also be shown graphically Important Instructions: and/ or pictorially (bar diagrams and pie Dearness Allowance (DA) is paid @ 45% charts) and if possible, could be compared of Basic Salary. with the ratios of the industry. House Rent Allowance (HRA) is paid @ 2. Preparation of a Cash Flow Statement with the 15% of (Basic Salary + DA) help of audited / unaudited / imaginary Balance Sheets of a company for two consecutive City Compensatory Allowance (CCA) is accounting years or two consecutive quarters of paid @ 8.3% of (Basic Salary + DA + an accounting year could be taken along with at HRA) 111

Provident Fund (PF) is deducted @ 12% of 7. Spreadsheet on Outstanding Report (Basic Salary + DA) Prepare and Present a Spreadsheet for a list of Income Tax (IT) is deducted @ 10% of outstanding notes receivable each month. The (Basic Salary + DA + HRA + CCA) information for a particular month is as follows: Net Salary is summation of Basic Salary + Use the following financial information: DA + HRA + CCA less PF and IT Face Interest Other details (ii) Save your worksheet on the desktop as Value Rate Employee_Salary. 0 10.8% Late Penalty: 11% (iii) Print a Hard Copy of your work and close the file. 500 9.2% Report date: July 30, 2011 6. Revenue and Commission Statement 1000 8.96% Days / Year: 365 Prepare a Spreadsheet for a certain Company, which pays a commission based upon books sold. Note Face Period Issue Date Prepare a revenue and commission statement Number Value Days based upon the following information: 1 Rs. 525 90 7/2/2011 Number of Number of Name of 2 Rs. 612 60 14/3/2011 Soft Cover Hard Cover Salesperson Books sold Books sold 3 Rs. 210 45 19/5/2011 Suresh Mehta 1546 360 4 Rs. 800 120 10/6/2011 Gladstone David 1788 315 5 Rs. 1469 30 24/6/2011 Manish Arora 1340 294 Show the Interest rate, Days outstanding, Interest earned, Late penalty and Total due. Manmeet Singh 990 450 Use appropriate Lines and Shading to make the Vineet Saighal 1105 689 report interesting and easy to read. Use two Assumption: places after the decimals where appropriate. Price of Hard Cover Books: @Rs. 34.45 per Prepare a chart to show the above information. Book Price of Soft Cover Books: @ Rs. 22.05 per 8. Database Management Book (i) Create a Database with at least 10 records Commission on Hard Cover Books: 9.0% with each record having the following Commission on Soft Cover Books: 12% fields: Prepare a spreadsheet showing your calculation Employees Details: PAN Number, Name, to determine: Address and Phone Number (i) Revenue (Hard Cover Books and Soft (ii) Sort the names in alphabetical order. Cover Books) (iii) The Employee database has another table (ii) Total Revenue called Loan Details that stores the details of loan taken by various employees. Create a (iii) Commission (Hard Cover Books and Soft query that gives a list of employees names Cover Books) along with loan details. (iv) Total Commission The loan details table has following fields: (v) Create a Chart (any style) showing the Loan Amount, Loan Date, Interest Rate, above information. Amount Paid and Amount Balance. Open the original page (with lines and shading) (iv) Create a Report as per the format given as well as a formula page. (The entire formula below: must been shown) Use “=round (.0)” where applicable so that all columns add correctly.

112

Employee Loan Details: The Worksheet format is as follows:

Emp. Emp. Loan Loan Amount Balance Test- Test- Test- Test- No. Name Amount Date Paid Amount Name of 1 2 3 4 Decide tables, relationships etc. on your own. S.N. the (Max (Max (Max (Max Candidate 25 25 25 25 9. Database Management: Mks) Mks) Mks) Mks) (i) Create an Accounts Table by following the Alfred steps given below: 1 24 22 18 23 Gomes (a) Click on the new button and highlight Shankar Design View in the dialog box that 2 17 20 17 20 appears. Pandey (b) Click the OK button and the Table Ali Design View will appear. 3 Hassan 22 19 20 14 (c) Fill in the Field Name, Data Type and Raza Description for each column/field in the P. Subba Account Table. 4 20 19 19 17 Rao Field Name Data Description Sushanto Type 5 19 21 24 22 Mukerjee CustomerID Number The Unique Identifier for a Customer (ii) Compute the percentage for each candidate’s total. Show the total score and AccountNo Number The Unique Identifier the percentage for each candidate. for a Bank Account (iii) Create a Header for the Chart. Include your AccountType Text The type of account name. (Checking, Saving etc.) (iv) Save your work on the desktop as DateOpened Date The date the account Merit_Project. was opened (v) Print a hard copy of your work and close Balance Number The current balance the file. (money) in this account.

(ii) Define a Primary Key for the Accounts NOTE: No question paper for Practical work will table. Click on the Account Number field be set by the Council. with the right mouse button and choose Primary Key from the pop-up menu. (iii) Save the new Accounts Table.

10. Selection Grade Card (i) Make a Spreadsheet of a Selection Grading Chart using the following details: Candidate’s Name: String type Test 1: Integer type Test 2: Integer type Test 3: Integer type Test 4: Integer type

113

*EXPLANATION AND PRESENTATION OF ITEMS UNDER SHAREHOLDERS’ FUNDS

Share Capital

Particulars Note No. Figures at the end of the current Figures at the end of the previous reporting period reporting period 1 2 3 4 I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders Funds (a) Share Capital 1 x x x

Notes to Accounts: 1. Particulars Amount (`) (a) Share Capital Authorised Capital ...... shares of `..... each x x x

Issued Capital ..... shares of `..... each x x x (of the above shares…..shares are allotted as fully paid up pursuant to a contract without payment being received in cash) Subscribed Capital Subscribed and fully paid up x x x ..... shares of `.... each (of the above shares…..shares are allotted as fully paid up pursuant to a contract without payment being received in cash) x x x Subscribed but not fully paid up ..... shares of `.... each, .... ` Called up x x x Less calls –in- arrear (xx) Add Shares Forfeited A/c x

TOTAL x x x Points to be noted: ♦ Equity share capital and preference share capital to be shown separately. If the authorised/issued capital is not mentioned in the question it has to be shown in the notes to accounts. However, no figures will be shown as illustrated above.

114

**FORMAT OF THE BALANCE SHEET OF A JOINT STOCK COMPANY PART-1 BALANCE SHEET Name of the Company...... Balance Sheet as at...... (Rupees in ...... ) Particulars Note No. Figures at the end of the current reporting period Figures at the end of the previous reporting period 1. 2 3 4. I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 1. Shareholders Funds (a) Share Capital (b) Reserves and Surplus (c) Money received against share warrants 2. Share application money pending allotment 3. Non- Current Liabilities (a) Long- term borrowings (b) Deferred tax liabilities (Net) (c) Other Long term liabilities (d) Long-term provisions 4. Current Liabilities (a) Short term borrowings (b) Trade payables (c) Other current liabilities (d) Short term provisions TOTAL II. ASSETS 1. Non- Current Assets (a) Fixed Assets (i) Tangible Assets (ii) Intangible Assets (iii) Capital work-in-progress (iv) Intangible assets under development (b) Non-current Investments (c) Deferred Tax Assets (Net) (d) Long term loans and advances (e) Other non-current assets 2. Current Assets (a) Current Investments (b) Inventories (c) Trade Receivables (d) Cash and Bank Balance (e) Short-term loans and advances (f) Other current assets TOTAL 115

SAMPLE TABLE FOR PRACTICAL WORK

S. No. Unique PROJECT 1 PROJECT 2 TOTAL Identification MARKS Number A B C D E F G H I J (Unique ID) of Teacher Visiting Average Viva-Voce Total Marks Teacher Visiting Average Viva-Voce Total Marks (E + J) the candidate Examiner Marks by Visiting (C + D) Examiner Marks by (H + I) (A + B ÷ 2) Examiner (F + G ÷ 2) Visiting Examiner 7 Marks* 7 Marks* 7 Marks 3 Marks 10 Marks 7 Marks* 7 Marks* 7 Marks 3 Marks 10 Marks 20 Marks 1

*Breakup of 7 Marks to be awarded separately by the Name of Teacher: Teacher and the Visiting Examiner is as follows: Signature: Date Overall Format 1 Mark Content 4 Marks Name of Visiting Examiner Findings 2 Marks Signature: Date NOTE: VIVA-VOCE (3 Marks) for each Project is to be conducted only by the Visiting Examiner, and should be based on the Project only. 116

MATHEMATICS (860)

Aims:

1. To enable candidates to acquire knowledge and to develop an understanding of the terms, concepts, symbols, definitions, principles, processes and formulae of Mathematics at the Senior Secondary stage.

2. To develop the ability to apply the knowledge and understanding of Mathematics to unfamiliar situations or to new problems.

3. To develop an interest in Mathematics. 4. To enhance ability of analytical and rational thinking in young minds.

5. To develop skills of -

(a) Computation. (b) Logical thinking.

(d) Generalizing patterns. (e) Solving problems using multiple methods.

(f) Reading tables, charts, graphs, etc.

6. To develop an appreciation of the role of Mathematics in day-to-day life. 7. To develop a scientific attitude through the study of Mathematics. A knowledge of Arithmetic, Basic Algebra (Formulae, Factorization etc.), Basic Trigonometry and Pure Geometry is assumed. As regards to the standard of algebraic manipulation, students should be taught:

(i) To check every step before proceeding to the next particularly where minus signs are involved.

(ii) To attack simplification piecemeal rather than en block.

(iii) To observe and act on any special features of algebraic form that may be obviously present.

124

CLASS XI

The syllabus is divided into three sections A, B and C.

Section A is compulsory for all candidates. Candidates will have a choice of attempting questions from EITHER Section B OR Section C.

There will be one paper of three hours duration of 100 marks.

Section A (80 Marks): Candidates will be required to attempt all questions. Internal choice will be provided in three questions of four marks each and two questions of six marks each.

Section B/ Section C (20 Marks): Candidates will be required to attempt all questions EITHER from Section B or Section C. Internal choice will be provided in two questions of four marks each.

S.No. UNIT TOTAL WEIGHTAGE SECTION A: 80 Marks 1. Sets and Functions 22 Marks 2. Algebra 34 Marks 3. Coordinate Geometry 8 Marks 4. Calculus 8 Marks 5. Statistics & Probability 8 Marks SECTION B: 20 marks 6. Conic Section 12 Marks 7. Introduction to Three Dimensional Geometry 4 Marks 8. Mathematical Reasoning 4 Marks OR SECTION C: 20 Marks 9. Statistics 6 Marks 10. Correlation Analysis 6 Marks 11. Index Numbers & Moving Averages 8 Marks TOTAL 100 Marks

125

SECTION A - Domain and range of a function. 1. Sets and Functions - Sketches of graphs of exponential function, logarithmic function, (i) Sets modulus function, step function and Sets and their representations. Empty set. rational function. Finite and Infinite sets. Equal sets. Subsets. (iii) Trigonometry Subsets of a set of real numbers especially Positive and negative angles. Measuring intervals (with notations). Power set. angles in radians and in degrees and Universal set. Venn diagrams. Union and conversion from one measure to another. Intersection of sets. Practical problems on Definition of trigonometric functions with union and intersection of two and three sets. the help of unit circle. Truth of the Difference of sets. Complement of a set. identity sin2x+cos2x=1, for all x. Signs of Properties of Complement of Sets. trigonometric functions. Domain and range (ii) Relations & Functions of trignometric functions and their graphs. Ordered pairs, Cartesian product of sets. Expressing sin (x±y) and cos (x±y) in terms Number of elements in the cartesian product of sinx, siny, cosx & cosy and their simple of two finite sets. Cartesian product of the applications. Deducing the identities like the set of reals with itself (upto R x R x R). following: Definition of relation, pictorial diagrams, tanxy± tan domain, co-domain and range of a relation. tan (x ± y) = , Function as a special type of relation. 1 tanxy tan Function as a type of mapping, types of cotxy cot 1 functions (one to one, many to one, onto, cot(x ± y)= into) domain, co-domain and range of a coty± cotx function. Real valued functions, domain and 1 1 sinα ± sin β =2sin (α ± β )cos (α  β ) range of these functions, constant, identity, 2 2 polynomial, rational, modulus, signum, 1 1 exponential, logarithmic and greatest integer cosα + cos β = 2 cos (α + β ) cos (α - β ) functions, with their graphs. Sum, difference, 2 2 product and quotient of functions. 1 1 cosα - cos β = - 2sin (α + β ) sin (α - β ) • Sets: Self-explanatory. 2 2 Identities related to sin 2x, cos2x, tan 2x, • Basic concepts of Relations and sin3x, cos3x and tan3x. General solution of Functions trigonometric equations of the type - Ordered pairs, sets of ordered pairs. siny = sina, cosy = cosa and tany = tana. - Cartesian Product (Cross) of two Properties of triangles (proof and simple sets, cardinal number of a cross applications of sine rule cosine rule and area product. of triangle). Relations as: • Angles and Arc lengths - an association between two sets. - Angles: Convention of sign of angles. - a subset of a Cross Product. - Domain, Range and Co-domain of a - Magnitude of an angle: Measures of Relation. Angles; Circular measure. - Functions: - The relation S = rθ where θ is in - As special relations, concept of radians. Relation between radians writing “y is a function of x” as y = and degree. f(x). - Definition of trigonometric functions - Introduction of Types: one to one, with the help of unit circle. many to one, into, onto. 126

- Truth of the identity sin2x+cos2x=1 - Linear equations of the form acosθ + NOTE: Questions on the area of a sector bsinθ = c, where c ≤ a 2 + b 2 of a circle are required to be covered. and a, b ≠ 0 • Trigonometric Functions - Properties of Δ - Relationship between trigonometric abc functions. Sine formula: = = ; sinABC sin sin - Proving simple identities. Cosine formula: - Signs of trigonometric functions. bca222+− cos A = ,etc - Domain and range of the 2bc trigonometric functions. 1 - Trigonometric functions of all Area of triangle: ∆= bc sin A , etc angles. 2 - Periods of trigonometric functions. Simple applications of the above. - Graphs of simple trigonometric 2. Algebra functions (only sketches). (i) Principle of Mathematical Induction NOTE: Graphs of sin x, cos x, tan x, sec x, Process of the proof by induction, cosec x and cot x are to be included. motivating the application of the method by looking at natural numbers as the least • Compound and multiple angles inductive subset of real numbers. The - Addition and subtraction formula: principle of mathematical induction and sin(A ± B); cos(A ± B); tan(A ± B); simple applications. tan(A + B + C) etc., Double angle, Using induction to prove various triple angle, half angle and one summations, divisibility and inequalities of third angle formula as special cases. algebraic expressions only. - Sum and differences as products (ii) Complex Numbers sinC + sinD = CD+−  CD  Introduction of complex numbers and their 2sin   cos , etc. representation, Algebraic properties of 22   complex numbers. Argand plane and polar - Product to sum or difference i.e. representation of complex numbers. Square 2sinAcosB = sin(A + B) + sin(A – B) root of a complex number. Cube root of unity. etc. - Conjugate, modulus and argument of Trigonometric Equations complex numbers and their properties. - Solution of trigonometric equations - Sum, difference, product and quotient of (General solution and solution in the two complex numbers additive and specified range). multiplicative inverse of a complex - Equations expressible in terms of number. sinθ =0 etc. - Locus questions on complex numbers. - Equations expressible in terms i.e. sinθ = sin α etc. - Triangle inequality. - Equations expressible multiple and - Square root of a complex number. 2 sub- multiple angles i.e. sin θ = - Cube roots of unity and their properties. sin2 α etc.

127

(iii) Quadratic Equations • Inequalities Statement of Fundamental Theorem of - Linear Inequalities Algebra, solution of quadratic equations Algebraic solutions of linear (with real coefficients). inequalities in one variable and their • Use of the formula: representation on the number line. Graphical representation of linear 2 − b ± b − 4ac inequalities in two variables. x = 2a Graphical method of finding a solution of system of linear In solving quadratic equations. inequalities in two variables. • Equations reducible to quadratic form. Self-explanatory. • Nature of roots - Quadratic Inequalities − Product and sum of roots. Using method of intervals for solving problems of the type: − Roots are rational, irrational, equal, reciprocal, one square of the other. x 2 + x − 6 ≥ 0 − Complex roots. + - + − Framing quadratic equations with -3 2 given roots. A perfect square e.g. x 2 − 6x + 9 ≥ 0 . NOTE: Questions on equations having common roots are to be covered. - Inequalities involving rational expression of type • Quadratic Functions. fx() Givenα, β as roots then find the equation ≤ a . etc. to be covered. gx() whose roots are of the formα 3 , β 3 , etc. (iv) Permutations and Combinations Real roots Fundamental principle of counting. Factorial Case I: a > 0 Complex roots n. (n!) Permutations and combinations, Equal roots n n derivation of formulae for Pr and Cr and their connections, simple application. Case II: a < 0 Real roots Complex roots, • Factorial notation n! , n! =n (n - 1)! Equal roots • Fundamental principle of counting. Where ‘a’ is the coefficient of x2 in the 2 • equations of the form ax + bx + c = 0. Permutations n Understanding the fact that a quadratic - Pr . expression (when plotted on a graph) is a - Restricted permutation. parabola. - Certain things always occur together. • Sign of quadratic - Certain things never occur. Sign when the roots are real and when they are complex. - Formation of numbers with digits. - Word building - repeated letters - No letters repeated. - Permutation of alike things. - Permutation of Repeated things. 128

- Circular permutation – clockwise • Geometric Progression (G.P.) counterclockwise – Distinguishable / n n-1 ar(− 1) not distinguishable. - Tn = ar , Sn = , r −1 • Combinations a n n n n n Sr∞ =;1 < Geometric - Cr , Cn =1, C0 = 1, Cr = Cn–r, − n n 1 r Cx = Cy, then x + y = n or x = y, n+1 n n Mean, b = ac Cr = Cr-1 + Cr . - Inserting two or more Geometric - When all things are different. Means between any two numbers. - When all things are not different. - Three terms are in G.P. ar, a, ar-1 3 -1 - Mixed problems on permutation and - Four terms are in GP ar , ar, ar , -3 combinations. ar • (v) Binomial Theorem Arithmetico Geometric Series Identifying series as A.G.P. (when we History, statement and proof of the binomial substitute d = 0 in the series, we get a theorem for positive integral indices. Pascal's G.P. and when we substitute r =1 the triangle, General and middle term in binomial A.P). expansion, simple applications. • Special sums ∑ n,∑ n 2 , ∑ n3 • Significance of Pascal’s triangle. Using these summations to sum up other • Binomial theorem (proof using induction) for related expression. positive integral powers,

n n nn n-1 n n 3. Coordinate Geometry i.e. (x + y ) = Cx01+ Cx y ++...... Cn y . (i) Straight Lines Questions based on the above. Brief recall of two dimensional geometry from (vi) Sequence and Series earlier classes. Shifting of origin. Slope of a line Sequence and Series. Arithmetic Progression and angle between two lines. Various forms of (A. P.). Arithmetic Mean (A.M.) Geometric equations of a line: parallel to axis, point- slope form, slope- intercept form, two-point Progression (G.P.), general term of a G.P., sum form, intercept form and normal form. General of first n terms of a G.P., infinite G.P. and its equation of a line. Equation of family of lines sum, geometric mean (G.M.), relation between passing through the point of intersection of two A.M. and G.M. Formulae for the following lines. Distance of a point from a line. special sums ∑ n,∑ n 2 , ∑ n3 . • Basic concepts of Points and their • Arithmetic Progression (A.P.) coordinates. • The straight line - Tn = a + (n - 1)d n - Slope or gradient of a line. - Sn = {2a + (n −1)d} 2 - Angle between two lines. - Arithmetic mean: 2b = a + c - Condition of perpendicularity and parallelism. - Inserting two or more arithmetic means - Various forms of equation of lines. between any two numbers. - Slope intercept form. - Three terms in A.P. : a - d, a, a + d - Two-point slope form. - Four terms in A.P.: a - 3d, a - d, a + d, - Intercept form. a + 3d - Perpendicular /normal form. - General equation of a line. 129

- Distance of a point from a line. - Limits involving exponential and - Distance between parallel lines. logarithmic functions. - Equation of lines bisecting the angle NOTE: Indeterminate forms are to be between two lines. introduced while calculating limits. - Equation of family of lines • Differentiation - Definition of a locus. - Meaning and geometrical - Equation of a locus. interpretation of derivative. (ii) Circles - Derivatives of simple algebraic and • Equations of a circle in: trigonometric functions and their - Standard form. formulae. - Diameter form. - Differentiation using first principles. - General form. - Derivatives of sum/difference. - Parametric form. - Derivatives of product of functions. • Given the equation of a circle, to find the Derivatives of quotients of functions. centre and the radius. • Finding the equation of a circle. 5. Statistics and Probability - Given three non collinear points. (i) Statistics - Given other sufficient data for Measures of dispersion: range, mean example centre is (h, k) and it lies on deviation, variance and standard deviation of a line and two points on the circle ungrouped/grouped data. Analysis of are given, etc. frequency distributions with equal means but • Tangents: different variances. - Condition for tangency • Mean deviation about mean and median. - Equation of a tangent to a circle • Standard deviation - by direct method, short cut method and step deviation 4. Calculus method. NOTE: Mean, Median and Mode of grouped (i) Limits and Derivatives and ungrouped data are required to be Derivative introduced as rate of change both covered. as that of distance function and (ii) Probability geometrically. Random experiments; outcomes, sample Intuitive idea of limit. Limits of polynomials spaces (set representation). Events; and rational functions trigonometric, occurrence of events, 'not', 'and' and 'or' exponential and logarithmic functions. events, exhaustive events, mutually exclusive Definition of derivative relate it to scope of events, Axiomatic (set theoretic) probability, tangent of the curve, Derivative of sum, connections with other theories studied in difference, product and quotient of functions. earlier classes. Probability of an event, Derivatives of polynomial and trigonometric probability of 'not', 'and' and 'or' events. functions. • Limits • Random experiments and their outcomes. - Notion and meaning of limits. • Events: sure events, impossible events, mutually exclusive and exhaustive events. - Fundamental theorems on limits (statement only). - Definition of probability of an event - Laws of probability addition - Limits of algebraic and theorem. trigonometric functions. 130

SECTION B (iii) Hyperbola 22 6. Conic Section xy 2 22 - 22−=1 ,e > 1, b = ae ( − 1) Sections of a cone, ellipse, parabola, hyperbola, a ab point, a straight line and a pair of intersecting (xy−α )(22 −β ) lines as a degenerated case of a conic section. - −=1 ab22 Standard equations and simple properties of 2 parabola, ellipse and hyperbola. - Cases when coefficient y is negative and coefficient of x2 is negative. • Conics as a section of a cone. - Rough sketch of the above. - Definition of Foci, Directrix, Latus - Focal property i.e. SP - S’P = 2a. Rectum. - Transverse and Conjugate axes; Latus rectum; coordinates of vertices, foci and - PS = ePL where P is a point on the centre; and equations of the directrices conics, S is the focus, PL is the and the axes. perpendicular distance of the point from • General second degree equation the directrix. ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 + 2gx + 2 fy + c = 0 (i) Parabola - Case 1: pair of straight line if e =1, y2 = ±4ax, x2 = 4ay, y2 = -4ax, abc+2fgh-af2-bg2-ch2=0, 2 2 2 x2 = -4ay, (y -β)2 =± 4a (x - α), - Case 2: abc+2fgh-af -bg -ch ≠0, then represents a parabola if h2 = ab, 2 (x - α) = ± 4a (y - β). ellipse if h2 < ab, and hyperbola if h2 - Rough sketch of the above. > ab. • - The latus rectum; quadrants they lie in; Condition that y = mx + c is a tangent to coordinates of focus and vertex; and the conics, general equation of equations of directrix and the axis. tangents, point of contact and locus problems. - Finding equation of Parabola when Foci and directrix are given, etc. 7. Introduction to three-dimensional Geometry - Application questions based on the above. Coordinate axes and coordinate planes in three dimensions. Coordinates of a point. Distance (ii) Ellipse between two points and section formula. 2 2 - As an extension of 2-D x y 2 2 2 - + = 1 , e<1, b = a (1− e ) - Distance formula. a 2 b 2 - Section and midpoint form (xy−α )(22 −β ) - +=1 ab22 8. Mathematical Reasoning - Cases when a > b and a < b. Mathematically acceptable statements. - Rough sketch of the above. Connecting words/ phrases - consolidating the - Major axis, minor axis; latus rectum; understanding of "if and only if (necessary and coordinates of vertices, focus and centre; sufficient) condition", "implies", "and/or", and equations of directrices and the "implied by", "and", "or", "there exists" and axes. their use through variety of examples related to - Finding equation of ellipse when focus the Mathematics and real life. Validating the and directrix are given. statements involving the connecting words, - Simple and direct questions based on the Difference between contradiction, converse and above. contrapositive. - Focal property i.e. SP + SP′ = 2a. Self-explanatory.

131

SECTION C 1 ∑uv - ( ∑∑ u)( v) 9. Statistics r = N • Combined mean and standard deviation. 1122 ∑u22−−( ∑∑ uv) ( ∑ v) • The Median, Quartiles, Deciles, Percentiles NN and Mode of grouped and ungrouped data. • Rank correlation by Spearman’s (Correction included). 10. Correlation Analysis • Definition and meaning of covariance. 11. Index Numbers and Moving Averages • Coefficient of Correlation by Karl Pearson. (i) Index Numbers If x- x , y- y are small non - fractional - Price index or price relative. numbers, we use - Simple aggregate method. ∑(x - x)( y - y) r = - Weighted aggregate method. 22 ∑∑(x - x) ( y - y) - Simple average of price relatives. - Weighted average of price relatives (cost of living index, consumer price If x and y are small numbers, we use index). 1 (ii) Moving Averages ∑ xy − ∑ x∑ y r = N - Meaning and purpose of the moving 1 2 1 2 averages. ∑ x2 − (∑ x) ∑ y 2 − (∑ y) N N - Calculation of moving averages with the given periodicity and plotting them on a Otherwise, we use assumed means graph. A and B, where u = x-A, v = y-B - If the period is even, then the centered moving average is to be found out and plotted.

132

CLASS XII

The syllabus is divided into three sections A, B and C.

Section A is compulsory for all candidates. Candidates will have a choice of attempting questions from EITHER Section B OR Section C.

There will be one paper of three hours duration of 100 marks.

Section A (80 Marks): Candidates will be required to attempt all questions. Internal choice will be provided in three questions of four marks each and two questions of six marks each.

Section B/ Section C (20 Marks): Candidates will be required to attempt all questions EITHER from Section B OR Section C. Internal choice will be provided in two questions of four marks each.

S.No. UNIT TOTAL WEIGHTAGE

SECTION A: 80 MARKS

1. Relations and Functions 12 Marks

2. Algebra 14 Marks

3. Calculus 40 Marks

4. Probability 14 Marks

SECTION B: 20 MARKS 5. Vectors 6 Marks

6. Three - Dimensional Geometry 8/10 Marks

7. Applications of Integrals 6/4 Marks

OR SECTION C: 20 MARKS 8. Application of Calculus 8 Marks

9. Linear Regression 6 Marks

10. Linear Programming 6 Marks

TOTAL 100 Marks

133

SECTION A sin-1 x± sin -1 y = sin -1 x11 −± y2 y − x2 1. Relations and Functions ( ) (i) Types of relations: reflexive, symmetric, -1± -1 = -1 −−2 2 transitive and equivalence relations. One to cosxcosycos( xy 11 y x )

one and onto functions, composite functions, xy+ inverse of a function. Binary operations. similarly tan-1 x+= tan -1 y tan -1 , xy < 1 1− xy • Relations as: xy− tan-1 x− tan -1 y = tan -1 ,1 xy >− - Relation on a set A 1+ xy - Identity relation, empty relation, - Formulae for 2sin-1x, 2cos-1x, 2tan-1x, universal relation. 3tan-1x etc. and application of these - Types of Relations: reflexive, formulae. symmetric, transitive and 2. Algebra equivalence relation. Matrices and Determinants • Binary Operation: all axioms and (i) Matrices properties Concept, notation, order, equality, types of • Functions: matrices, zero and identity matrix, transpose - As special relations, concept of of a matrix, symmetric and skew symmetric writing “y is a function of x” as y = matrices. Operation on matrices: Addition f(x). and multiplication and multiplication with a scalar. Simple properties of addition, - Types: one to one, many to one, into, multiplication and scalar multiplication. Non- onto. commutativity of multiplication of matrices - Real Valued function. and existence of non-zero matrices whose product is the zero matrix (restrict to square - Domain and range of a function. matrices of order upto 3). Concept of - Conditions of invertibility. elementary row and column operations. Invertible matrices and proof of the - Composite functions and invertible functions (algebraic functions only). uniqueness of inverse, if it exists (here all matrices will have real entries). (ii) Inverse Trigonometric Functions (ii) Determinants Definition, domain, range, principal value Determinant of a square matrix (up to 3 x 3 branch. Graphs of inverse trigonometric matrices), properties of determinants, functions. Elementary properties of inverse minors, co-factors and applications of trigonometric functions. determinants in finding the area of a - Principal values. triangle. Adjoint and inverse of a square - sin-1x, cos-1x, tan-1x etc. and their graphs. matrix. Consistency, inconsistency and x number of solutions of system of linear - sin-1x = cos−−121 −= x tan 1 . 2 equations by examples, solving system of 1 − x linear equations in two or three variables − 1 π (having unique solution) using inverse of a - sin-1x= cosec 1 ; sin-1x+cos-1x= and x 2 matrix. similar relations for cot-1x, tan-1x, etc.

134

- Types of matrices (m × n; m, n ≤ 3), 3. Calculus order; Identity matrix, Diagonal matrix. (i) Continuity, Differentiability and - Symmetric, Skew symmetric. Differentiation. Continuity and - Operation – addition, subtraction, differentiability, derivative of composite multiplication of a matrix with scalar, functions, chain rule, derivatives of inverse multiplication of two matrices trigonometric functions, derivative of (the compatibility). implicit functions. Concept of exponential 1 1 and logarithmic functions. 1 2   Derivatives of logarithmic and exponential E.g. 0 2  = AB(say) but BA is 2 2 1 1 functions. Logarithmic differentiation,   derivative of functions expressed in not possible. parametric forms. Second order derivatives. - Singular and non-singular matrices. Rolle's and Lagrange's Mean Value - Existence of two non-zero matrices Theorems (without proof) and their whose product is a zero matrix. geometric interpretation. −1 AdjA - Inverse (2×2, 3×3) A = • Continuity A - Continuity of a function at a point • Martin’s Rule (i.e. using matrices) x = a. - Continuity of a function in an a1x + b1y + c1z = d1 interval. a2x + b2y + c2z = d2 - Algebra of continues function.

a3x + b3y + c3z = d3 - Removable discontinuity. • Differentiation a1 b1 c1  d1  x       - Concept of continuity and A = a b c B = d X = y  2 2 2   2    differentiability of x , [x], etc.       a 3 b3 c3  d3  z - Derivatives of trigonometric functions. ⇒ = −1 AX = B X A B - Derivatives of exponential functions. Problems based on above. - Derivatives of logarithmic functions. NOTE 1: The conditions for consistency of - Derivatives of inverse trigonometric equations in two and three variables, using functions - differentiation by means matrices, are to be covered. of substitution. NOTE 2: Inverse of a matrix by elementary - Derivatives of implicit functions and operations to be covered. chain rule. • Determinants - e for composite functions. - Order. - Derivatives of Parametric functions. - Minors. - Differentiation of a function with respect to another function e.g. - Cofactors. differentiation of sinx3 with respect - Expansion. to x3. - Applications of determinants in finding - Logarithmic Differentiation - the area of triangle and collinearity. xx Finding dy/dx when y = x . - Properties of determinants. Problems - Successive differentiation up to 2nd based on properties of determinants. order. NOTE 1: Derivatives of composite functions using chain rule. 135

NOTE 2: Derivatives of determinants to be covered. (iii) Integrals • L' Hospital's theorem. Integration as inverse process of differentiation. Integration of a variety of 0 ∞ - form, form, 00 form, ∞∞form functions by substitution, by partial fractions 0 ∞ and by parts, Evaluation of simple integrals etc. of the following types and problems based on them. • Rolle's Mean Value Theorem - its geometrical interpretation. Definite integrals as a limit of a sum, Fundamental Theorem of Calculus • Lagrange's Mean Value Theorem - its (without proof). Basic properties of geometrical interpretation definite integrals and evaluation of definite (ii) Applications of Derivatives integrals. Applications of derivatives: rate of change • Indefinite integral of bodies, increasing/decreasing functions, - Integration as the inverse of tangents and normals, use of derivatives in differentiation. approximation, maxima and minima (first - Anti-derivatives of polynomials and derivative test motivated geometrically and functions (ax +b)n , sinx, cosx, sec2x, second derivative test given as a provable cosec2x etc . tool). Simple problems (that illustrate basic - Integrals of the type sin2x, sin3x, principles and understanding of the subject as sin4x, cos2x, cos3x, cos4x. well as real-life situations). - Integration of 1/x, ex. • Equation of Tangent and Normal - Integration by substitution. • Approximation. - Integrals of the type f ' (x)[f (x)]n, • Rate measure. fx′() . • Increasing and decreasing functions. fx() • Maxima and minima. - Integration of tanx, cotx, secx, cosecx. - Stationary/turning points. - Integration by parts. - Absolute maxima/minima - Integration using partial fractions. - local maxima/minima f (x) Expressions of the form when - First derivatives test and second g(x) derivatives test degree of f(x) < degree of g(x) - Point of inflexion. x+ 2 AB E.g. = + (xx−+ 3)( 1) x − 3 x + 1 - Application problems based on maxima and minima. x+ 2 ABC =++ 22 (xx−− 2)( 1) xx−−12( x −1)

x +1 Ax + B C = + (x 2 + 3)(x −1) x 2 + 3 x −1

136

When degree of f (x) ≥ degree of g(x), b c b e.g. ∫ f (x)dx = ∫ f (x)dx + ∫ f (x)dx x 2 +1  3x +1  a a c = 1−   where a < c < b x 2 + 3x + 2 x 2 + 3x + 2   b b • Integrals of the type: ∫ f (x)dx = ∫ f (a + b − x)dx a a dx dx px++ q px q aa ∫∫22,, ∫2 dx , ∫ dx x± a x22± a ax++ bx c ax2++ bx c ∫∫f() x dx= f ( a − x ) dx 00 and ax22±− dx, xa 22 dx, ∫∫  a 2a 2∫ fxdxiff () , (2 a−= x ) fx () 22 = ax++ bx c dx, ( px + q ) ax ++ bx c dx, ∫ f() x dx  0 ∫∫ 0   0,f (2 a−=− x ) fx ( ) integrations reducible to the above forms.  a a 2f ( x ) dx ,if f is an even function dx f() x dx =  ∫ , ∫ 0 ∫ −a  acos xb+ sin x  0,if f is an odd function dx dx dx ,, (iv) Differential Equations ∫ab+cos x ∫∫ ab + sin xa cos xb ++ sin xc Definition, order and degree, general and (a cos x+ b sin x ) dx ∫ , particular solutions of a differential ccos xd+ sin x equation. Formation of differential equation dx whose general solution is given. Solution ∫ acos22 xb++ sin xc of differential equations by method of separation of variables solutions of 1± x2 dx , homogeneous differential equations of first ∫ 1+ x4 order and first degree. Solutions of linear dx dy , tan xdx, cot xdx etc. differential equation of the type: +py= q, ∫ 1+ x4 ∫ ∫ dx where p and q are functions of x or • Definite Integral dx constants. + px = q, where p and q are - Definite integral as a limit of the dy sum. functions of y or constants. - Fundamental theorem of calculus (without proof) - Differential equations, order and degree. - Properties of definite integrals. - Formation of differential equation by eliminating arbitrary constant(s). - Problems based on the following properties of definite integrals are to - Solution of differential equations. be covered. - Variable separable. b b - Homogeneous equations. ∫ f (x)dx = ∫ f (t)dt dy a a - Linear form + Py =Q where P and Q dx b a are functions of x only. Similarly, for f (x)dx = − f (x)dx ∫ ∫ dx/dy. a b - Solve problems of application on growth and decay. - Solve problems on velocity, acceleration, distance and time. 137

- Solve population based problems on - Components of a vector. application of differential equations. - Vectors in two and three dimensions. - Solve problems of application on - iˆ, ˆj, kˆ as unit vectors along the x, y and coordinate geometry. the z axes; expressing a vector in terms of the NOTE 1: Equations reducible to variable unit vectors. separable type are included. - Operations: Sum and Difference of vectors; scalar multiplication of a vector. NOTE 2: The second order differential equations are excluded. - Section formula. - Triangle inequalities. 4. Probability - Scalar (dot) product of vectors and its Conditional probability, multiplication theorem geometrical significance. on probability, independent events, total - Cross product - its properties - area of a probability, Bayes’ theorem, Random variable triangle, area of parallelogram, collinear and its probability distribution, mean and vectors. variance of random variable. Repeated - Scalar triple product - volume of a independent (Bernoulli) trials and Binomial parallelepiped, co-planarity. distribution. - Independent and dependent events NOTE: Proofs of geometrical theorems by conditional events. using Vector algebra are excluded.

- Laws of Probability, addition theorem, multiplication theorem, conditional 6. Three - dimensional Geometry probability. Direction cosines and direction ratios of a line - Theorem of Total Probability. joining two points. Cartesian equation and vector - Baye’s theorem. equation of a line, coplanar and skew lines, shortest distance between two lines. Cartesian - Theoretical probability distribution, and vector equation of a plane. Angle between probability distribution function; mean and (i) two lines, (ii) two planes, (iii) a line and a variance of random variable, Repeated plane. Distance of a point from a plane. independent (Bernoulli trials), binomial distribution – its mean and variance. - Equation of x-axis, y-axis, z axis and lines parallel to them. SECTION B - Equation of xy - plane, yz – plane, 5. Vectors zx – plane. Vectors and scalars, magnitude and direction - Direction cosines, direction ratios. of a vector. Direction cosines and direction - Angle between two lines in terms of direction ratios of a vector. Types of vectors (equal, unit, cosines /direction ratios. zero, parallel and collinear vectors), position vector of a point, negative of a vector, - Condition for lines to be perpendicular/ components of a vector, addition of vectors, parallel. multiplication of a vector by a scalar, position vector of a point dividing a line segment in a • Lines given ratio. Definition, Geometrical - Cartesian and vector equations of a line Interpretation, properties and application of through one and two points. scalar (dot) product of vectors, vector (cross) - Coplanar and skew lines. product of vectors, scalar triple product of vectors. - Conditions for intersection of two lines. - As directed line segments. - Distance of a point from a line. - Magnitude and direction of a vector. - Shortest distance between two lines. - Types: equal vectors, unit vectors, zero NOTE: Symmetric and non-symmetric forms of vector. lines are required to be covered. - Position vector. 138

• Planes NOTE: Application involving differentiation, - Cartesian and vector equation of a integration, increasing and decreasing plane. function and maxima and minima to be - Direction ratios of the normal to the covered. plane. - One point form. 9. Linear Regression - Normal form. - Lines of regression of x on y and y on x. - Intercept form. - Scatter diagrams - Distance of a point from a plane. - The method of least squares. - Intersection of the line and plane. - Lines of best fit. - Regression coefficient of x on y and y on x. - Angle between two planes, a line and a 2 plane. - bxy ×b yx = r , 0≤≤ bxy ×b yx 1 - Equation of a plane through the - Identification of regression equations intersection of two planes i.e. - Angle between regression line and properties P1 + kP2 = 0. of regression lines. 7. Application of Integrals - Estimation of the value of one variable using the value of other variable from appropriate Application in finding the area bounded by line of regression. simple curves and coordinate axes. Area Self-explanatory enclosed between two curves. - Application of definite integrals - area 10. Linear Programming bounded by curves, lines and coordinate axes Introduction, related terminology such as is required to be covered. constraints, objective function, optimization, - Simple curves: lines, circles/ parabolas/ different types of linear programming (L.P.) ellipses, polynomial functions, modulus problems, mathematical formulation of L.P. function, trigonometric function, exponential problems, graphical method of solution for problems in two variables, feasible and infeasible functions, logarithmic functions regions(bounded and unbounded), feasible and infeasible solutions, optimal feasible solutions SECTION C (up to three non-trivial constraints). 8. Application of Calculus Introduction, definition of related terminology Application of Calculus in Commerce and such as constraints, objective function, Economics in the following: optimization, advantages of linear programming; - Cost function, limitations of linear programming; application - average cost, areas of linear programming; different types of - marginal cost and its interpretation linear programming (L.P.) problems, - demand function, mathematical formulation of L.P problems, graphical method of solution for problems in two - revenue function, variables, feasible and infeasible regions, - marginal revenue function and its feasible and infeasible solutions, optimum interpretation, feasible solution. - Profit function and breakeven point. - Rough sketching of the following curves: AR, MR, R, C, AC, MC and their mathematical interpretation using the concept of maxima & minima and increasing- decreasing functions. Self-explanatory

139

PHYSICS (861) Aims: 1. To enable candidates to acquire knowledge and to develop an understanding of the terms, facts, concepts, definitions, and fundamental laws, principles and processes in the field of physics. 2. To develop the ability to apply the knowledge and understanding of physics to unfamiliar situations. 3. To develop a scientific attitude through the study of physical sciences. 4. To develop skills in - (a) the practical aspects of handling apparatus, recording observations and (b) Drawing diagrams, graphs, etc. 5. To develop an appreciation of the contribution of physics towards scientific and technological developments and towards human happiness. 6. To develop an interest in the world of physical sciences.

CLASS XI There will be two papers in the subject: Paper II: Practical - 3 hours ... 15 marks Paper I: Theory - 3 hours ... 70 marks Project Work … 10 marks Practical File … 5 marks PAPER I- THEORY: 70 Marks There will be no overall choice in the paper. Candidates will be required to answer all questions. Internal choice will be available in two questions of 2 marks each, two questions of 3 marks each and all the three questions of 5 marks each. S. NO. UNIT TOTAL WEIGHTAGE 1. Physical World and Measurement 2. Kinematics 23 Marks 3. Laws of Motion 4. Work, Energy and Power 17 Marks 5. Motion of System of Particles and Rigid Body 6. Gravitation 7. Properties of Bulk Matter 20 Marks 8. Heat and Thermodynamics 9. Behaviour of Perfect Gases and Kinetic Theory of Gases 10. Oscillations and Waves 10 Marks TOTAL 70 Marks

140

PAPER I -THEORY – 70 MARKS Note: (i) Unless otherwise specified, only S. I. and symbols (strictly as per rule); Units are to be used while teaching and learning, subunits and multiple units using as well as for answering questions. prefixes for powers of 10 (from atto for 10-18 to tera for 1012); other common (ii) All physical quantities to be defined as and units such as fermi, angstrom (now when they are introduced along with their units and outdated), light year, astronomical unit dimensions. and parsec. A new unit of mass used in (iii) Numerical problems are included from all atomic physics is unified atomic mass topics except where they are specifically excluded unit with symbol u (not amu); rules for or where only qualitative treatment is required. writing the names of units and their symbols in SI (upper case/lower case.) 1. Physical World and Measurement Derived units (with correct symbols); (i) Physical World: special names wherever applicable; expression in terms of base units (e.g.: Scope of Physics and its application in N= kg m/s2). everyday life. Nature of physical laws. (b) Accuracy of measurement, errors in Physics and its branches (only basic measurement: precision of measuring knowledge required); fundamental laws instruments, instrumental errors, and fundamental forces in nature systematic errors, random errors and (gravitational force, electro-magnetic gross errors. Least count of an force, strong and weak nuclear forces; instrument and its implication on unification of forces). Application of errors in measurements; absolute Physics in technology and society (major error, relative error and percentage scientists, their discoveries, inventions and error; combination of errors in (a) sum laws/principles to be discussed briefly). and difference, (b) product and (ii) Units and Measurements quotient and (c) power of a measured quantity. Measurement: need for measurement; units of measurement; systems of units: (c) Significant figures; their significance; fundamental and derived units in SI; rules for counting the number of measurement of length, mass and time; significant figures; rules for (a) accuracy and precision of measuring addition and subtraction, (b) instruments; errors in measurement; multiplication/ division; ‘rounding off’ significant figures. the uncertain digits; order of magnitude as statement of magnitudes Dimensional formulae of physical in powers of 10; examples from quantities and constants, dimensional magnitudes of common physical analysis and its applications. quantities - size, mass, time, etc. (a) Importance of measurement in (d) Dimensions of physical quantities; scientific studies; physics is a science dimensional formula; express of measurement. Unit as a reference derived units in terms of base units standard of measurement; essential -2 (N = kg.m s ); use symbol […] for properties. Systems of units; CGS, dimensions of or base unit of; e.g.: FPS, MKS, MKSA, and SI; the seven dimensional formula of force in terms of base units of SI selected by the General fundamental quantities written as Conference of Weights and Measures –2 [F] = [MLT ].Principle of in 1971 and their definitions, list of homogeneity of dimensions. fundamental, supplementary and Expressions in terms of SI base units derived physical quantities; their units and dimensional formula may be 141

obtained for all physical quantities as (ii) Motion in a Plane and when new physical quantities are Scalar and Vector quantities with introduced. examples. Position and displacement (e) Use of dimensional analysis to (i) vectors, general vectors and their check the dimensional correctness of a notations; equality of vectors, addition formula/ equation; (ii) to obtain the and subtraction of vectors, relative dimensional formula of any derived velocity, Unit vector; resolution of a physical quantity including constants; vector in a plane, rectangular (iii) to convert units from one system to components, Scalar and Vector product of another; limitations of dimensional two vectors. Projectile motion and analysis. uniform circular motion. 2. Kinematics (a) General Vectors and notation, position and displacement vector. Vectors (i) Motion in a Straight Line explained using displacement as a Frame of references, Motion in a straight prototype - along a straight line (one line (one dimension): Position-time graph, dimensional), on a plane surface speed and velocity. (two dimensional) and in an open space not confined to a line or a plane Elementary concepts of differentiation and (three dimensional); symbol and integration for describing motion, uniform representation; a scalar quantity, its and non- uniform motion, average speed, representation and unit, equality of velocity, average velocity, instantaneous vectors. Unit vectors denoted velocity and uniformly accelerated motion, ˆ velocity - time and position - time graphs. byî , ˆj ,k orthogonal unit vectors Relations for uniformly accelerated motion along x, y and z axes respectively. (graphical treatment). Examples of one dimensional vector  ˆ Frame of reference, concept of point mass, V 1 =aî or b ˆj or ck where a, b, c are rest and motion; distance and  scalar quantities or numbers; V 2 = displacement, speed and velocity, average ˆ ˆ speed and average velocity, uniform ai + b j is a two dimensional or  ˆ velocity, instantaneous speed and planar vector, V 3 = a î + b ˆj + ck is instantaneous velocity, acceleration, a three dimensional or space vector. instantaneous acceleration, s-t, v-t and a-t Concept of null vector and co-planar graphs for uniform acceleration and vectors. conclusions drawn from these graphs; kinematic equations of motion for objects (b) Addition: use displacement as an in uniformly accelerated rectilinear motion example; obtain triangle law of derived using graphical, calculus or addition; graphical and analytical analytical method, motion of an object treatment; Discuss commutative and under gravity, (one dimensional motion). associative properties of vector addition (Proof not required). Differentiation as rate of change; examples Parallelogram Law; sum and from physics – speed, acceleration, velocity difference; derive expressions for gradient, etc. Formulae for differentiation magnitude and direction from of simple functions: xn, sinx, cosx, ex and ln parallelogram law; special cases; x. Simple ideas about integration – mainly. n subtraction as special case of ∫ x .dx. Both definite and indefinite addition with direction reversed; use of integrals to be mentioned (elementary Triangle Law for subtraction also; if       calculus not to be evaluated). a + b = c ; c - a = b ; In a parallelogram, if one diagonal is the

142

sum, the other diagonal is the Equilibrium of concurrent forces. Friction: difference; addition and subtraction Static and kinetic friction, laws of friction, with vectors expressed in terms of unit rolling friction, lubrication. vectors ˆi , ˆj ,kˆ ; multiplication of a Dynamics of uniform circular motion: vector by a real number. Centripetal force, examples of circular motion (vehicle on a level circular road, vehicle on a (c) Use triangle law of addition to banked road). express a vector in terms of its    components. If a + b = c is an (a) Newton's first law: Statement and    explanation; concept of inertia, mass, addition fact, c = a + b is a force; law of inertia; mathematically, if   resolution; a and b are components of ∑F=0, a=0.  c . Rectangular components, relation     dp between components, resultant and Newton's second law: p =m v ; F α ; dt angle between them. Dot (or scalar)     dp product of vectors a . b =abcosθ; F =k . Define unit of force so that   dt example W = F . S = FS Cosθ . Special   dp case of θ = 0o, 90 o and 1800. Vector k=1; F = ; a vector equation. For   dt (or cross) product a ×b = [absinθ]nˆ ;   classical physics with v not large and mass τ   example: torque = r × F ; Special m remaining constant, obtain F =m a . ˆ ˆ cases using unit vectorsiˆ , j ,k for For v→ c, m is not constant. Then     a .b and a xb . m = mo Note that F= ma is the 1 - v 2 c2 (d) Concept of relative velocity, start from simple examples on relative velocity of special case for classical mechanics. It is a   one dimensional motion and then two vector equation. a || F . Also, this can be dimensional motion; consider resolved into three scalar equations displacement first; relative Fx=max etc. Application to numerical displacement (use Triangle Law or problems; introduce tension force, normal parallelogram Law). reaction force. If a = 0 (body in (e) Various terms related to projectile equilibrium), F= 0. Statement, derivation motion; obtain equations of trajectory, and explanation of principle of time of flight, maximum height, conservation of linear momentum. Impulse horizontal range, instantaneous of a force: F∆t =∆p. velocity, [projectile motion on an Newton's third law. Obtain it using Law of inclined plane not included]. Examples Conservation of linear momentum. Proof of of projectile motion. Newton’s second law as real law. (f) Examples of uniform circular motion: Systematic solution of problems in details to be covered in unit 3 (d). mechanics; isolate a part of a system, identify all forces acting on it; draw a free 3. Laws of Motion body diagram representing the part as a General concept of force, inertia, Newton's point and representing all forces by line segments, solve for resultant force which is first law of motion; momentum and  Newton's second law of motion; impulse; equal to m a . Simple problems on Newton's third law of motion. “Connected bodies” (not involving two pulleys). Law of conservation of linear momentum and its applications. (b) Force diagrams; resultant or net force from Triangle law of Forces,

143

      parallelogram law or resolution of forces. W=∫dw= F . dS , for F ║ dS F . dS =FdS   ∫ Apply net force ∑ F = m a . Again for therefore, W=∫FdS is the area under the F- ∑ equilibrium a=0 and F=0. Conditions of S graph or if F can be expressed in terms of equilibrium of a rigid body under three S, ∫FdS can be evaluated. Example, work coplanar forces. Discuss ladder problem. done in stretching a (c) Friction; classical view and modern view springW= Fdx = kxdx = 1 kx2 . This of friction, static friction a self-adjusting ∫∫ 2 force; limiting value; kinetic friction or is also the potential energy stored in the 2 sliding friction; rolling friction, examples. stretched spring U=½ kx . Laws of friction: Two laws of static Kinetic energy and its expression, friction; (similar) two laws of kinetic Work-Energy theorem E=W. Law of friction; coefficient of friction µs = Conservation of Energy; oscillating spring. fs(max)/N and µk = fk/N; U+K = E = Kmax = Umax (for U = 0 and K graphs. Friction as a non-conservative = 0 respectively); graph different forms of force; motion under friction, net force in energy and their transformations. E = mc2 nd   Newton’s 2 law is calculated including fk. (no derivation). Power P=W/t; P= Fv. . Motion along a rough inclined plane – both up and down. Pulling and pushing of a (ii) Collision in one dimension; derivation of roller. Angle of friction and angle of velocity equation for general case of m1 ≠ repose. Lubrication, use of bearings, m2 and u1 ≠ u2=0; Special cases for streamlining, etc. m1=m2=m; m1>>m2 or m1<

144

gravity, principle of moment, discuss (ii) Relation between g and G. Derive the ladder problem, concept of a rigid body; expression for variation of g above and kinetic energy of a rigid body rotating below the surface of the earth; graph; about a fixed axis in terms of that of the mention variation of g with latitude and particles of the body; hence, define moment rotation, (without derivation). of inertia and radius of gyration; physical (iii) Gravitational field, intensity of significance of moment of inertia; unit and gravitational field and potential at a point dimension; depends on mass and axis of rotation; it is rotational inertia; equations in earth’s gravitational field. Vp = Wαp/m. of rotational motions. Applications: only Derive expression (by integration) for expression for the moment of inertia, I the gravitational potential difference (about the symmetry axis) of: (i) a ring; (ii) ∆V = VB-VA = G.M(1/rA-1/rB); here a solid and a hollow cylinder, (iii) a thin Vp = V(r) = -GM/r; negative sign for rod (iv) a solid and a hollow sphere, (v) attractive force field; define gravitational a disc - only formulae (no derivations potential energy of a mass m in the earth's required). field; expression for gravitational potential energy U(r) = Wαp = m.V(r) = -G M (a) Statements of the parallel and m/r; show that ∆U = mgh, for h << R. perpendicular axes theorems with Relation between intensity and acceleration illustrations [derivation not required]. due to gravity. Simple examples with change of axis.   (iv) Derive expression for the escape velocity (b) Definition of torque (vector); τ = r x of earth using energy consideration; ve    F and angular momentum L = r x depends on mass of the earth; for moon ve  p for a particle (no derivations); is less as mass of moon is less;   consequence - no atmosphere on the moon. differentiate to obtain d L /dt=τ ; similar to Newton’s second law of (v) Satellites (both natural (moon) and motion (linear);hence τ =I α and artificial) in uniform circular motion L = Iω; (only scalar equation); Law around the earth; Derive the expression for of conservation of angular orbital velocity and time period; note the momentum; simple applications. centripetal acceleration is caused (or Comparison of linear and rotational centripetal force is provided) by the force motions. of gravity exerted by the earth on the satellite; the acceleration of the satellite is 6. Gravitation the acceleration due to gravity 2 Kepler's laws of planetary motion, universal [g’= g(R/R+h) ; F’G = mg’]. law of gravitation. Acceleration due to gravity Weightlessness; geostationary satellites; (g) and its variation with altitude, latitude and conditions for satellite to be geostationary; depth. parking orbit, calculation of its radius and height; basic concept of polar satellites and Gravitational potential and gravitational their uses. potential energy, escape velocity, orbital velocity of a satellite, Geo-stationary (vi) Kepler's laws of planetary motion: explain satellites. the three laws using diagrams. Proof of third law (for circular orbits only). (i) Newton's law of universal gravitation; Statement; unit and dimensional formula of 7. Properties of Bulk Matter universal gravitational constant, G (i) Mechanical Properties of Solids: Elastic [Cavendish experiment not required]; behaviour of solids, Stress-strain gravitational acceleration on surface of the relationship, Hooke's law, Young's earth (g), weight of a body W= mg from modulus, bulk modulus, shear modulus of F=ma. rigidity, Poisson's ratio; elastic energy. 145

Elasticity in solids, Hooke’s law, Flow of fluids (liquids and gases), Young modulus and its determination, laminar flow, internal friction between bulk modulus and shear modulus of layers of fluid, between fluid and the rigidity, work done in stretching a wire solid with which the fluid is in relative and strain energy, Poisson’s ratio. motion; examples; viscous drag is a force of friction; mobile and viscous (ii) Mechanical Properties of Fluids liquids. Pressure due to a fluid column; Pascal's Velocity gradient dv/dx (space rate law and its applications (hydraulic lift of change of velocity); viscous drag and hydraulic brakes), effect of gravity on F = ηA dv/dx; coefficient of viscosity fluid pressure. η = F/A (dv/dx) depends on the nature Viscosity, Stokes' law, terminal velocity, of the liquid and its temperature; units: streamline and turbulent flow, critical Ns/m2 and dyn.s/cm2= poise.1 velocity, Bernoulli's theorem and its poise=0.1 Ns/m2. applications. (e) Stoke's law, motion of a sphere falling Surface energy and surface tension, angle through a fluid, hollow rigid sphere of contact, excess of pressure across a rising to the surface of a liquid, curved surface, application of surface parachute, obtain the expression of tension ideas to drops, bubbles and terminal velocity; forces acting; capillary rise. viscous drag, a force proportional to velocity; Stoke’s law; ν-t graph. (a) Pressure in a fluid, Pascal’s Law and its applications, buoyancy (Archimedes (f) Surface tension (molecular theory), Principle). drops and bubbles, angle of contact, work done in stretching a surface and (b) General characteristics of fluid flow; surface energy, capillary rise, equation of continuity v1a1= v2a2; measurement of surface tension by conditions; applications like use of capillary (uniform bore) rise method. nozzle at the end of a hose; Bernoulli’s Excess pressure across a curved principle (theorem); assumptions - surface, application of surface tension incompressible liquid, streamline for drops and bubbles. (steady) flow, non-viscous and irrotational liquid - ideal liquid; 8. Heat and Thermodynamics derivation of equation; applications of Bernoulli’s theorem atomizer, dynamic (i) Thermal Properties of Matter: Heat, uplift, Venturimeter, Magnus effect etc. temperature, thermal expansion; thermal expansion of solids, liquids and gases, (c) Streamline and turbulent flow - anomalous expansion of water; specific examples; streamlines do not intersect heat capacity, calorimetry; change of state, (like electric and magnetic lines of specific latent heat capacity. force); tubes of flow; number of streamlines per unit area α velocity of Heat transfer-conduction, convection and flow (from equation of continuity v1a1 radiation, thermal conductivity, qualitative = v2a2); critical velocity; Reynold's ideas of Blackbody radiation, Wein's number (significance only) Poiseuille’s displacement Law, Stefan's law, and formula with numericals. Greenhouse effect. (d) Viscous drag; Newton's formula for (a) Temperature and Heat, measurement viscosity, co-efficient of viscosity and of temperature (scales and inter its units. conversion). Ideal gas equation and absolute temperature, thermal expansion in solids, liquids and gases. 146

Specific heat capacity, calorimetry, (a) Thermal equilibrium and zeroth law of change of state, latent heat capacity, thermodynamics: Self explanatory steady state and temperature gradient. (b) First law of thermodynamics. Thermal conductivity; co-efficient of thermal conductivity, Use of good and Concept of heat (Q) as the energy that poor conductors, Searle’s experiment, is transferred (due to temperature (Lee’s Disc method is not required). difference only) and not stored; the Convection with examples. energy that is stored in a body or system as potential and kinetic energy (b) Black body is now called ideal or is called internal energy (U). Internal cavity radiator and black body energy is a state property (only radiation is cavity radiation; Stefan’s elementary ideas) whereas, heat is not; law is now known as Stefan Boltzmann first law is a statement of conservation law as Boltzmann derived it of energy, when, in general, heat (Q) is theoretically. There is multiplicity of transferred to a body (system), internal technical terms related to thermal energy (U) of the system changes and radiation - radiant intensity I (T) for some work W is done by the system; total radiant power (energy then Q=∆U+W; also W=∫pdV for radiated/second) per unit area of the working substance - an ideal gas; surface, in W/m2, I (T) =σ T4; explain the meaning of symbols (with dimension and SI unit of σ. For 4 examples) and sign convention practical radiators I =∈. σ T carefully (as used in physics: Q>0 where ∈ (dimension less) is called when added to a system, ∆U>0 when U emissivity of the surface material; increases or temperature rises, and ∈=1 for ideal radiators. The Spectral W>0 when work is done by the system). α radiancy R(λ). I (T)= ∫ R (λ) dλ. Special cases for Q=0 (adiabatic), 0 ∆U=0 (isothermal) and W=0 Graph of R(λ) vs λ for different (isochoric). temperatures. Area under the graph is (c) Isothermal and adiabatic changes in a I (T). The λ corresponding to perfect gas described in terms of PV maximum value of R is called λmax; graphs; PV = constant (Isothermal) decreases with increase in and PVγ = constant (adiabatic); joule temperature. and calorie relation (derivation of Wien’s displacement law; Stefan’s law PVγ = constant not required). and Newton’s law of cooling. Note that 1 cal = 4⋅186 J exactly and J [Deductions from Stefan’s law not (so-called mechanical equivalent of necessary]. Greenhouse effect – self- heat) should not be used in equations. explanatory. In equations, it is understood that each (ii) Thermodynamics term as well as the LHS and RHS are in the same units; it could be all joules Thermal equilibrium and definition of or all calories. temperature (zeroth law of thermodynamics), heat, work and internal (d) Derive an expression for work done in energy. First law of thermodynamics, isothermal and adiabatic processes; isothermal and adiabatic processes. principal and molar heat capacities; Cp and Cv; relation between Cp and Second law of thermodynamics: reversible Cv (Cp - Cv = R). Work done as area and irreversible processes, Heat engine and bounded by PV graph. refrigerator.

147

(e) Second law of thermodynamics, (b) From kinetic theory for an Carnot's cycle. Some practical ideal gas (obeying all the assumptions applications. especially no intermolecular attraction and negligibly small size of molecules, Only one statement each in terms of Kelvin’s impossible steam engine and we get p = (1/3)ρ c2 or pV = Clausius’ impossible refrigerator. (1/3)M c2 . (No further, as temperature Brief explanation of the law. Reversible is not a concept of kinetic theory). and irreversible processes, Heat From experimentally obtained gas engine; Carnot’s cycle - describe laws, we have the ideal gas equation realisation from source and sink of (obeyed by some gases at low pressure infinite thermal capacity, thermal and high temperature) pV = RT for one insulation, etc. Explain using pV graph mole. Combining these two results (isothermal process and adiabatic (assuming they can be combined), process) expression and numericals 2 2 (without derivation) for efficiency η=1- RT=(1/3)M c =(2/3).½M c =(2/3)K; T2/T1., Refrigerator and heat pumps. Hence, kinetic energy of 1 mole of an ideal gas K=(3/2)RT. Average K for 1 9. Behaviour of Perfect Gases and Kinetic molecule = K/N = (3/2) RT/N = (3/2) Theory of Gases kT where k is Boltzmann’s constant. So, temperature T can be interpreted as (i) Kinetic Theory: Equation of state of a a measure of the average kinetic perfect gas, work done in compressing a energy of the molecules of a gas. gas. Kinetic theory of gases - assumptions, concept of pressure. Kinetic interpretation (c) Degrees of freedom and calculation of of temperature; rms speed of gas specific heat capacities for all types of molecules; degrees of freedom, law of gases. Concept of the law of equi-partition of energy (statement only) equipartition of energy (derivation not and application to specific heat capacities required). Concept of mean free path of gases; concept of mean free path, and Avogadro’s number NA. Avogadro's number. 10. Oscillations and Waves (a) Kinetic Theory of gases; derive p=1/3 (i) Oscillations: Periodic motion, time period, ρ 2 c from the assumptions and frequency, displacement as a function of applying Newton’s laws of motion. The time, periodic functions. Simple harmonic average thermal velocity (rms value) motion (S.H.M) and its equation; phase; crms=√3p/ρ; calculations for air, oscillations of a spring, restoring force and hydrogen and their comparison with force constant; energy in S.H.M., Kinetic common speeds. Effect of temperature and potential energies; simple pendulum and pressure on rms speed of gas and derivation of expression for its time molecules. period. [Note that pV=nRT the ideal gas Free, forced and damped oscillations equation cannot be derived from (qualitative ideas only), resonance. kinetic theory of ideal gas. Hence, neither can other gas laws; pV=nRT is (a) Simple harmonic motion. Periodic an experimental result. Comparing motion, time period T and frequency f, 2 f=1/T; uniform circular motion and its this with p = ⅓ ρc , from kinetic projection on a diameter defines SHM; theory of gases, a kinetic interpretation displacement, amplitude, phase and of temperature can be obtained as epoch, velocity, acceleration, time explained in the next subunit]. period; characteristics of SHM; Relation between linear simple 148

harmonic motion and uniform circular (a) Transverse and longitudinal waves; motion. Differential equation of SHM, characteristics of a harmonic wave; d2y/dt2+ω2y=0 from the nature of force graphical representation of a harmonic acting F=-k y; solution y=A sin wave. Distinction between transverse 2 (ωt+φ0) where ω = k/m; and longitudinal waves; examples; obtain expressions for velocity, displacement, amplitude, time period, acceleration, time period T and frequency, wavelength, derive v=fλ; frequency f. Graphical representation graph of displacement with of displacement, velocity and time/position, label time acceleration. Examples, simple period/wavelength and amplitude, pendulum, a mass m attached to a equation of a progressive harmonic spring of spring constant k. Derivation (sinusoidal) wave, y = A sin (kx±ωt) of time period of simple harmonic where k is a propagation factor and motion of a simple pendulum, mass on equivalent equations. a spring (horizontal and vertical oscillations) Kinetic and potential (b) Production and propagation of sound energy at a point in simple harmonic as a wave motion; mechanical wave motion. Total energy E = U+K requires a medium; general formula (potential +kinetic) is conserved. Draw for speed of sound (no derivation). graphs of U, K and E Verses y. Newton’s formula for speed of sound in air; experimental value; Laplace’s (b) Free, forced and damped oscillations correction; variation of speed v with (qualitative treatment only). changes in pressure, density, humidity Resonance. Examples of damped and temperature. Speed of sound in oscillations (all oscillations are liquids and solids - brief introduction damped); graph of amplitude vs time only. Concept of supersonic and for undamped and damped oscillations; damping force in addition ultrasonic waves. to restoring force (-ky); forced (c) Principle of superposition of waves; oscillations, examples; action of an interference (simple ideas only); external periodic force, in addition to dependence of combined wave form, on restoring force. Time period is the relative phase of the interfering changed to that of the external applied waves; qualitative only - illustrate with force, amplitude (A) varies with wave representations. Beats frequency (f) of the applied force and it (qualitative explanation only); number is maximum when the frequency of the of beats produced per second = external applied force is equal to the difference in the frequencies of the natural frequency of the vibrating interfering waves. Standing waves or body. This is resonance; maximum stationary waves; formation by two energy transfer from one body to the identical progressive waves travelling other; bell graph of amplitude vs in opposite directions (e.g.,: along a frequency of the applied force. string, in an air column - incident and Examples from mechanics, electricity reflected waves); obtain and electronics (radio). y= y1+y2= [2 ym sin (kx)] cos (ωt) (ii) Waves: Wave motion, Transverse and using equations of the travelling longitudinal waves, speed of wave motion, waves; variation of the amplitude A=2 displacement relation for a progressive wave, principle of superposition of waves, ymsin (kx) with location (x) of the reflection of waves, standing waves in particle; nodes and antinodes; strings and organ pipes, fundamental mode compare standing waves with and harmonics, Beats, Doppler effect. progressive waves.

149

(d) Laws of vibrations of a stretched 4. Equilibrium of three concurrent coplanar string. Obtain equation for forces. To verify the parallelogram law of

fundamental frequency f0=(½l) T/m ; forces and to determine weight of a body. sonometer. 5. (i) Inclined plane: To find the downward force (e) Modes of vibration of strings and air acting along the inclined plane on a roller columns (closed and open pipes); due to gravitational pull of earth and to standing waves with nodes and study its relationship with angle of antinodes; also in resonance with the inclination by plotting graph between force periodic force exerted usually by a and sin θ. tuning fork; sketches of various modes (ii) Friction: To find the force of limiting of vibration; obtain expressions for friction for a wooden block placed on fundamental frequency and various horizontal surface and to study its harmonics and overtones; mutual relationship with normal reaction. To relations. determine the coefficient of friction. (f) Doppler effect for sound; obtain general 6. To find the acceleration due to gravity by expression for apparent frequency when measuring the variation in time period (T) with both the source and listener are moving, effective length (L) of a simple pendulum; plot vv± graphs of T νs √L and T2 νs L. Determine given as ff= L which can be Lr effective length of the seconds pendulum from vv± r T2 νs L graph. reduced to any one of the four special cases, by using proper sign. 7. To find the force constant of a spring and to study variation in time period of oscillation PAPER II with mass m of a body suspended by the PRACTICAL WORK- 15 Marks spring. To find acceleration due to gravity by plotting a graph of T against √m. Given below is a list of required experiments. Teachers may add to this list, keeping in mind 8. Boyle's Law: To study the variation in volume the general pattern of questions asked in the with pressure for a sample of air at constant annual examinations. temperature by plotting graphs between p and 1 and between p and V. In each experiment, students are expected to record V their observations in a tabular form with units at the 9. Cooling curve: To study the fall in temperature column head. Students should plot an appropriate of a body (like hot water or liquid in graph, work out the necessary calculations and calorimeter) with time. Find the slope of the arrive at the result. curve at four different temperatures of the hot body and hence, deduce Newton's law of Students are required to have completed all cooling. experiments from the given list (excluding demonstration experiments): 10. To study the variation in frequency of air column with length using resonance column 1. To measure the diameter of a spherical body apparatus or a long cylindrical vessel and a set using Vernier calipers. Calculate its volume of tuning forks. Hence, determine velocity of with appropriate significant figures. Also sound in air at room temperature. measure its volume using a graduated cylinder and compare the two. 11. To determine frequency of a tuning fork using a sonometer. 2. Find the diameter of a wire using a micrometer screw gauge and determine percentage error in 12. To determine specific heat capacity of a solid cross sectional area. using a calorimeter. 3. Determine radius of curvature of a spherical surface like watch glass by a spherometer. 150

Demonstration Experiments (The following Suggested Evaluation criteria: experiments are to be demonstrated by the teacher): . Title and Abstract (summary) 1. Searle's method to determine Young modulus . Introduction / purpose of elasticity. . Contents/Presentation 2. Capillary rise method to determine surface tension of water. . Analysis/ material aid (graph, data, structure, pie charts, histograms, diagrams, etc.) 3. Determination of coefficient of viscosity of a given viscous liquid by terminal velocity . Originality of work method. . Conclusion/comments

PROJECT WORK AND PRACTICAL FILE – 15 Marks Practical File – 5 Marks Project Work – 10 Marks Teachers are required to assess students on the All candidates will be required to do one project basis of the Physics practical file maintained by involving some Physics related topic/s, under the them during the academic year. guidance and regular supervision of the Physics teacher. Candidates are to prepare a technical report formally written including an abstract, some NOTE: For guidelines regarding Project Work, theoretical discussion, experimental setup, please refer to Class XII. observations with tables of data collected, analysis and discussion of results, deductions, conclusion, etc. (after the draft has been approved by the teacher). The report should be kept simple, but neat and elegant. No extra credit shall be given for type-written material/decorative cover, etc. Teachers may assign or students may choose any one project of their choice.

151

CLASS XII

There will be two papers in the subject: Paper II: Practical - 3 hours ... 15 marks Paper I: Theory - 3 hours ... 70 marks Project Work ... 10 marks Practical File ... 5 marks

PAPER I- THEORY: 70 Marks There will be no overall choice in the paper. Candidates will be required to answer all questions. Internal choice will be available in two questions of 2 marks each, two questions of 3 marks each and all the three questions of 5 marks each.

S. NO. UNIT TOTAL WEIGHTAGE

1. Electrostatics 14 Marks

2. Current Electricity

3. Magnetic Effects of Current and Magnetism 16 Marks

4. Electromagnetic Induction and Alternating Currents

5. Electromagnetic Waves

6. Optics 18 Marks

7. Dual Nature of Radiation and Matter 12 Marks

8. Atoms and Nuclei

9. Electronic Devices 8 Marks

10. Communication Systems 2 Marks

TOTAL 70 Marks

152

  PAPER I -THEORY- 70 Marks E= Fq/ o (q0 is a test charge); E for Note: (i) Unless otherwise specified, only S. I. a group of charges (superposition Units are to be used while teaching and learning, principle); a point charge q in an as well as for answering questions. electric field E experiences an electric force = . Intensity due to a (ii) All physical quantities to be defined as and FE qE when they are introduced along with their units and continuous distribution of charge i.e. dimensions. linear, surface and volume. (iii) Numerical problems are included from all (c) Electric lines of force: A convenient topics except where they are specifically excluded way to visualize the electric field; or where only qualitative treatment is required. properties of lines of force; examples of the lines of force due to (i) an 1. Electrostatics isolated point charge (+ve and - ve); (i) Electric Charges and Fields (ii) dipole, (iii) two similar charges at Electric charges; conservation and a small distance;(iv) uniform field quantisation of charge, Coulomb's law; between two oppositely charged superposition principle and continuous parallel plates. charge distribution. (d) Electric dipole and dipole moment; Electric field, electric field due to a point derivation of the E at a point, (1) on charge, electric field lines, electric dipole, the axis (end on position) (2) on the electric field due to a dipole, torque on a perpendicular bisector (equatorial i.e. dipole in uniform electric field. broad side on position) of a dipole, Electric flux, Gauss’s theorem in also for r>> 2l (short dipole); dipole in Electrostatics and its applications to find a uniform electric field; net force zero, field due to infinitely long straight wire, torque on an electric dipole:  uniformly charged infinite plane sheet and τ =pE × and its derivation. uniformly charged thin spherical shell. (e) Gauss’ theorem: the flux of a vector (a) Coulomb's law, S.I. unit of   field; Q=vA for velocity vector v A, charge; permittivity of free space  A is area vector. Similarly, for electric and of dielectric medium.    field E , electric flux φE = EA for EA Frictional electricity, electric charges    and φ =EA ⋅ for uniform E . For (two types); repulsion and E   non-uniform field φE = ∫dφ =∫ E. dA. attraction; simple atomic structure - Special cases for θ = 00, 900 and 1800. electrons and ions; conductors Gauss’ theorem, statement: φE =q/∈0 and insulators; quantization and   q orφE = E⋅= dA where φE is for conservation of electric charge; ∫ ∈0 Coulomb's law in vector form; a closed surface; q is the net charge (position coordinates r1, r2 not enclosed, ∈o is the permittivity of free necessary). Comparison with Newton’s space. Essential properties of a Gaussian surface. law of gravitation;  Superposition    principle Applications: Obtain expression for E (FF1= 12 + F 13 + F 14 +⋅⋅⋅) . due to 1. an infinite line of charge, 2. a uniformly charged infinite plane thin (b) Concept of electric field and its sheet, 3. a thin hollow spherical shell intensity; examples of different fields; (inside, on the surface and outside). gravitational, electric and magnetic; Graphical variation of E vs r for a thin Electric field due to a point charge spherical shell. 153

(ii) Electrostatic Potential, Potential Energy (b) Capacitance of a conductor C = Q/V; and Capacitance obtain the capacitance of a parallel- ∈ Electric potential, potential difference, plate capacitor (C = 0A/d) and electric potential due to a point charge, a equivalent capacitance for capacitors in dipole and system of charges; series and parallel combinations. Obtain equipotential surfaces, electrical potential an expression for energy stored (U = 1 11Q2 energy of a system of two point charges CV2 = QV = ) and energy and of electric dipole in an electrostatic 2 22C field. density. Conductors and insulators, free charges (c) Dielectric constant K = C'/C; this is also and bound charges inside a conductor. called relative permittivity K = ∈r = Dielectrics and electric polarisation, ∈/∈o; elementary ideas of polarization of capacitors and capacitance, combination matter in a uniform electric field of capacitors in series and in parallel. qualitative discussion; induced surface Capacitance of a parallel plate capacitor, charges weaken the original field; results energy stored in a capacitor.  in reduction in E and hence, in pd, (V); (a) Concept of potential, potential for charge remaining the same Q = CV difference and potential energy. = C' V' = K. CV'; V' = V/K; Equipotential surface and its and E′ = E ; if the Capacitor is kept properties. Obtain an expression for K electric potential at a point due to a connected with the source of emf, V is point charge; graphical variation of E kept constant V = Q/C = Q'/C' ; Q'=C'V and V vs r, VP=W/q0; hence VA -VB = = K. CV= K. Q WBA/ q0 (taking q0 from B to A) = increases; For a parallel plate capacitor 1 1 (q/4πε0)( /rA - /rB); derive this with a dielectric in between, equation; also VA = q/4πε0 .1/rA ; for C' = KC = K.∈o . A/d = ∈r .∈o .A/d. q>0, VA>0 and for q<0, VA < 0. For a ∈ A ′ 0 collection of charges V = algebraic Then C = ; for a capacitor d sum of the potentials due to each  ∈r charge; potential due to a dipole on its partially filled dielectric, capacitance, axial line and equatorial line; also at ∈ ∈ any point for r>>2l (short dipole). C' = oA/(d-t + t/ r). Potential energy of a point charge (q)  2. Current Electricity in an electric field E , placed at a point P where potential is V, is given by U Mechanism of flow of current in conductors. Mobility, drift velocity and =qV and ∆U =q (VA-VB) . The its relation with electrostatic potential energy of a electric current; Ohm's law and its proof, system of two charges = work done resistance and resistivity and their relation to drift velocity of electrons; V-I characteristics W21=W12 in assembling the system; U12 (linear and non-linear), electrical energy and or U21 = (1/4πε0 ) q1q2/r12. For a power, electrical resistivity and system of 3 charges U123 = U12 + U13 + qq qq qq conductivity. Carbon resistors, colour code 1 12 13 23 U23 = ()++ . for carbon resistors; series and parallel 4πε 0 rrr12 13 23 combinations of resistors; temperature For a dipole in a uniform electric field, dependence of resistance and resistivity. derive an expression of the electric   Internal resistance of a cell, potential potential energy UE = - p . E , special difference and emf of a cell, combination of cases for φ =00, 900 and 1800. cells in series and in parallel, Kirchhoff's laws and simple applications, Wheatstone bridge, 154 metre bridge. Potentiometer - principle and its parallel and mixed grouping. Parallel applications to measure potential difference, combination of two cells of unequal emf. to compare emf of two cells; to measure Series combination of n cells of unequal internal resistance of a cell. emf. (a) Free electron theory of conduction; (d) Statement and explanation of Kirchhoff's acceleration of free electrons, relaxation laws with simple examples. The first is a timeτ ; electric current I = Q/t; concept of conservation law for charge and the 2nd is drift velocity and electron mobility. Ohm's law of conservation of energy. Note change law, current density J = I/A; experimental in potential across a resistor ∆V=IR<0 verification, graphs and slope, ohmic when we go ‘down’ with the current and non-ohmic conductors; obtain the (compare with flow of water down a river), 2 relation I=vdenA. Derive σ = ne τ/m and and ∆V=IR>0 if we go up against the ρ = m/ne2 τ ; effect of temperature on current across the resistor. When we go resistivity and resistance of conductors through a cell, the -ve terminal is at a and semiconductors and graphs. lower level and the +ve terminal at a Resistance R= V/I; resistivity ρ, given by R higher level, so going from -ve to +ve = ρ.l/A; conductivity and conductance; through the cell, we are going up and   ∆V=+ε and going from +ve to -ve terminal Ohm’s law as J = σ E ; colour coding of through the cell, we are going down, so ∆V resistance. = -ε. Application to simple circuits. (b) Electrical energy consumed in time Wheatstone bridge; right in the beginning t is E=Pt= VIt; using Ohm’s law take I g =0 as we consider a balanced 2 E = V t = I2Rt. Potential difference bridge, derivation of R1/R2 = R3/R4 ( R) [Kirchhoff’s law not necessary]. Metre V = P/ I; P = V I; Electric power consumed bridge is a modified form of Wheatstone P = VI = V2 /R = I2 R; commercial units; bridge, its use to measure unknown electricity consumption and billing. resistance. Here R3 = l1ρ and R4=l2ρ; Derivation of equivalent resistance for R3/R4=l1/l2. Principle of Potentiometer: fall combination of resistors in series and in potential ∆V α ∆l; auxiliary emf ε1 is parallel; special case of n identical balanced against the fall in potential V1 resistors; Rs = nR and Rp = R/n. across length l1. ε1 = V1 =Kl1 ; ε1/ε2 = l1/l2; Calculation of equivalent resistance of potentiometer as a voltmeter. Potential mixed grouping of resistors (circuits). gradient and sensitivity of potentiometer. (c) The source of energy of a seat of emf (such Use of potentiometer: to compare emfs of as a cell) may be electrical, mechanical, two cells, to determine internal resistance thermal or radiant energy. The emf of a of a cell. source is defined as the work done per unit charge to force them to go to the higher 3. Magnetic Effects of Current and Magnetism point of potential (from -ve terminal to +ve (i) Moving charges and magnetism terminal inside the cell) so, ε = dW /dq; but Concept of magnetic field, Oersted's dq = Idt; dW = εdq = εIdt . Equating total experiment. Biot - Savart law and its work done to the work done across the application. Ampere's Circuital law and its external resistor R plus the work done applications to infinitely long straight wire, across the internal resistance r; εIdt=I2R dt 2 straight and toroidal solenoids (only + I rdt; ε =I (R + r); I=ε/( R + r ); also qualitative treatment). Force on a moving IR +Ir = ε or V=ε- Ir where Ir is called the charge in uniform magnetic and electric back emf as it acts against the emf ε; V is fields, cyclotron. Force on a current- the terminal pd. Derivation of formulae for carrying conductor in a uniform magnetic combination for identical cells in series, field, force between two parallel

155

current-carrying conductors-definition of Lorentz force, Simple ideas about ampere, torque experienced by a current principle, working, and limitations of a loop in uniform magnetic field; moving coil cyclotron. galvanometer - its sensitivity. Conversion (c) Derive the expression for torque on a of galvanometer into an ammeter and a current carrying loop placed in a voltmeter.      uniform B , using F = I lB× and τ = (ii) Magnetism and Matter:    rF × ; τ = NIAB sinφ for N turns τ A current loop as a magnetic dipole, its   = m × B , where the dipole moment magnetic dipole moment, magnetic dipole   moment of a revolving electron, magnetic m = NI A , unit: A.m2. A current field intensity due to a magnetic dipole carrying loop is a magnetic dipole;   (bar magnet) on the axial line and directions of current and B and m equatorial line, torque on a magnetic dipole using right hand rule only; no other (bar magnet) in a uniform magnetic field; rule necessary. Mention orbital bar magnet as an equivalent solenoid, magnetic moment of an electron in magnetic field lines; earth's magnetic field Bohr model of H atom. Concept of and magnetic elements. radial magnetic field. Moving coil Diamagnetic, paramagnetic, and galvanometer; construction, principle, ferromagnetic substances, with examples. working, theory I= kφ , current and Electromagnets and factors affecting their strengths, permanent magnets. voltage sensitivity. Shunt. Conversion of galvanometer into ammeter and (a) Only historical introduction through voltmeter of given range. Oersted’s experiment. [Ampere’s swimming rule not included]. Biot- (d) Magnetic field represented by the Savart law and its vector form; symbol B is now defined by the     application; derive the expression for B equation Fq= ov ( × B) ; B is not to be (i) at the centre of a circular loop defined in terms of force acting on a carrying current; (ii) at any point on unit pole, etc.; note the distinction of its axis. Current carrying loop as a    magnetic dipole. Ampere’s Circuital B from E is that B forms closed law: statement and brief explanation. loops as there are no magnetic   Apply it to obtain B near a long wire monopoles, whereas E lines start from carrying current and for a solenoid +ve charge and end on -ve charge. (straight as well as torroidal). Only Magnetic field lines due to a magnetic  dipole (bar magnet). Magnetic field in formula of B due to a finitely long end-on and broadside-on positions (No conductor.   derivations). Magnetic flux φ = B . A = (b) Force on a moving charged particle in    BA for B uniform and B A ; i.e. magnetic field F= qv × B; special B ( ) area held perpendicular to For φ = cases, modify this equation substituting    BA( B A ), B=φ/A is the flux density dl / dt for v and I for q/dt to yield F =   [SI unit of flux is weber (Wb)]; but note I dl × B for the force acting on a that this is not correct as a defining  current carrying conductor placed in a equation as B is vector and φ and φ/A magnetic field. Derive the expression are scalars, unit of B is tesla (T) equal for force between two long and parallel  to 10-4 gauss. For non-uniform B field, wires carrying current, hence, define   ampere (the base SI unit of current) φ = ∫dφ=∫ B . dA . Earth's magnetic  and hence, coulomb; from Q = It. field B E is uniform over a limited area 156

like that of a lab; the component of this selection of magnetic material for field in the horizontal direction BH is temporary and permanent magnets and the one effectively acting on a magnet core of the transformer on the basis of suspended or pivoted horizontally. retentivity and coercive force (B-H Elements of earth’s magnetic field, i.e. loop and its significance, retentivity BH, δ and θ - their definitions and and coercive force not to be evaluated). relations. 4. Electromagnetic Induction and Alternating (e) Properties of diamagnetic, Currents paramagnetic and ferromagnetic substances; their susceptibility and (i) Electromagnetic Induction relative permeability. Faraday's laws, induced emf and current; It is better to explain the main Lenz's Law, eddy currents. Self-induction distinction, the cause of magnetization and mutual induction. Transformer. (M) is due to magnetic dipole moment (ii) Alternating Current (m) of atoms, ions or molecules being 0 Peak value, mean value and RMS value of for dia, >0 but very small for para and alternating current/voltage; their relation > 0 and large for ferromagnetic in sinusoidal case; reactance materials; few examples; placed in  and impedance; LC oscillations external B , very small (induced) (qualitative treatment only), LCR series magnetization in a direction opposite circuit, resonance; power in AC circuits,  to B in dia, small magnetization wattless current. AC generator.  (a) Electromagnetic induction, Magnetic parallel to B for para, and large  flux, change in flux, rate of change of magnetization parallel to B for flux and induced emf; Faraday’s laws. ferromagnetic materials; this leads to  Lenz's law, conservation of energy; lines of B becoming less dense, more motional emf ε = Blv, and power P = dense and much more dense in dia, (Blv)2/R; eddy currents (qualitative); para and ferro, respectively; hence, a weak repulsion for dia, weak attraction (b) Self-Induction, coefficient of self- φ = ε for para and strong attraction for ferro inductance, = LI and L dI dt ; magnetic material. Also, a small bar suspended in the horizontal plane henry = volt. Second/ampere,  expression for coefficient of self- becomes perpendicular to the B field  inductance of a solenoid for dia and parallel to B for para and 2 µ0 NA 2 ferro. Defining equation H = (B/µ0)-M; L = =µ0nA × l. the magnetic properties, susceptibility l χm = (M/H) < 0 for dia (as M is Mutual induction and mutual opposite H) and >0 for para, both very inductance (M), flux linked φ2 = MI1; small, but very large for ferro; hence dφ2 dI1 µ χ induced emf ε 2 = =M . relative permeability r =(1+ m) < 1 dt dt for dia, > 1 for para and >>1 (very Definition of M as large) for ferro; further, χm∝1/T ε φ (Curie’s law) for para, independent of M = 2 or M = 2 . SI unit 1 temperature (T) for dia and depends dI I1 on T in a complicated manner for dt ferro; on heating ferro becomes para henry. Expression for coefficient of at Curie temperature. Electromagnet: mutual inductance of two coaxial its definition, properties and factors solenoids. affecting the strength of electromagnet; 157

2 2 2 µ NN A Z = R +(XL-Xc) and M=012 = µ nN A Induced l 01 2 tanφ = (VL m -VCm)/VRm = (XL-Xc)/R emf opposes changes, back emf is set giving I = I m sin (wt-φ) where I m up, eddy currents. =Vm/Z etc. Special cases for RL and Transformer (ideal coupling): RC circuits. [May use Kirchoff’s law principle, working and uses; step up and obtain the differential equation] and step down; efficiency and Graph of Z vs f and I vs f. applications including transmission of (f) Power P associated with LCR circuit = 1 2 power, energy losses and their /2VoIo cosφ =VrmsIrms cosφ = Irms R; minimisation. power absorbed and power dissipated; (c) Sinusoidal variation of V and I with electrical resonance; bandwidth of time, for the output from an signals and Q factor (no derivation); ac generator; time period, frequency oscillations in an LC circuit (ω0 = and phase changes; obtain mean 1/ LC ). Average power consumed values of current and voltage, obtain averaged over a full cycle P = relation between RMS value of V and I (1/2) VoIo cosφ, Power factor with peak values in sinusoidal cases φ only. cos = R/Z. Special case for pure R, L and C; choke coil (analytical only), XL (d) Variation of voltage and current in a.c. controls current but cosφ = 0, hence circuits consisting of only a resistor, P =0, wattless current; LC circuit; at only an inductor and only a capacitor resonance with XL=Xc , Z=Zmin= R, (phasor representation), phase lag and power delivered to circuit by the phase lead. May apply Kirchhoff’s law source is maximum, resonant frequency and obtain simple differential equation 1 (SHM type), V = Vo sin ωt, solution I = f = . 0 π I0 sin ωt, I0sin (ωt + π/2) and I0 sin (ωt 2 LC - π/2) for pure R, C and L circuits (g) Simple a.c. generators: Principle, respectively. Draw phase (or phasor) description, theory, working and use. diagrams showing voltage and current Variation in current and voltage with and phase lag or lead, also showing time for a.c. and d.c. Basic differences resistance R, inductive reactance XL; between a.c. and d.c. (XL=ωL) and capacitive reactance XC, (XC = 1/ωC). Graph of XL and XC vs f. 5. Electromagnetic Waves (e) The LCR series circuit: Use phasor Basic idea of displacement current. diagram method to obtain expression Electromagnetic waves, their characteristics, for I and V, the pd across R, L and C; their transverse nature (qualitative ideas only). and the net phase lag/lead; use the Complete electromagnetic spectrum starting results of 4(e), V lags I by π/2 in a from radio waves to gamma rays: elementary capacitor, V leads I by π/2 in an facts of electromagnetic waves and their uses. inductor, V and I are in phase in a Concept of displacement current, qualitative resistor, I is the same in all three; descriptions only of electromagnetic spectrum; hence draw phase diagram, combine common features of all regions of em VL and Vc (in opposite phase; spectrum including transverse nature ( E and B phasors add like vectors) perpendicular to c ); special features of the to give V=VR+VL+VC (phasor addition) common classification (gamma rays, X rays, and the max. values are related by UV rays, visible light, IR, microwaves, radio 2 2 2 V m=V Rm+(VLm-VCm) when VL>VC and TV waves) in their production (source), Substituting pd=current x detection and other properties; uses; resistance or reactance, we get approximate range of λ or f or at least proper order of increasing f or λ. 158

6. Optics (d) Refraction at a single spherical surface; detailed discussion of one case (i) Ray Optics and Optical Instruments only - convex towards rarer medium, Ray Optics: Reflection of light by for spherical surface and real image. spherical mirrors, mirror formula, Derive the relation between n1, n2, u, v refraction of light at plane surfaces, total and R. Refraction through thin lenses: internal reflection and its applications, derive lens maker's formula and lens optical fibres, refraction at spherical formula; derivation of combined focal surfaces, lenses, thin lens formula, lens length of two thin lenses in contact. maker's formula, magnification, power Combination of lenses and mirrors of a lens, combination of thin lenses in (silvering of lens excluded) and contact, combination of a lens and a magnification for lens, derivation for mirror, refraction and dispersion of light biconvex lens only; extend the results through a prism. Scattering of light. to biconcave lens, plano convex lens and lens immersed in a liquid; power Optical instruments: Microscopes and of a lens P=1/f with SI unit dioptre. astronomical telescopes (reflecting and For lenses in contact 1/F= 1/f1+1/f2 refracting) and their magnifying powers and P=P1+P2. Lens formula, formation and their resolving powers. of image with combination of thin (a) Reflection of light by spherical mirrors. lenses and mirrors. Mirror formula: its derivation; R=2f [Any one sign convention may be used for spherical mirrors. Magnification. in solving numericals]. (b) Refraction of light at a plane interface, (e) Ray diagram and derivation of Snell's law; total internal reflection magnifying power of a simple and critical angle; total reflecting microscope with image at D (least prisms and optical fibers. Total distance of distinct vision) and infinity; reflecting prisms: application to Ray diagram and derivation of triangular prisms with angle of the magnifying power of a compound prism 300, 450, 600 and 900 microscope with image at D. Only respectively; ray diagrams for expression for magnifying power of Refraction through a combination of compound microscope for final image ××= media, 12nnn 23 31 1, real depth at infinity. and apparent depth. Simple Ray diagrams of refracting telescope applications. with image at infinity as well as at D; (c) Refraction through a prism, minimum simple explanation; derivation of deviation and derivation of magnifying power; Ray diagram of relation between n, A and δmin. Include reflecting telescope with image at explanation of i-δ graph, i1 = i2 = i infinity. Advantages, disadvantages (say) for δm; from symmetry r1 = r2; and uses. Resolving power of refracted ray inside the prism is compound microscope and telescope. parallel to the base of the equilateral (ii) Wave Optics prism. Thin prism. Dispersion; Angular dispersion; dispersive power, rainbow Wave front and Huygen's principle. Proof - ray diagram (no derivation). Simple of laws of reflection and refraction explanation. Rayleigh’s theory of using Huygen's principle. Interference, scattering of light: blue colour of sky Young's double slit experiment and and reddish appearance of the sun at expression for fringe width(β), coherent sunrise and sunset clouds appear sources and sustained interference of light, white. Fraunhofer diffraction due to a single slit, 159 width of central maximum; polarisation, of an electromagnetic wave as transmission of energy by periodic plane polarised light, Brewster's law, uses   of plane polarised light and Polaroids. changes in E and B along the path;   transverse nature as E and B are (a) Huygen’s principle: wavefronts -  different types/shapes of wavefronts; perpendicular to c . These three proof of laws of reflection and vectors form a right handed system, so    refraction using Huygen’s theory. that E x B is along c , they are [Refraction through a prism and lens mutually perpendicular to each other. on the basis of Huygen’s theory not   required]. For ordinary light, E and B are in all directions in a plane perpendicular to (b) Interference of light, interference of  the c vector - unpolarised waves. If monochromatic light by double slit.   E and (hence B also) is confined to a Phase of wave motion; superposition of  identical waves at a point, path single plane only (⊥ c , we have difference and phase difference; linearly polarized light. The plane coherent and incoherent sources;    containing E (or B ) and c remains interference: constructive and fixed. Hence, a linearly polarised light destructive, conditions for sustained is also called plane polarised interference of light waves light. Plane of polarisation [mathematical deduction of   interference from the equations of two (contains Ec and ); polarisation by progressive waves with a phase reflection; Brewster’s law: tan ip=n; difference is not required]. Young's refracted ray is perpendicular to double slit experiment: set up, reflected ray for i= ip; ip+rp = 90° ; diagram, geometrical deduction of path polaroids; use in the production and difference ∆x = dsinθ, between waves detection/analysis of polarised light, from the two slits; using ∆x=nλ for other uses. Law of Malus. bright fringe and ∆x= (n+½)λ for dark 7. Dual Nature of Radiation and Matter fringe and sin θ = tan θ =yn /D as y and θ are small, obtain yn=(D/d)nλ Wave particle duality; photoelectric effect, and fringe width β=(D/d)λ. Graph of Hertz and Lenard's observations; Einstein's distribution of intensity with angular photoelectric equation - particle nature of distance. light. Matter waves - wave nature of particles, de-Broglie relation; conclusion from (c) Single slit Fraunhofer diffraction Davisson-Germer experiment. X-rays. (elementary explanation only). Diffraction at a single slit: (a) Photo electric effect, quantization of experimental setup, diagram, radiation; Einstein's equation diffraction pattern, obtain expression Emax = hυ - W0; threshold frequency; work for position of minima, a sinθn= nλ, function; experimental facts of Hertz and where n = 1,2,3… and conditions for Lenard and their conclusions; Einstein secondary maxima, asinθn =(n+½)λ.; used Planck’s ideas and extended it to distribution of intensity with angular apply for radiation (light); photoelectric distance; angular width of central effect can be explained only assuming bright fringe. quantum (particle) nature of radiation. Determination of Planck’s (d) Polarisation of light, plane polarised constant (from the graph of stopping electromagnetic wave (elementary idea potential Vs versus frequency f of the only), methods of polarisation of light. incident light). Momentum of photon Brewster's law; polaroids. Description p=E/c=hν/c=h/λ. 160

(b) De Broglie hypothesis, phenomenon of including atomic number Z, Neutron electron diffraction (qualitative only). number N and mass number A. A brief Wave nature of radiation is exhibited in account of historical background leading interference, diffraction and polarisation; to Bohr’s theory of hydrogen spectrum; particle nature is exhibited in photoelectric formulae for wavelength in Lyman, Balmer, effect. Dual nature of matter: particle Paschen, Brackett and Pfund series. nature common in that it possesses Rydberg constant. Bohr’s model of H momentum p and kinetic energy KE. The atom, postulates (Z=1); expressions for wave nature of matter was proposed by orbital velocity, kinetic energy, potential Louis de Broglie, λ=h/p= h/mv. Davisson energy, radius of orbit and total energy of and Germer experiment; qualitative electron. Energy level diagram, calculation description of the experiment and of ∆E, frequency and wavelength of conclusion. different lines of emission spectra; agreement with experimentally observed (c) A simple modern X-ray tube (Coolidge λ tube) – main parts: hot cathode, heavy values. [Use nm and not Å for unit of ]. element anode (target) kept cool, all (ii) Nuclei enclosed in a vacuum tube; elementary Composition and size of nucleus, theory of X-ray production; effect of Radioactivity, alpha, beta and gamma increasing filament current- temperature particles/rays and their properties; increases rate of emission of electrons radioactive decay law. Mass-energy (from the cathode), rate of production of X relation, mass defect; binding energy rays and hence, intensity of X rays per nucleon and its variation with mass increases (not its frequency); increase in number; Nuclear reactions, nuclear fission anode potential increases energy of each and nuclear fusion. electron, each X-ray photon and hence, X- (a) Atomic masses and nuclear density; ray frequency (E=hν); maximum frequency Isotopes, Isobars and Isotones – ν h max =eV; continuous spectrum of X rays definitions with examples of each. has minimum wavelength λmin= Unified atomic mass unit, symbol u, c/νmax=hc/eV. Moseley’s law. 1u=1/12 of the mass of 12C atom = Characteristic and continuous X rays, their 1.66x10-27kg). Composition of nucleus; origin.(This topic is not to be evaluated) mass defect and binding energy, BE= (∆m) c2. Graph of BE/nucleon versus 8. Atoms and Nuclei mass number A, special features - less (i) Atoms BE/nucleon for light as well as heavy Alpha-particle scattering experiment; elements. Middle order more stable Rutherford's atomic model; Bohr’s atomic [see fission and fusion] Einstein’s model, energy levels, hydrogen spectrum. equation E=mc2. Calculations related to this equation; mass defect/binding Rutherford’s nuclear model of atom energy, mutual annihilation and pair (mathematical theory of scattering production as examples. excluded), based on Geiger - Marsden experiment on α-scattering; (b) Radioactivity: discovery; spontaneous nuclear radius r in terms of closest disintegration of an atomic nucleus approach of α particle to the nucleus, with the emission of α or β particles obtained by equating ∆K=½ mv2 of the α and γ radiation, unaffected by particle to the change in electrostatic physical and chemical changes. potential energy ∆U of the system Radioactive decay law; derivation of -λt 2e× Ze -15 N = Noe ; half-life period T; graph [U = r0∼10 m = 1 fermi; atomic 4πε 0r0 of N versus t, with T marked on structure; only general qualitative ideas, the X axis. Relation between 161

half-life (T) and disintegration (ii) Semiconductor diode: I-V characteristics in constant ( λ); mean life ( τ) and its forward and reverse bias, diode as a relation with λ. Value of T of some rectifier; Special types of junction diodes: common radioactive elements. LED, photodiode, solar cell and Zener Examples of a few nuclear reactions diode and its characteristics, zener diode as with conservation of mass number and a voltage regulator. charge, concept of a neutrino. Changes taking place within the (iii) Junction transistor, npn and pnp transistor, nucleus included. [Mathematical transistor action, characteristics of a theory of α and β decay not included]. transistor and transistor as an amplifier (common emitter configuration). (c) Nuclear Energy (iv) Elementary idea of analogue and digital Theoretical (qualitative) prediction of exothermic (with release of energy) signals, Logic gates (OR, AND, NOT, nuclear reaction, in fusing together two NAND and NOR). Combination of gates. light nuclei to form a heavier nucleus (a) Energy bands in solids; energy band and in splitting heavy nucleus to form diagrams for distinction between middle order (lower mass number) conductors, insulators and semi- nuclei, is evident from the shape of BE per nucleon versus mass number conductors - intrinsic and extrinsic; graph. Also calculate the electrons and holes in semiconductors. disintegration energy Q for a heavy Elementary ideas about electrical nucleus (A=240) with BE/A ∼ 7.6 MeV conduction in metals [crystal structure per nucleon split into two equal halves not included]. Energy levels (as for with A=120 each and BE/A ∼ 8.5 hydrogen atom), 1s, 2s, 2p, 3s, etc. of MeV/nucleon; Q ∼ 200 MeV. Nuclear an isolated atom such as that of fission: Any one equation of fission copper; these split, eventually forming reaction. Chain reaction- controlled ‘bands’ of energy levels, as we and uncontrolled; nuclear reactor and consider solid copper made up of a nuclear bomb. Main parts of a nuclear large number of isolated atoms, reactor including their functions - fuel brought together to form a lattice; elements, moderator, control rods, definition of energy bands - groups of coolant, casing; criticality; utilization closely spaced energy levels separated of energy output - all qualitative only. by band gaps called forbidden bands. 1 →4 Fusion, simple example of 4 H He An idealized representation of the and its nuclear reaction equation; energy bands for a conductor, ∼ 6 requires very high temperature 10 insulator and semiconductor; degrees; difficult to achieve; hydrogen characteristics, differences; distinction bomb; thermonuclear energy between conductors, insulators and production in the sun and stars. semiconductors on the basis of energy [Details of chain reaction not bands, with examples; qualitative required]. discussion only; energy gaps (eV) in 9. Electronic Devices typical substances (carbon, Ge, Si); (i) Semiconductor Electronics: Materials, some electrical properties of Devices and Simple Circuits. Energy bands semiconductors. Majority and minority in conductors, semiconductors and charge carriers - electrons and holes; insulators (qualitative ideas only). Intrinsic intrinsic and extrinsic, doping, p-type, and extrinsic semiconductors. n-type; donor and acceptor impurities.

162

(b) Junction diode and its symbol; 10. Communication Systems depletion region and potential barrier; forward and reverse biasing, V-I Elements of a communication system (block characteristics and numericals; half diagram only); bandwidth of signals (speech, wave and a full wave rectifier. Simple TV and digital data); bandwidth of circuit diagrams and graphs, function transmission medium. Modes of propagation of each component in the electric of electromagnetic waves in the atmosphere circuits, qualitative only. [Bridge through sky and space waves, satellite rectifier of 4 diodes not included]; communication. Modulation, types elementary ideas on solar cell, (frequency and amplitude), need for photodiode and light emitting diode modulation and demodulation, advantages of (LED) as semi conducting diodes. frequency modulation over amplitude Importance of LED’s as they save modulation. Elementary ideas about internet, energy without causing atmospheric mobile network and global positioning system pollution and global warming. Zener (GPS). diode, V-I characteristics, circuit diagram and working of zener diode as Self-explanatory- qualitative only. a voltage regulator.

(c) Junction transistor; simple qualitative PAPER II description of construction - emitter, base and collector; npn and pnp type; PRACTICAL WORK- 15 Marks symbols showing direction of current in The experiments for laboratory work and practical emitter-base region (one arrow only)- examinations are mostly from two groups: base is narrow; current gains in a (i) experiments based on ray optics and transistor, relation between α, β and (ii) experiments based on current electricity. numericals related to current gain, voltage gain, power gain and The main skill required in group (i) is to remove transconductance; common emitter parallax between a needle and the real image of another needle. configuration only, characteristics; IB vs VBE and IC vs VCE with circuit In group (ii), understanding circuit diagram and diagram and numericals; common making connections strictly following the given emitter transistor amplifier - circuit diagram is very important. Polarity of cells and diagram; qualitative explanation meters, their range, zero error, least count, etc. including amplification, wave form should be taken care of. and phase reversal. A graph is a convenient and effective way of (d) Elementary idea of discreet and representing results of measurement. It is an integrated circuits, analogue and important part of the experiment. digital signals. Logic gates as given; There will be one graph in the Practical question symbols, input and output, Boolean paper. equations (Y=A+B etc.), truth table, qualitative explanation. NOT, OR, Candidates are advised to read the question paper AND, NOR, NAND. Combination of carefully and do the work according to the gates [Realization of gates not instructions given in the question paper. Generally included]. Advantages of Integrated they are not expected to write the procedure of the Circuits. experiment, formulae, precautions, or draw the figures, circuit diagrams, etc.

163

Observations should be recorded in a tabular form. Deductions Record of observations (i) The slope ‘S’ of the best fit line must be found taking two distant points (using more than • All observations recorded should be consistent 50% of the line drawn), which are not the with the least count of the instrument used (e.g. yy− ∆y focal length of the lens is 10.0 cm or 15.1cm plotted points, using S = 21 = . but 10 cm is a wrong record.) xx21− ∆x Slope S must be calculated upto proper decimal • All observations should be recorded with correct units. place or significant figures as specified in the question paper. Graph work (ii) All calculations should be rounded off upto Students should learn to draw graphs correctly proper decimal place or significant figures, as noting all important steps such as: specified in the question papers. (i) Title NOTE: (ii) Selection of origin (should be marked by two coordinates, example 0,0 or 5,0, or 0,10 or 30,5; Short answer type questions may be set from each Kink is not accepted). experiment to test understanding of theory and logic of steps involved. (i) The axes should be labelled according to the question Given below is a list of required experiments. Teachers may add to this list, keeping in mind (ii) Uniform and convenient scale should be taken the general pattern of questions asked in the and the units given along each axis (one small annual examinations. division = 0.33, 0.67, 0.66, etc. should not to be taken) Students are required to have completed all experiments from the given list (excluding (iii) Maximum area of graph paper (at least 60% demonstration experiments): of the graph paper along both the axes) should be used. 1. To find focal length of a convex lens by using u-v method (no parallax method) (iv) Points should be plotted with great care, marking the points plotted with (should be a Using a convex lens, optical bench/metre scales and two pins, obtain the positions of the images circle with a dot)  or ⊗ . A blob ( ) is a for various positions of the object; f2f. (v) The best fit straight line should be drawn. The Draw the following set of graphs using data best fit line does not necessarily have to pass from the experiments - through all the plotted points and the origin. While drawing the best fit line, all (i) ν against u. It will be a curve. experimental points must be kept on the v line or symmetrically placed on the left and (ii) Magnification m = against ν which is right side of the line. The line should be u continuous, thin, uniform and extended a straight line and to find focal length by beyond the extreme plots. intercept. (vi) The intercepts must be read carefully. (iii) y = (100/v) against x = (100/u) which is a Y intercept i.e. y0 is that value of y when x = straight line and find f by intercepts. 0. Similarly, X intercept i.e. x0 is that value of 2. To find f of a convex lens by displacement x when y=0. When x0 and y0 are to be read, method. origin should be at (0, 0).

164

3. To determine the focal length of a given Demonstration Experiments (The following convex lens with the help of an auxiliary experiments are to be demonstrated by the convex lens. teacher): 4. To determine the focal length of a concave 1. To convert a given galvanometer into (a) an lens, using an auxiliary convex lens, not in ammeter of range, say 2A and (b) a voltmeter contact and plotting appropriate graph. of range 4V. 5. To determine focal length of concave mirror by 2. To study I-V characteristics of a semi- using two pins (by u-v method). conductor diode in forward and reverse bias. 6. To determine the refractive index of a liquid by 3. To study characteristics of a Zener diode and to using a convex lens and a plane mirror. determine its reverse breakdown voltage. 7. To determine the focal length of a convex 4. To study the characteristics of pnp/npn mirror using convex lens. transistor in common emitter configuration. 8. Using a metre bridge, determine the resistance 5. To determine refractive index of a glass slab of about 100 cm of (constantan) wire. Measure using a traveling microscope. its length and radius and hence, calculate the 6. To observe polarization of light using two specific resistance of the material. polaroids 9. Verify Ohm’s law for the given unknown 7. Identification of diode, LED, transistor, IC, resistance (a 60 cm constantan wire), plotting a resistor, capacitor from mixed collection of graph of potential difference versus current. such items. Also calculate the resistance per cm of the wire from the slope of the graph and the length of 8. Use of multimeter to (i) identify base of the wire. transistor, (ii) distinguish between npn and pnp type transistors, (iii) see the unidirectional flow 10. To compare emfs of two cells using a of current in case of diode and an LED, potentiometer. (iv) check whether a given electronic 11. To determine the internal resistance of a cell by component (e.g. diode, transistors, IC) is in a potentiometer. working order. 12. From a potentiometer set up, measure the fall in 9. Charging and discharging of a capacitor. potential (i.e. pd) for increasing lengths of a constantan wire, through which a steady current PROJECT WORK AND PRACTICAL FILE – is flowing; plot a graph of pd (V) versus length 15 marks (l). Calculate the potential gradient of the wire and specific resistance of its material. Q (i) Project Work – 10 marks Why is the current kept constant in this The Project work is to be assessed by a Visiting experiment? Q (ii) How can you increase the Examiner appointed locally and approved by the sensitivity of the potentiometer? Q (iii) How Council. can you use the above results and measure the emf of a cell? All candidates will be required to do one project involving some physics related topic/s under the 13. To verify the laws of combination of guidance and regular supervision of the Physics resistances (series and parallel) using metre teacher. bridge.

165

Candidates should undertake any one of the Suggested Evaluation Criteria for Model Based following types of projects: Projects: • Theoretical project . Title of the Project • Working Model . Model construction • Investigatory project (by performing an . Concise Project report experiment under supervision of a teacher) The Project report should be approximately 5-10 Candidates are to prepare a technical report pages formally written including title, abstract, some theoretical discussion, experimental setup, observations with tables of data collected, Suggested Evaluation Criteria for Investigative graph/chart (if any), analysis and discussion of Projects: results, deductions, conclusion, etc. The teacher . Title of the Project should approve the draft, before it is finalised. The report should be kept simple, but neat and elegant. . Theory/principle involved No extra credit shall be given for typewritten . Experimental setup material/decorative cover, etc. Teachers may assign or students may choose any one project of their . Observations calculations/deduction and graph choice. work . Suggested Evaluation Criteria for Theory Based Result/ Conclusions Projects: The Project report should be of approximately . Title of the Project 5-10 pages . Introduction Practical File – 5 marks . Contents The Visiting Examiner is required to assess the . Analysis/ material aid (graph, data, structure, candidates on the basis of the Physics practical file pie charts, histograms, diagrams, etc.) maintained by them during the academic year. . Originality of work (the work should be the candidates’ original work,) . Conclusion/comments The Project report should be of approximately 15-20 pages.

166

CHEMISTRY (862) Aims: 1. To foster acquisition of knowledge and understanding of terms, concepts, facts, processes, techniques and principles relating to the subject of Chemistry. 2. To develop the ability to apply the knowledge of contents and principles of Chemistry in new or unfamiliar situations. 3. To develop skills in proper handling of apparatus and chemicals. 4. To develop an ability to appreciate achievements in the field of Chemistry and its role in nature and society. 5. To develop an interest in activities involving usage of the knowledge of Chemistry. 6. To develop a scientific attitude through the study of Physical Sciences. 7. To acquaint students with the emerging frontiers and interdisciplinary aspects of the subject. 8. To develop skills relevant to the discipline. 9. To apprise students with interface of Chemistry with other disciplines of Science, such as, Physics, Biology, Geology, Engineering, etc.

CLASS XI There will be two papers in the subject: Paper I: Theory- 3 hours ... 70 marks Paper II: Practical - 3 hours ... 15 marks Project Work … 10 marks Practical File … 5 marks PAPER 1- THEORY: 70 Marks There will be no overall choice in the paper. Candidates will be required to answer all questions. Internal choice will be available in two questions of 2 marks each, two questions of 3 marks each and all the three questions of 5 marks each. S.No. UNIT TOTAL WEIGHTAGE 1. Some Basic Concepts of Chemistry 2. Structure of Atom 3. Classification of Elements and Periodicity in Properties Physical Chemistry 4. Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure 32 Marks 5. States of Matter: Gases and Liquids 6. Chemical Thermodynamics 7. Equilibrium 8. Redox Reactions 9. Hydrogen Inorganic Chemistry 10. s -Block Elements 15 Marks 11. Some p -Block Elements 12. Organic Chemistry: Some basic Principles and Techniques 13. Hydrocarbons Organic Chemistry 14. Environmental Chemistry 23 Marks

TOTAL 70 Marks

167

PAPER I –THEORY – 70 Marks Equivalent weight expressing the combining capacity of the elements with the standard 1. Some Basic Concepts of Chemistry elements such as H, Cl, O, Ag, etc. General introduction: Importance and scope of Variable equivalent weight. Gram equivalent chemistry. weights, relationship between gram equivalent weight, gram molecular mass and Study of matter. Understanding laws of valency. chemical combination. Dalton's atomic theory: concept of elements, atoms and molecules. Determination of equivalent weight of acids, alkalis, salts, oxidising and reducing agents. Isotopic (atomic) and molecular masses, mole (experimental details not required). concept and molar mass, percentage Terms used in volumetric calculations such composition, empirical and molecular as percentage (w/w and w/v), normality, formula. Stoichiometry and calculations based molarity, molality, mole fraction, etc. should on chemical reactions. be discussed. Students are required to know (i) Precision and accuracy: the formulae and normality and molarity Quantities and their measurements in equations. Chemistry, significant figures, SI units. Simple calculations on the above topics. (ii) Dimensional analysis: (vii)Chemical reactions – stoichiometric Conversion of units, numericals and applications of units. calculations based on mass-mass, mass-volume, volume-volume relationships (iii) The concept of atoms having fixed properties in explaining the laws of chemical and limiting reagent. combination. Study about atoms. Dalton’s atomic theory: 2. Structure of Atom Main postulates of the theory; its limitations. Discovery of fundamental particles electron, Laws of chemical combinations: proton and neutron), atomic number, isotopes . Law of conservation of mass. and isobars. Thomson's model and its . Law of definite proportions. limitations. Rutherford's experimental model . Law of multiple proportions. and its limitations. Dual nature of matter and . Law of reciprocal proportions. light. Bohr's atomic model and its limitations . Gay Lussac’s law of gaseous volumes. (de Broglie's equation, Heisenberg’s uncertainty Statement, explanation and simple problems principle), concept of shells, subshells, orbitals. based on these laws. Quantum numbers, shapes of s, p and d (iv) Atomic (isotopic masses) and molecular mass. orbitals. Rules for filling electrons in orbitals - Relative molecular mass and mole: aufbau principle, Pauli's exclusion principle The atomic mass unit is one of the and Hund's rule of maximum multiplicity. experimentally determined unit. It is equal to Electronic configuration of atoms, stability of 1/12 of the mass of the carbon 12 isotope. half- filled and completely filled orbitals. Numerical problems based on mole concept, (i) Subatomic particles (electrons, protons and Avogadro’s number and gram molecular neutrons) their charges and masses: Concept volume. of indivisibility of atom as proposed by (v) Empirical and molecular formula: Dalton does not exist. The atom consists of Numericals based on the above. subatomic fundamental particles. Production (vi)Chemical equivalents, volumetric calculations of cathode rays and their properties. in terms of normality. C = 12.00 should be Production of anode rays and their taken as a standard for expressing atomic properties. masses. Chadwick’s experiment for the discovery of neutron and properties of neutron. 168

(ii) Rutherford’s nuclear model based on the 3. Classification of Elements and Periodicity in scattering experiment: Rutherford’s Properties scattering experiment. Discovery of nucleus. Significance of classification; study of Rutherford’s nuclear model of atom. Defects of Rutherford’s model. Electromagnetic wave Mendeleev’s periodic law and its limitations; theory and its limitations (Black body Modern Periodic Law and the present form of radiation and photoelectric effect) periodic table leading to periodic trends in Planck’s quantum theory. properties of elements - atomic radii, ionic radii, Numericals based on the above. valency, ionisation enthalpy, electron gain (iii) Types of spectra: emission and absorption enthalpy, electronegativity. Nomenclature of spectra. Band and line spectra to be elements with atomic number greater than 100. discussed. (i) Modern Periodic Law (iv) Bohr’s atomic model. Postulates of Bohr’s theory – based on Mendeleev’s periodic law, defects in the Planck’s quantum theory. Mendeleev’s periodic table. Advantages and Merits of Bohr’s atomic model and disadvantages. Modern periodic law (atomic explanation of hydrogen spectra. number taken as the basis of classification of Calculations based on Rydberg’s formula. the elements). Numericals on Bohr’s atomic radii, velocity (ii) Long form of Periodic Table. and energy of orbits (derivation not required). General characteristics of groups and Defects in Bohr’s Model. periods. Division of periodic table as s, p, d (v) Quantum mechanical model of an atom - a and f blocks. IUPAC nomenclature for simple mathematical treatment. Quantum elements with Z> 100. numbers; shape, size and orientation of s, p (iii) Periodic trends in properties of elements. and d orbitals only (no derivation). aufbau Atomic radius, ionic radius, ionisation principle, Pauli’s exclusion principle, enthalpy, electron gain enthalpy, Hund’s rule of maximum multiplicity. electronegativity, metallic and non-metallic Electronic configuration of elements in terms characteristics. of s, p, d, f subshells. • de Broglie’s equation. Numericals. • Periodic properties such as valence • Heisenberg’s Uncertainty Principle. electrons, atomic and ionic radii and their Numericals. variation in groups and periods. • Schrodinger Wave Equation – physical • 2 The idea of ionisation enthalpy, electron significance of Ψ and |Ψ| . gain enthalpy and electronegativity must • Quantum numbers – types of quantum be given and their variation in groups and numbers, shape, size and orientation of periods may be discussed. the s, p and d subshells. Information obtained in terms of distance of electron • The factors (atomic number, screening from the nucleus, node, nodal planes and effect and shielding effect, the number of radial probability curve, energy of electrons in the outermost orbit) which electron, number of electrons present in affect these periodic properties and their an orbit and an orbital. variation in groups and periods. • aufbau principle, (n+l) rule. (iv) Periodic trends in chemical properties – • Pauli’s exclusion principle. periodicity of valence or oxidation states. • Hund’s rule of maximum multiplicity. Anomalous properties of second period • Electronic configuration of elements and elements. ions in terms of s, p, d, f subshells and Diagonal relationship; acidic and basic nature stability of half-filled and completely of oxides. filled orbitals. 169

NOTE: Recommendations of the latest IUPAC (iii) Covalent Bond – Bond parameters, Lewis for numbering of groups to be followed. structure, polar character of covalent bond, Numbering 1 – 18 replacing old notation of shapes. I – VIII. Details given at the end of the Sigma and pi bonds e.g. formation of syllabus. ammonia, nitrogen, ethene, ethyne, and carbon dioxide. 4. Chemical Bonding and Molecular structure Definition of covalent bond, conditions for Valence electrons, ionic bond character, covalent formation of covalent bonds, types of covalent bond of ionic bond, covalent bond, bond bonds, i.e single, double and triple bonds. Sigma and pi bonds: H2, O2, N2. parameters, lewis structure, polar character of Classification of covalent bonds based on covalent bond, VSEPR theory, geometry of electronegativity of atoms - polar and non- covalent molecules, valence bond theory, polar covalent bond, dipole moment. concept of hybridisation involving s, p and d Formation of CH4, NH3, H2O, ethane, ethene, orbitals and shapes of some simple molecules. ethyne and CO2, etc. and their electron dot Coordinate bond. Molecular orbital theory of structure or Lewis structure. homonuclear diatomic molecules (qualitative Characteristics of covalent compounds. idea only). Resonance and hydrogen bond. Comparison in electrovalency and covalency. Reason for variable covalency e.g. (i) Kossel-Lewis approach to chemical bonding. Octet rule, its application to electrovalent and Phosphorus 3 & 5 and sulphur 2, 4, 6 & covalent bonds. chlorine 1, 3, 5 and 7. Formal charge of ions. (ii) Electrovalent or ionic bond: Lewis structures (iv) Deviation from octet rule and Fajan’s rules. of NaCl, Li2O, MgO, CaO, MgF2, and Na2 S. Definition of octet rule. Definition of ionic bond. Failure of octet rule, due to either incomplete The conditions necessary for the formation of octet or exceeding of octet with suitable ionic bonds such as: examples. - low ionisation enthalpy of metals. Fajan’s rules: statements, conditions for electrovalency and covalency. Polar and non - high electron gain enthalpy of non- polar bonds should be correlated with metals. Fajan’s rules. - high lattice energy. (v) Valence Shell Electron Pair Repulsion - electronegativity difference between the (VSEPR) Theory; Hybridisation and shapes reacting atoms. of molecules: hybridisation involving s, p and All these points must be discussed in detail. d orbitals only. Concept of electron-pair repulsion and The formation of cations and anions of elements and their positions in the periodic shapes of molecules using suitable examples. table. Hybridisation and molecular shapes – definition, hybridisation of orbitals involving Variable electrovalency; reasons for variable s, p and d orbitals (using suitable examples). electrovalency i.e, due to inert electron pair (vi) Molecular orbital theory: Qualitative effect and unstable core, by using suitable treatment of homonuclear diatomic examples. molecules of first two periods (hydrogen to Calculation of lattice enthalpy (Born-Haber neon), Energy level diagrams, bonding and cycle). antibonding molecular orbitals, bond order, Characteristics of electrovalent bond. paramagnetism of O2 molecule. Relative - 2 - + stabilities of O2, O2 , O2 , O2 and N2, + - 2- N2 , N2 , N2 .

170

(vii) Co-ordinate or dative covalent bond, e.g. (iii) Dalton’s law, Graham’s law of diffusion. formation of oxy-acids of chlorine: Dalton’s law of partial pressures and it’s Co-ordinate or dative covalent bonding: application. definition, formation of chlorous acid, chloric acid, perchloric acid, ammonium ion, Graham’s Law of diffusion and its hydronium ion, nitric acid, ozone. application. (viii) Resonance in simple inorganic molecules: Numerical problems based on the above. Resonance in simple inorganic molecules like (iv) Ideal gas equation and application of this ozone, carbon dioxide, carbonate ion and equation. nitrate ion. Ideal gas equation PV = nRT; its application (ix)Hydrogen bonding: the examples of in calculation of relative molecular mass and hydrogen fluoride, water (ice), alcohol, etc. in the calculation of the value of R. may be considered. (v) Kinetic Theory of gases. H-bonding – definition, types, condition for Characteristics of gases, comparison between hydrogen bond formation, examples of solid, liquid and gas. Properties of gases inter-molecular hydrogen bonding in detail on the basis of kinetic theory of gases. taking hydrogen fluoride, water and ice and ethanol into account. Intramolecular Postulates of kinetic theory must be hydrogen bonding. discussed to explain gas laws. Concept of average, root mean square and most 5. States of Matter: Gases and Liquids probable velocities (numericals not required). Non ideal behaviour of gases i.e. States of matter and their characteristic deviation from ideal gas equation may be properties to establish the concept of the discussed at low and at high temperature and molecule. Boyle's law, Charles law, Gay Lussac's pressure. law, Avogadro's law, Avogadro’s number, ideal van der Waals’ equation (P + a/V2) (V-b) behaviour of gases and derivation of ideal gas = RT for one mole of a gas. (numericals not equation. Kinetic Theory of gases, kinetic energy required). The pressure correction and and molecular speeds (elementary idea). volume correction may be explained. Deviation from ideal behaviour, van der Waal’s significance and units of ‘a’ and ‘b’ (van der equation, liquefaction of gases, critical Waals’ constant). Liquefaction of gases, critical temperature. temperature. Liquid state - vapour pressure, viscosity and surface tension (qualitative idea (vi) Liquid State - vapour pressure, viscosity and only, no mathematical derivations). surface tension. (i) Intermolecular interactions (van der Waals Qualitative idea only, no mathematical forces), types of van der Waals forces, derivations melting and boiling points. 6. Chemical Thermodynamics (ii) The Gas Laws. (i) Introduction, concepts, types of system, Boyle’s law, Charles’ law, Absolute surroundings, extensive, intensive properties temperature, pressure temperature law, and state functions. Avogadro’s law and Avogadro’s constant. Types of system – ideal system, real system, Relationship between the mole and isolated system, closed system, open system. Avogadro’s number. Meaning of surroundings. Simple numerical problems based on the Properties of the system: macroscopic, above laws. intensive and extensive properties. State of the system.

171

Main processes the system undergoes: Heat of reaction: Heat of formation – reversible, irreversible, adiabatic, standard heat of formation, Heat of solution, isothermal, isobaric, isochoric, cyclic. Heat of dilution, Heat of neutralization, Heat Meaning of thermodynamic equilibrium. of combustion. Meaning of thermodynamic process. Constancy in the heat of neutralisation: (ii) First Law of Thermodynamics and its Experimental verification in case of strong significance, work, heat, internal energy, acids and strong bases. Reason for that enthalpy (∆U or ∆E and ∆H), heat capacity observation – ionic neutralisation and the and specific heat. Hess's law of constant heat heat evolved. summation, enthalpy of bond dissociation, Definition of Calorific value of a fuel. combustion, formation, atomisation, sublimation, phase transition, ionisation, Statement of Hess’ Law and its application. solution and dilution. Problems based on Hess’ Law. Meaning of: internal energy of the system, (iii) Second Law of Thermodynamics and its work done by the system, by the surroundings significance, spontaneity of a chemical at constant temperature, heat absorbed by change; Entropy, Free Energy. Inadequacy of the system and by the surroundings at First Law and need for Second Law; Ideas constant temperature. about reversible (recapitulation), spontaneous and non-spontaneous processes The sign convention for change in internal energy, heat given out or gained, work done Meaning of entropy – derived from Second Law – statement of Second Law in terms of by the system or by the surroundings. entropy; Physical significance of entropy; State function and path function - meaning State function and not path function. Entropy with examples. Internal energy change, work change of the universe, reversible isothermal done and heat absorbed in a cyclic process. process and irreversible process. Internal energy change in an isolated system Meaning of thermal death, Gibb’s free and in a non-isolated system. Total internal energy of the system and Helmholtz free energy change of a system and surroundings. energy. Relationship between Gibb’s free Mathematical statement of the first law. energy and Helmholtz’s free energy. Significance of first law of thermodynamics. Relationship between change in Gibb’s free Need for enthalpy – constant pressure or energy and equilibrium constant of a chemical reaction. Defining the criteria for open vessel processes. Enthalpy - a spontaneity of a chemical change in terms of thermodynamic property, state function. Gibb’s free energy. Mathematical form of enthalpy. Note: Numericals based on the First Law, Heat - the energy in transit. Conditions for Second Law of Thermodynamics and Hess’ the transfer of heat. Limitations in conversion Law. of heat into work. Condition at which heat (iv) Third Law of Thermodynamics – statement transfer ceases, unit of heat. only. Meaning of work, capacity to do work,types Self-explanatory. of work. Mathematical form of reversible work and irreversible work. Difference 7. Equilibrium between the reversible and irreversible work (i) Chemical Equilibrium. done – graphically. Introduction of physical and chemical Relationship between Cv and internal energy equilibrium and its characteristics change. Relationship between Cp and Cv. Dynamic nature of equilibrium, law of Definitions of the following: mass action, equilibrium constant and factors affecting equilibrium. Le Chatelier's principle and its applications. 172

Irreversible and reversible reactions. dissociation constant. Problems based on the Physical equilibrium: solid-liquid, liquid- Ostwald’s dilution law. vapour, solid-vapour; Characteristics of Arrhenius, Brönsted-Lowry and Lewis Physical equilibrium. concept of acids and bases, multistage Chemical equilibrium: Characteristics of ionisation of acids and bases with examples. chemical equilibrium; dynamic nature. Law Ionic product of water – definition, pH, of mass action; Equilibrium constant in pOH, pKw of solutions. terms of concentration Kc. Gaseous pH indicators and their choice in titrimetry. reactions; Equilibrium constant in terms of Numericals on the above concepts. partial pressures Kp. Relationship between Common ion effect – definition, examples Kp and Kc (derivation required); (acetic acid and sodium acetate; ammonium Characteristics of equilibrium constant; hydroxide and ammonium chloride), Units for equilibrium constant; Simple applications in salt analysis. calculations of equilibrium constant and Salt hydrolysis – salts of strong acids and concentration. weak bases, weak acids and strong bases, The following examples should be considered weak acids and weak bases and the pH to show maximum yield of products: formula of the solutions of these salts in - Synthesis of ammonia by Haber’s water with suitable examples. process. Buffer solutions: definition, examples, - The dissociation of dinitrogen tetra action; its interpretations based on Le oxide. Chatelier’s principle. Henderson equation. - Hydrolysis of simple esters. Solubility product: definition and application - The contact process for the manufacture in qualitative salt analysis (Group II, III and of sulphuric acid. IV cations). Le Chatelier’s Principle. Statement and Numericals on pH, buffer solutions, solubility explanation. and solubility product. Factors affecting chemical and physical equilibria should be discussed in the light of 8. Redox Reactions Le Chatelier’s principle. Concept of oxidation and reduction, redox - Change of concentration. reactions, oxidation number, change in oxidation - Change of temperature. number, balancing redox reactions (in terms of loss and gain of electrons). Applications of - Change of pressure. redox in various types of chemical reactions. - Effect of catalyst. − Concept of oxidation and reduction in terms - Addition of inert gas. of oxygen, hydrogen, electrons. (ii) Ionic equilibrium − Redox reactions – examples. Introduction, electrolyte (strong and weak), − Oxidation number: rules for calculation, non-electrolyte, ionisation, degree of simple calculations of oxidation state in ionisation of polybasic acids, acid 2− molecules and ions like K2Cr2O7, S2 O , strength, concept of pH, pH indicators, 3 etc. buffer solution, common ion effect (with − illustrative examples). Henderson equation, Oxidation and reduction in terms of change hydrolysis of salts, solubility and solubility in oxidation number. product. − Balancing of redox reactions in acidic and basic medium by oxidation number and ion- Ostwald’s dilution law and its derivation. electron method. Strength of acids and bases based on their

173

9. Hydrogen • Sodium carbonate – principal and equation Hydrogen and its compounds: hydrides, water, of Solvay’s process. Uses. heavy water, hydrogen peroxide. • Sodium bicarbonate - preparation from Position of hydrogen in periodic table, sodium carbonate. Uses. occurrence, isotopes, preparation, properties and • Sodium thiosulphate - preparation from uses of hydrogen, hydrides (ionic covalent and sodium sulphite and its reaction with interstitial); hydrogen as a fuel. iodine, dilute acids and silver nitrate. Uses. Physical and chemical properties of water, soft Group 2: and hard water, and removal of hardness of • Magnesium chloride hexahydrate - water, heavy water. preparation from magnesium oxide. Effect Hydrogen peroxide: of heat. Uses • Calcium oxide - preparation from Preparation from peroxide, structure, oxidising properties: reaction with KI, PbS, acidified limestone; reaction with water, carbon dioxide and silica. Uses. FeSO4; reducing properties – reaction with • acidified KMnO4 and chlorine. Calculation of Calcium hydroxide – preparation from strength of hydrogen peroxide. calcium oxide and uses. • Calcium carbonate – preparation from 10. s-Block Elements (Alkali and Alkaline Earth calcium hydroxide and uses. Metals) • Plaster of Paris - preparation from (i) Group 1 and 2 elements gypsum. Uses. General characterises of Group 1 and 2 should • Manufacture of cement. Uses. include the following: Occurrence; physical state; electronic 11. Some p -Block Elements configuration; atomic and ionic (i) Group 13 Elements radii; common oxidation state; General introduction, electronic electropositive /electronegative character; configuration, occurrence, variation of ionisation enthalpy; reducing/oxidising nature; properties, oxidation states, trends in distinctive behaviour of first member of each chemical reactivity, anomalous properties of group (namely Lithium, Beryllium); nature of first element of the group, Boron - physical oxides, hydroxides, hydrides, carbonates, and chemical properties. nitrates; chlorides, sulphates. (ii) Preparation and properties of some important (ii) Preparation and properties of some important compounds, borax, boric acid, boron compounds. hydrides, aluminium: Reactions with acids Sodium chloride, sodium hydroxide, Sodium and alkalies. Lewis acid character of boron carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium halides; amphoteric nature of aluminium, thiosulphate; biological importance of sodium alums. and potassium. Borax- reaction with water and action of heat Magnesium chloride hexahydrate, calcium on hydrated compound (preparation not oxide, calcium hydroxide, calcium carbonate, required). plaster of paris and cement. Industrial uses of Borax Bead Test. the above, biological importance of Diborane - Preparation properties, structure magnesium and calcium. and uses. Group 1: Boric acid – preparation and action of heat. • Sodium chloride - uses. Aluminium: Reactions with acids and alkalies. • Sodium hydroxide - only the principle of Alums – preparation and uses. preparation by Castner-Kellner cell. Uses. 174

(iii) Group 14 Elements Vital force theory, reason for separate study General characteristics, electronic of organic chemistry and its importance, characteristics of carbon atoms (tetra configuration, occurrence, variation of valency), Reasons for large number of properties, oxidation states, trends in chemical organic compounds: catenation, isomerism reactivity, anomalous behaviour of first and multiple bonding, etc. elements. (ii) Classification of organic compounds: Carbon-catenation, allotropic forms. Structure (definition and examples): open chain, closed of diamond graphite and fullerene; stability of chain, homocyclic, hetrocyclic, aromatic, +2 oxidation state down the group in terms of alicyclic compounds, homologous series and inert pair effect. its characteristics, functional groups. (iv) Some important compounds; oxides of carbon (iii) IUPAC rules for naming organic and silicon, silicon carbide, silicon tetra compounds. Aliphatic, alicyclic and aromatic chloride, silicones, silicates and zeolites. compounds. Preparation and properties of: (iv) Definition and classification of isomerism: Carbon monoxide - preparation from Structural isomerism: definition, incomplete combustion of carbon. Hazards of classification, examples. CO. Reducing nature of CO. Chain isomerism, Positional isomerism, Carbon dioxide - preparation from limestone Functional isomerism, Metamerism, and carbon, limewater test. Uses. Tautomerism - examples for each of the Silicon dioxide - structure, comparison with above. carbon dioxide. Uses. Stereoisomerism: definition and Silicon carbide - preparation from silica. Uses. classification, examples. Geometrical isomerism: Definition. Silicon tetra chloride - preparation from silicon and uses. Conditions for compounds to exhibit geometrical isomerism; types and examples, Silicones - general method of preparation. cis and trans, syn and anti. Examples. Uses. Optical isomerism: Definition, Nicol prism, Silicates – structure and uses. plane polarised light. polarimeter. Method of measuring angle of rotation. Specific Zeolites – formula and use. rotation. Conditions for optical activity. d, l 12. Organic Chemistry - Some Basic Principles form; External compensation, Internal and Techniques compensation, racemic mixture & meso form. General introduction, classification and IUPAC Examples – lactic acid and tartaric acid. nomenclature of organic compounds and (v) Analysis of organic compounds: isomerism. Detection of elements (qualitative analysis) Methods of purification, qualitative and such as carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen, quantitative analysis. Electron displacement in a halogens and sulphur should be considered covalent bond: inductive effect, electromeric by using Lassaigne’s test and reactions effect, resonance and hyperconjugation. involved in it. Homolytic and heterolytic bond fission of a (vi) Estimation of carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen, covalent bond: free radicals, carbocations, halogens, sulphur and phosphorous: carbanions, electrophiles and nucleophiles, Estimation of carbon and hydrogen – types of organic reactions. Leibig’s method. (i) Introduction to organic chemistry: Estimation of nitrogen - Kjeldahl’s method.

175

Estimation of halogens sulphur and carboxylic acid). Cyclisation, aromatisation, phosphorous - Carius method. Numericals isomerisation and pyrolysis. included. Experimental details required. Uses of alkanes. (vii) Types of chemical reactions and their (ii) Alkenes - Nomenclature, structure of mechanisms. double bond (ethene), isomerism; methods Substitution, addition, elimination reactions: of preparation; physical properties, definition and examples. chemical properties; addition of hydrogen, Homolytic and heterolytic fission – definition halogen, water, hydrogen halides and examples. Free radicals, carbocation, (Markownikoff's addition and peroxide carbanion (their reactivities and stabilities). effect), ozonolysis, oxidation, mechanism of Electrophiles and nucleophiles – definition electrophilic addition. and examples (including neutral electrophiles and nucleophiles). General methods of preparation – Inductive, electromeric, mesomeric effect and dehydration of alcohols, hyperconjugation – definition, examples. dehydrohalogenation of alkyl halides (from (viii) Free radicals and polar mechanisms vicinal dihalides), Kolbe’s electrolytic In terms of fission of the bonds and formation method and from alkynes. of the new bonds including SN1, SN2, E1 and Physical Properties: State, freezing point, E2 mechanisms. Explain with relevant melting point, boiling point, dipole moment, examples and conditions. density. Chemical properties - addition reactions 13. Hydrocarbons (hydrogen, halogens, hydrogen halides, Classification of Hydrocarbons sulphuric acid, water). Markownikoff’s rule and anti- I. Aliphatic Hydrocarbons Markownikoff’s rule with mechanism and (i) Alkanes - Nomenclature, isomerism, examples. conformation (methane and ethane), Oxidation: complete combustion, hot and physical properties, chemical properties cold alkaline KMnO4 (Baeyer’s reagent), including free radical mechanism of ozonolysis. halogenation, combustion and pyrolysis. Polymerisation. Occurrence, conformation (Sawhorse and Saytzeff’s rule and its application. Newman projections of ethane). Uses of alkenes. General methods of preparation: from (iii) Alkynes - Nomenclature, structure of sodium salts of carboxylic acids triple bond (ethyne), methods of preparation; (decarboxylation and Kolbe’s electrolytic physical properties, chemical properties: method); from alcohols and alkyl halides acidic character of alkynes, addition reactions (Wurtz reaction, Coreyhouse Synthesis). - hydrogen, halogens, hydrogen halides and From aldehydes and Grignard’s Reagent. water. Physical and chemical properties of alkanes. General methods of preparations of alkynes. Physical properties: state, freezing point, Manufacture of ethyne by calcium carbide melting point, boiling point, density. and from natural gas. Dehydrohalogenation and Kolbe’s electrolytic method. Chemical properties: combustibility, reaction with chlorine (free radical mechanism), Physical properties of alkynes: State of reaction with oxygen in presence of catalyst existence, freezing point, melting point, (formation of alcohol, aldehyde, and boiling point, density.

176

Chemical properties of alkynes – addition 14. Environmental Chemistry reactions (hydrogen, halogens, hydrogen Types of environmental pollution (air, water and halides and water), acidic nature of alkynes, soil pollution); various types of pollutants: smog, formation of acetylides. acid rain; effects of depletion of ozone layer, Oxidation: complete combustion, hot and greenhouse effect and global warming. Pollution cold alkaline KMnO4 (Baeyer’s reagent), due to industrial wastes, green chemistry as an ozonolysis. alternative tool for reducing pollution; strategies Polymerisation. for control of environmental pollution. Uses of alkynes. Gaseous pollutants: oxides of nitrogen, carbon, sulphur, hydrocarbons; their sources, harmful Distinguishing test between Alkane, Alkene effects and prevention; Greenhouse effect and and Alkyne. global warming; acid rain; II. Aromatic Hydrocarbons Particulate pollutants: smoke, dust, smog, fumes, Introduction, IUPAC nomenclature, mist; their sources, harmful effects and benzene: resonance, aromaticity, chemical prevention. properties: mechanism of electrophilic Water pollutants: pathogens, organic waste, substitution. Nitration, sulphonation, chemical pollutants; their harmful effects and halogenation, Friedel Crafts alkylation and prevention. acylation, directive influence of functional Soil Pollutants: pesticides, herbicides. group in monosubstituted benzene. Green chemistry as an alternative Carcinogenicity and toxicity. tool for reducing pollution. Structure: Resonance structures (Kekule’s) of benzene. PAPER II Benzene: Preparation from sodium benzoate PRACTICAL WORK- 15 Marks and from phenol. Candidates are required to complete the following Physical properties: State of existence, experiments: freezing point, melting point, boiling point, 1. Basic laboratory techniques: density. − Cutting a glass tube. Chemical properties: − Bending a glass tube. - Electrophilic substitution reactions with − Drawing out a glass jet. mechanism (halogenation, nitration, − Boring a cork. sulphonation). 2. Titration: acid-base titration involving molarity. - Alkylation, acetylation – Friedel Crafts reaction. Titrations involving: - Directive influence (o-, p-, and m-) of • Sodium carbonate solution/ dil H2SO4 or dil. substituents in electrophilic and HCl using methyl orange indicator. nucleophilic substitutions (with • NaOH or KOH solution/ dil H2SO4 or dil. mechanism). HCl using methyl orange indicator. - Oxidation: catalytic oxidation, reaction • Calculations involving molarity, with ozone. concentration in grams L-1/ number of ions, - Addition reactions with hydrogen, water of crystallisation and percentage chlorine, bromine. purity. - Pyrolysis (formation of bi-phenyl). NOTE: Calculation of molarity must be upto 4 Carcinogenicity and toxicity of benzene may be decimal places at least, in order to avoid error. discussed.

Uses.

177

OBSERVATION TABLE NOTE: S. No. (A) (B) (B – A) • For wet test of anions, sodium carbonate Initial Final burette Difference extract must be used (except for carbonate). burette reading (ml) • Chromyl chloride test not to be performed. reading (ml) (Insoluble salts, such as lead sulphate, barium (ml) sulphate, calcium sulphate, strontium sulphate 1 should not be given). 2 3 4. Preparation of inorganic compounds. • Concordant reading is to be used for titre (a) Preparation of potash alum/Mohr’s salt.

value. Concordant reading is two consecutive (b) Preparation of crystalline FeSO4/CuSO4. values which are exactly the same. Average will not be accepted as titre value. 5. Paper Chromatography. • The table is to be completed in ink only. Preparation of chromatogram, separation of Pencil is not to be used. pigments from extracts of leaves and flowers/ink • Overwriting will not be accepted in the mixtures; determination of Rf value. tabular column. Observations: PROJECT WORK AND PRACTICAL FILE - • Pipette size (should be same for all the 15 Marks candidates at the centre): Project Work – 10 Marks • Titre value (concordant). The candidate is to creatively execute one 3. Qualitative analysis: identification of single salt project/assignment on a selected topic of Chemistry. containing one anion and one cation: 2- - 2- 2- 2- - Teachers may assign or students may choose any one Anions: CO3 , NO2 , S , SO3 , SO4 , NO3 , - - - - 2- 3- CH3COO , Cl , Br , I , C2O4 , PO4 . project of their choice. (Refer to the suggested topics + 2+ 2+ 3+ 3+ 2+ 2+ Cations: NH4 , Pb , Cu , Al , Fe , Zn , Mn at the end of Class XII syllabus). 2+ 2+ 2+ 2+ 2+ 2+ Ni , Co , Ba , Sr , Ca , Mg . Suggested Evaluation criteria for Project Work: 2- - 2- Anions: Dilute acid group – CO3 , NO2 , S , . 2- Introduction / purpose SO3 - - - - . Contents Concentrated Acid Group – NO3 , Cl , Br , I , - CH3COO . . Analysis/ material aid (graph, data, structure, pie 2- 3- 2- Special Group - SO4 , PO4 , C2O4 . charts, histograms, diagrams, etc) + Cations: Group Zero: NH4 . Presentation 2+ Group I: Pb . Bibliography Group II : Cu2+, Pb2+ Practical File – 5 Marks Group III: Al3+, Fe3+ 2+ 2+ 2+ 2+ Teachers are required to assess students on the basis Group IV: Zn , Mn , Ni , Co 2+ 2+ 2+ of the Chemistry Practical file maintained by them Group V: Ba , Sr , Ca 2+ during the academic year. Group VI: Mg

178

CLASS XII There will be two papers in the subject: Paper I: Theory - 3 hours ... 70 marks Paper II: Practical: 3 hours ... 15 marks Project Work … 10 marks Practical File … 5 marks

PAPER I (THEORY) - 70 Marks There will be no overall choice in the paper. Candidates will be required to answer all questions. Internal choice will be available in two questions of 2 marks each, two questions of 3 marks each and all the three questions of 5 marks each.

S.No. UNIT TOTAL WEIGHTAGE

1. Solid State 2. Solutions Physical Chemistry 3. Electrochemistry 25 Marks 4. Chemical Kinetics 5. Surface Chemistry 6. General Principles and Processes of Isolation of Elements

7. p -Block Elements Inorganic Chemistry 8. d -and f -Block Elements 20 Marks 9. Coordination Compounds 10. Haloalkanes and Haloarenes 11. Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers

12. Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids Organic Chemistry 13. Organic Compounds containing Nitrogen 25 Marks 14. Biomolecules 15. Polymers 16. Chemistry in Everyday Life TOTAL 70 Marks

179 PAPER I –THEORY – 70 Marks solutes, abnormal molecular mass association and dissociation, van't Hoff factor. 1. Solid State Normality, molality, molarity, mole fraction, Solids: their classification based on different ppm, as measures of concentration. Definition of binding forces such as: ionic, covalent the above with examples. Simple problems based molecular; amorphous and crystalline solids on the above. (difference), metals. Type of unit cell in two dimensional and three dimensional lattices, (i) Solubility of gases in liquids – Henry’s Law, number of atoms per unit cell (all types). simple numericals based on the above. Calculation of density of unit cell, packing in (ii) Raoult’s Law for volatile solutes and non- solids, packing efficiency, voids, point defects, volatile solutes, ideal solution, non-ideal electrical and magnetic properties. solution. Azeotropic mixtures – definition, Band theory of metals. Conductors, types, graphical representation, fractional semiconductors (n and p type) and insulators. distillation with examples. (i) Crystalline and amorphous solids. (iii) Colligative properties – definition and examples, and its use in determination of (ii) Definition of crystal lattice, unit cell; types of molecular mass. unit cell (scc, fcc, bcc); calculation of the number of atoms per unit cell; relationship (a) Relative lowering of vapour pressure: between radius, edge length and nearest Definition and mathematical expression neighbour distance. Calculation of density of of Raoult’s Law. Determination of unit cell, formula of the compound – relative molecular mass by measurement numericals based on it; packing in 3 – D, of lowering of vapour pressure. packing fraction in scc, fcc, bcc with (b) Depression in freezing point: molal derivation; voids – types, location, formation depression constant (cryoscopic (derivation of radius of voids). constant) – definition and mathematical (iii) Characteristics of crystalline solids; ionic expression (derivation included). (NaCl), metallic (Cu), atomic (diamond and (c) Elevation in boiling point method: molal graphite). elevation constant (ebullioscopic constant) definition and mathematical (iv) Point defects: Stoichiometric, non- expression (derivation included). stoichiometric and impurity defects (F- centres). (d) Osmotic pressure: definition and explanation. Natural and chemical (v) Electrical properties: Conductors, semipermeable membranes, reverse semiconductors (n & p types) and insulators osmosis, isotonic, hypotonic and (Band Theory), piezoelectricity and hypertonic solutions. Comparison pyroelectricity. between diffusion and osmosis. (vi) Magnetic properties: diamagnetic, Application of osmotic pressure in the paramagnetic, ferromagnetic, ferrimagnetic determination of relative molecular and antiferromagnetic. mass. 2. Solutions van’t Hoff- Boyle’s Law, van’t Hoff – Study of concentration of solutions of solids in Charles’ Law, van’t Hoff - Avogadro’s liquids, liquid in liquid, solubility of gases in law. liquids, solid solutions, Colligative properties - (e) Abnormal molecular mass: Dissociation Raoult's law of relative lowering and Association with suitable examples of vapour pressure (1st & 2nd), elevation of boiling point, depression of freezing (f) van’t Hoff factor for the electrolytes point, osmotic pressure. Use of colligative which dissociate and the molecules properties in determining molecular masses of which associate in solution. Modification of the formula of colligative

180 properties based on van’t Hoff factor. (v) Nernst equation and correlation with the free Simple problems. Calculation of degree energy of the reaction with suitable of dissociation and association. examples. Experimental details not required. Prediction of spontaneity of a reaction based Numerical problems based on all the above on the cell emf. methods. Experimental details not required. Numericals on standard electrode potential of half-cells, cell emf, relationship between 3. Electrochemistry free energy and equilibrium constant, Electrolytic and electrochemical cells. Redox standard electrode potential and free energy. reactions in electrochemical cells. (vi) Comparison of metallic conductance and Electromotive Force (emf) of a cell, standard electrolytic conductance. Relationship electrode potential, Nernst equation and its between conductance and resistance. Specific resistance and specific conductance. application to chemical cells. Relation between Cell constant: Calculation of cell constant. Gibbs energy change and emf of a cell. Meaning of equivalent conductance. Conductance in electrolytic solutions, specific, Meaning of molar conductance. General equivalent and molar conductivity, variations of relationship between specific conductance, conductivity with concentration, graphs; molar conductance and equivalent Kohlrausch's Law of electrolysis and Faraday’s conductance (units and graphs). Laws of electrolysis. Dry cell and lead Units, numericals. accumulator, fuel cells, corrosion. Molar conductance of a weak electrolyte at a given concentration and at infinite dilution. (i) Electrochemical cells: introduction, redox Kohlrausch’s Law – definition, applications reactions (principle of oxidation and and numericals. reduction in a cell). (vii) Faraday’s laws of Electrolysis. (ii) Galvanic cells - introduction; Faraday’s First Law of electrolysis. representation, principle – oxidation Statement, mathematical form. Simple reduction. Mechanism of production of problems. electric current in a galvanic cell. Faraday’s Second Law of electrolysis: (iii) Measurement of potential. Single electrode Statement, mathematical form. Simple potentials. problems. o Standard hydrogen electrode (E ) - Relation between Faraday, Avogadro’s definition, preparation, application and number and charge on an electron. F = NAe limitations. should be given (no details of Millikan’s Standard electrode potential - Measurement experiment are required). ++ of standard electrode potential of Zn / Zn, (viii) Batteries: Primary and Secondary Cells: ++ Cu / Cu, half cell (using standard Leclanche cell, mercury cell, Lead storage hydrogen electrode). battery and fuel cell – structure, reactions Cell notation – representation. and uses. Factors affecting electrode potential with (ix) Corrosion: Concept, mechanism of explanation - main emphasis on the electrochemical reaction, factors affecting it temperature, concentration and nature of the and its prevention. electrode. (iv) Electrochemical series. Its explanation on 4. Chemical Kinetics the basis of standard reduction potential. Meaning of Chemical Kinetics – slow and fast Prediction of the feasibility of a reaction. reactions. Rate of a reaction - average and instantaneous rate (graphical representation). Factors affecting rate of reaction: surface area,

181 nature of reactants, concentration, temperature, (vii) The concept of energy: Exothermic and catalyst and radiation. Order and molecularity endothermic reactions, concept of energy barrier, threshold and activation energy, of a reaction, rate law and specific rate constant. formation of activated complex, effect of Integrated rate equations and half-life (only for catalyst on activation energy and reaction zero and first order reactions), concept of rate. collision theory (elementary idea, no (viii) Collision Theory: Condition for a chemical mathematical treatment). Concept of threshold change – close contact, particles should and activation energy, Arrhenious equation. collide. Collisions to be effective – optimum energy and proper orientation during (i) Meaning of chemical kinetics, Scope and collision. Energy barrier built-up when the importance of Kinetics of the reaction, slow collision is about to take place, Activated and fast reactions – explanation in terms of complex formation, difference in energy of bonds. the reactant and the product – exothermic (ii) Rate of Reaction: definition, representation and endothermic reactions with proper of rate of reaction in terms of reactants and graphs and labelling. products, determination of rate of reactions (ix) Mechanism of the reaction: meaning of graphically, instantaneous and average rate elementary reaction, meaning of complex of reaction. Factors affecting rate of and overall reaction, explanation of the reaction. mechanism of the reaction, slowest step of (iii) Law of mass Action: statement and meaning the reaction. Relationship between the rate of active mass. Explanation with an example expression, order of reactants and products – general reactions. at the rate-determining step, units of rate constant – explanation with suitable (iv) Effect of concentration of reactants on the examples. rate of a reaction: Qualitative treatment, (x) Effect of temperature on the rate constant of based on the law of mass Action, statement of -Ea/RT rate law, General rate equation – a reaction: Arrhenius equation – K=Ae , Rate = k(concentration of the reactant)n, Meaning of the symbols of Arrhenius where k is rate constant and n is the order of equation, related graph, evaluation of Ea and the reaction, relationship between the rate of A from the graph, meaning of slope of the the reaction with rate constant with respect graph, conversion from exponential to log to various reactants. form of the equation, relationship between the increase in temperature and the number (v) Order of a reaction: meaning, relation of collisions. Numerical based on Arrhenius between order and stoichiometric coefficients equation. in balanced equations, order as an experimental quantity, rate equation for zero 5. Surface Chemistry order reaction and its unit, mathematical Absorption and Adsorption - physisorption and derivation of rate equation for first order chemisorption, factors affecting adsorption of reaction, characteristics of first order gases on solids and liquids. Catalysis; reaction – rate constant is independent of the homogenous and heterogenous, activity and initial concentration, units to be derived, selectivity, enzyme catalysis. definition of half-life period, derivation of expression of half-life period from first order Colloidal state distinction between true solutions, rate equation. colloids and suspension; lyophilic, lyophobic multi-molecular, macromolecular and associated Problems based on first order rate equation colloids; properties of colloids; Brownian and half-life period. movement, Tyndall effect, coagulation and (vi) Molecularity of the reaction: Meaning – electrophoresis. Emulsion - types of emulsions. physical picture, Relation between order, (i) Difference between absorption and molecularity and the rate of a reaction, adsorption: definition of physisorption and Differences between order and molecularity chemisorption and their differences. of a reaction.

182 Factors affecting adsorption of gases on Occurrence and principles of extraction of solids, Freundlich adsorption isotherms, aluminium, copper, zinc, iron and silver. graph, expression and application of (i) Definition of minerals, ores and metallurgy; adsorption. principle ores of aluminium, iron, copper, (ii) Catalysis: definition, types of catalysts – zinc and silver. positive and negative, homogeneous and Methods of concentration of ores: hydraulic heterogeneous catalyst based on the state of washing, magnetic separation, froth the reactant and the catalyst, Elementary floatation method, leaching. treatment of intermediate compound Extraction of metal from concentrated ore – formation theory with examples; adsorption calcination, roasting and thermal reduction. Theory, effect of catalyst on the rate of reaction – the change in the energy of Thermodynamic principle of metallurgy - Gibb’s energy (Ellingham diagram – activation in the activation energy curve. significance only). Characteristics of a catalyst; specificity, activity, surface area of a catalyst. Promoter Metallurgy of aluminium, iron, copper, zinc and poison. Enzyme catalysis – basic idea and silver. and lock and key mechanism. Refining of metals - distillation, liquation, (iii) Colloidal State: Thomas Graham classified electrolysis, vapour phase refining (nickel), the substances as crystalloid and colloid, zone refining. classification of substances on the basis of (ii) Uses of metals and their alloys. the particle size i.e. true solution, sol and suspension, colloidal system is 7. p-Block Elements heterogeneous. lyophilic and lyophobic Group-15 Elements colloid; classification of colloidal solutions as micro, macro and associated colloids. Position in the periodic table, occurrence, Preparation of lyophilic colloids. electronic configuration, oxidation states, trends Preparation of lyophobic colloids by colloid in physical and chemical properties. Nitrogen: preparation properties and its uses; compounds mill, peptization, Bredig’s arc method, of nitrogen: oxides of nitrogen. Ammonia and oxidation, reduction, double decomposition nitric acid – preparation and properties. and exchange of solvent method, purification Phosphorus - allotropic forms, compounds of of colloids (dialysis, ultra-filtration, and phosphorus: preparation and properties of ultracentrifugation). phosphine, halides and oxoacids. Properties of colloidal solutions: Brownian (i) General introduction, electronic movement, Tyndall effect, coagulation, configuration, occurrence, oxidation states. electrophoresis (movement of dispersed Trends in physical properties; chemical phase), Protection of colloids, Gold number properties with hydrogen, oxygen and and Hardy- Schulze rule. Emulsions, halogens. surfactants, micelles (only definition and (ii) Nitrogen - Laboratory preparation, examples). decomposition (ammonium dichromate, Application of colloids and emulsions in barium azide). Properties and uses. daily life. (iii) Oxides of nitrogen (N2O, NO, N2O3, N2O4, N2O5) - preparation, structure and uses. 6. General Principles and Processes of Isolation (iv) Ammonia – Preparation and manufacture. of Elements Properties: reaction with oxygen, copper oxide, chlorine, hydrochloric acid, formation Metals: metallurgy, ores, principles and of complexes. Uses. methods of extraction - concentration, (v) Nitric Acid - Preparation and manufacture. oxidation, reduction, electrolytic refining. Properties: reaction with copper (dilute and

183 concentrated HNO3), carbon and sulphur. Sulphuric Acid: manufacture by Contact Uses. Process (equations, conditions and (vi) Allotropes of phosphorus and their diagram), properties - acidic nature, structures. mode of dilution, oxidising action, Phosphine – preparation from phosphorus dehydrating nature and uses of sulphuric and properties: reaction with halo acids). acid in industry. Phosphorus trichloride - Preparation from phosphorous. Uses. Group-17 Elements Phosphorus pentachloride - preparation Position in the periodic table, occurrence, from PCl3. Thermal dissociation and electronic configuration, oxidation states, hydrolysis. Uses, properties. trends in physical and chemical properties; Oxoacids of phosphorus (structures and Preparation, properties and uses of chlorine preparation only). and hydrochloric acid. Compound of Group-16 Elements halogen, oxoacids of halogens (structures Position in the periodic table, occurrence, only), Interhalogen compounds. electronic configuration, oxidation states, (i) General introduction, electronic trends in physical and chemical properties. configuration, oxidation states. Trends in Oxygen: methods of preparation, properties physical properties and chemical and uses, classification of oxides. Ozone – properties (hydrogen, oxygen, halogens methods of preparation. Sulphur -allotropic and metals). forms. Compounds of sulphur: (ii) Chlorine – preparation from MnO2 and preparation, properties and uses of sulphur- HCl, from NaCl, MnO2 and conc. H2SO4 dioxide, sulphuric acid (industrial process (only equations), reactions of chlorine of manufacture). Oxoacids of sulphur with H2S, NH3, cold, dilute NaOH and (structures only). hot, concentrated NaOH. (i) Electronic configuration, oxidation (iii)Hydrochloric acid: Lab preparation, its states, occurrence. Trends in physical acidic nature, reaction with ammonia, properties; chemical properties with carbonates and sulphites, formation of hydrogen, oxygen and halogens. aqua regia and its uses. (ii) Oxygen – lab method of preparation, (iv) Oxoacids of halogens: structures and formation of oxides with metals and non- acidic property. metals and their common nature. (v) Interhalogen compounds – structure, (iii) Ozone: manufacture by Siemen’s hybridisation and shapes: XX′, XX′3, ozoniser, thermal decomposition of XX′5, XX′7. ozone, its oxidising nature – reaction with lead sulphide, potassium iodide and Group-18 Elements mercury, its uses. Position in the periodic table, occurrence, (iv) Sulphur: allotropes of sulphur - electronic configuration, trends in physical and rhombic, monoclinic, structure of chemical properties, inert nature, uses. sulphur and action of heat; extraction (i) General introduction, electronic by Frasch process. configuration, occurrence, trends in (v) Sulphur dioxide: laboratory and physical; chemical properties, state and low industrial preparation from sulphites and reactivity. sulphide ores, reaction of sulphur (ii) Formation of xenon compounds with fluorine dioxide with NaOH, Cl2, KMnO4 and and oxygen (equations only), hybridisation, structure of SO2. shape and structure of compounds. (vi) Oxoacids of sulphur: structures only. (iii) Uses of noble gases. 184 8. d and f Block Elements Colour, magnetic properties and shapes. Position in the periodic table, occurrence, Importance of coordination compounds (in electronic configuration and characteristics of qualitative analysis, extraction of metals and biological system). transition metals, general trends in properties of the 3d-series of transition metals - metallic (i) Definition of coordination compounds / character, ionisation enthalpy, oxidation states, complex compounds, differences with a ionic radii, colour of ions, catalytic property, double salt, study of ligands – mono-, bi-, tri- magnetic properties, interstitial compounds, , tetra-, penta-, hexa- and polydentate, chelating ligands, definition of coordination alloy formation, preparation and properties of number, its calculation for a complex K2Cr2O7 and KMnO4. coordination sphere, study of oxidation state Lanthanoids and actinoids. of an element in a complex, its calculation, (i) d-Block: 3d, 4d and 5d series IUPAC rules of nomenclature of coordination compounds. Study in terms of metallic character, atomic (ii) Isomerism – structural, stereo types and and ionic radii, ionisation enthalpy, examples. oxidisation states, variable valency, formation of coloured compounds, formation (iii) Valence bond theory of coordination of complexes, alloy formation. compounds – examples of formation of inner orbital and outer orbital complexes (high (ii) f-Block: 4f and 5f series and low spin, octahedral, tetrahedral and Electronic configuration, atomic and ionic square planar), prediction of magnetic radii, oxidisation states, formation of character. coloured compounds, formation of (iv) Crystal field theory – crystal field splitting in complexes, alloy formation. Lanthanoid tetra and octahedral systems. Explanation of contraction and its consequences. Chemical colour and magnetic character. reactivity – with oxygen, hydrogen, halogen, (v) Stability of coordination compounds (explain sulphur, nitrogen, carbon and water. stability on the basis of magnitude of K) as Actinoids - oxidation states and comparison mentioned above). with lanthanoids. (vi) Importance and uses. (iii) Potassium permanganate: structure, shape, 10. Haloalkanes and Haloarenes. equation of extraction from pyrolusite ore, its oxidising nature in acidic, basic and neutral Haloalkanes: General formula, nomenclature medium, use in redox titration. and classification. Nature of C–X bond, physical and chemical properties, mechanism Oxidising nature in acidic [FeSO4, of substitution reactions, optical rotation. (COOH)2.2H2O, KI], basic (KI) and neutral (H2S) mediums to be done. Haloarenes: Basic idea, nature of C–X bond, substitution reactions (directive influence of (iv) Potassium dichromate: structure, shape, halogen in monosubstituted compounds only). equation of extraction from chromite ore and its use in titration. Oxidising nature in acidic, Uses and environmental effects of - dichloromethane, trichloromethane, tetra- basic and neutral medium, use in redox chloromethane, iodoform, freons and DDT. titration. Interconversion of chromate and dichromate ion (effect of pH). Nature of C-X bond Naming the halogen derivatives of alkanes by 9. Coordination Compounds using common system and IUPAC system for Concept of complexes, definition of ligands, mono, di and tri-halo derivatives. coordination number, oxidation number. IUPAC Preparation of haloalkanes from: nomenclature of mononuclear coordination compounds. Isomerism (structural and stereo). - Alkane and halogen. Bonding, Werner's theory, VBT and CFT. - Alkene and hydrogen halide.

185 - Alcohols with PX3, PCl5 and SOCl2. mechanism of dehydration, uses with special - Halide exchange method (Finkelstein and reference to methanol and ethanol. Swarts) (i) Classification into monohydric, dihydric and - Silver salt of fatty acids (Hunsdiecker). polyhydric alcohols, general formulae, structure and nomenclature of alcohols. Physical properties: State, melting point, boiling Difference between primary, secondary and point and solubility. tertiary alcohols in terms of structure, Chemical properties: nucleophilic substitution physical properties and chemical properties. reactions (SN1, SN2 mechanism in terms of (ii) Methods of preparation: primary, secondary and tertiary halides) Reaction with: sodium hydroxide, water, sodium - Hydration of Alkenes – direct hydration, iodide, ammonia, primary amine, secondary indirect hydration, hydroboration amine, potassium cyanide, silver cyanide, oxidation. potassium nitrite, silver nitrite, silver salt of fatty - From Grignard’s reagent. acid and lithium-aluminium hydride. - Hydrolysis of alkyl halides. Elimination reaction (Saytzeff’s rule) / β - Reduction of carbonyl compounds. elimination. - From primary amines. Reaction with metals: sodium and magnesium Manufacture of methanol by Bosch process (Wurtz’s reaction, Grignard’s reagent and ethanol by fermentation of preparation). carbohydrates, chemical equations required Chloroform and iodoform: preparation and (only outline of the method of manufacture, properties. detail not required). Structure of freons. Properties: Preparation of haloarenes by Sandmeyer’s and - Acidic nature of alcohols: Gattermann’s reaction, by electrophilic - Reaction with sodium. substitution. - Esterification with mechanism. Physical properties: State, melting point, boiling point and solubility. - Reaction with hydrogen halides. Chemical properties: - Reaction with PCl3, PCl5, and SOCl2. - Electrophilic substitution (chlorination - Reaction with acid chlorides and acid nitration and sulphonation) with mechanism. anhydrides - Nucleophilic substitution (replacement of - Oxidation. chlorine with -OH, -NH2) with mechanism. - Dehydration with mechanism. - Reduction to benzene. Uses of alcohols. - Wurtz-Fittig reaction. (iii) Conversion of one alcohol into another. - Fittig reaction. (iv) Distinction between primary, secondary and - Addition reaction with magnesium tertiary alcohols by Lucas’ Test. (formation of Grignard reagent). Phenols: Classification and nomenclature. - Structure of DDT. Methods of preparation, physical and chemical properties, acidic nature of phenol, electrophilic 11. Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers substitution reactions, uses of phenols. Alcohols: Classification, general formula, Preparation of phenol from diazonium salt, structure and nomenclature. Methods of chlorobenzene (Dow’s process) and from benzene sulphonic acid. preparation, physical and chemical properties (of primary alcohols only), identification of Manufacture from Cumene. primary, secondary and tertiary alcohols, Physical properties: state and solubility.

186 Chemical properties: • From alkynes (hydration). - Acidic character of phenol. • From acid chlorides (Rosenmund’s - Reaction with sodium hydroxide. reduction, reaction with dialkyl cadmium). - Reaction with sodium. • From calcium salt of carboxylic acids. - Reaction with zinc. • From nitriles (Stephen reaction, Grignard’s - Reaction with acetyl chloride and acetic reagent). anhydride. • From esters. - Reaction with phosphorus penta chloride. Physical properties – state and boiling point. - Bromination, nitration and sulphonation Chemical properties: (Electrophilic substitution reactions). • Nucleophilic addition reactions with - Kolbe’s reaction (formation of salicylic mechanism (ammonia and its derivatives, acid). HCN, NaHSO3 and Grignard’s reagent). - Reimer – Tiemann reaction • Oxidation reactions, iodoform reaction. - Test for phenol – FeCl3 test, azo dye test. • Reduction: reduction to alcohol and alkanes Aliphatic Ethers: General formula, structure and (Clemmensen’s reduction, Wolff-Kishner nomenclature. Methods of preparation, physical reduction, Red phosphorus and HI). and chemical properties, uses. • Base catalysed reactions (with mechanism): Ethers: structure of ethereal group. Aldol condensation, cross Aldol Preparation from alcohol (Williamson’s condensation, Cannizzaro’s reaction. synthesis). Tests: difference between formaldehyde and Physical properties: state, miscibility. acetaldehyde; aldehydes and ketones. Chemical properties: Uses of aldehydes and ketones. - Reaction with chlorine. - Oxidation (peroxide formation). Aromatic aldehyde (Benzaldehyde) - Reaction with HI. Lab preparation from toluene by oxidation with chromyl chloride. - Reaction with PCl5. Physical properties: state and stability. Aryl ethers Chemical properties: Physical properties – state and solubility. • Oxidation and reduction. Chemical properties – preparation of anisole • Nucleophilic addition reaction (hydrogen (Williamson’s synthesis), electrophilic cyanide and sodium bisulphite). substitution (halogenation, nitration and Friedel-Crafts reaction.) • Reactions with ammonia and its derivatives (hydroxyl amine, hydrazine and phenyl Uses of ether. hydrazine). 12. Aldehydes, Ketones and Carboxylic Acids • Reaction with phosphorus pentachloride. Aldehydes and Ketones: Nomenclature, • Cannizzaro reaction. structure of methods of preparation of • Benzoin condensation. aldehydes and ketones, physical and chemical • Perkin’s reaction. properties, mechanism of nucleophilic addition, reactivity of alpha hydrogen in aldehydes and • Electrophilic substitution - halogenation, uses. nitration and sulphonation. Preparation: Test: distinction between aromatic and aliphatic • From alcohol. aldehydes. • From alkenes (ozonolysis). Uses of benzaldehyde.

187 Carboxylic Acids: Classification, general - From alcohol. formula and structure of carboxylic group. Nomenclature, acidic nature, methods of - From alkyl halide. preparation, physical and chemical properties - From cyanide. and uses. - From amide (Hofmann’s degradation). Classification of mono and di carboxylic acids with examples. - From nitro compounds. Preparation of aliphatic and aromatic carboxylic - Gabriel phthalimide Synthesis. acid: Physical properties: comparison between - From alcohols, aldehydes. primary, secondary and tertiary amines in - From nitriles. terms of – state, solubility, boiling point - From Grignard’s reagent. (hydrogen bonding), comparison with Physical properties: state, boiling point and alcohols. solubility. Chemical properties: Chemical properties: - Basic character of amines – comparison between primary, secondary and tertiary - Acidic character: (aliphatic, aromatic alkyl amines/ ammonia/ aniline. Effect of carboxylic acids with the effect of substituents on the basic strength of substituents on the acidic character – to be aniline dealt with in detail) - Alkylation and acylation with - Reaction with active metals, alkalies, mechanism. carbonates and bicarbonates, - Reaction with nitrous acid. - Formation of acid derivatives. - Carbylamine reaction. - Decarboxylation (chemical and Kolbe’s Distinction between primary, secondary electrolytic reaction). and tertiary amines (Hinsberg’s Test). - HVZ reactions. Aniline - Substitution of benzene ring (meta directive Preparation reduction of nitrobenzene. effect of carboxylic acid group) nitration and Physical properties – state, solubility and boiling sulphonation. point. Tests for acids: formic acid, acetic acid and Chemical properties: benzoic acid. - Reaction with HCl and H2 SO4 . Uses of formic acid, acetic acid and benzoic acid. - Acetylation, alkylation. - Benzoylation. 13. Organic compounds containing Nitrogen - Carbylamine reaction. Aliphatic Amines: General formula and, - Diazotisation. classification of amines. Structure of the amino - Electrophilic substitution (bromination, group, nomenclature. Methods of preparation, nitration and sulphonation). physical and chemical properties, uses, Tests for aniline. identification of primary, secondary and tertiary Uses of aniline. amines. • Amines Cyanides and Isocyanides Nomenclature, classification with examples, Methods of preparation: structure, general formula. Cyanides: Methods of preparation: - From alkyl halide.

188 - From amide. and quaternary, structures of proteins, Isocyanides: denaturation of proteins. (Definitions only. Details and diagrams are not required). - From alkyl halide. From primary amines Vitamins - Classification and functions. Vitamins A, B, C, D, E and K: classification Diazonium salts: Preparation, chemical (fat soluble and water soluble), deficiency reactions and importance in synthetic organic diseases. (Chemical names and structures are not chemistry. required). Preparation from aniline; Properties: Sandmeyer’s reaction, Gattermann Nucleic Acids - DNA and RNA. reaction and Balz – Scheimann reaction, Nucleic acids: basic unit – purine and replacement of diazo group by – H, -OH, -NO2, pyrimidine, DNA – structure (double helical), coupling reaction with phenol and aniline. RNA (No chemical structure required). Differences between DNA and RNA. 14. Biomolecules 15. Polymers Carbohydrates – Definition, Classification (aldoses and ketoses), monosaccahrides (glucose Definition and classification on different and fructose), D-L configuration parameters. Methods of polymerisation oligosaccharides (sucrose, lactose, maltose), (addition and condensation), copolymerisation, polysaccharides (starch, cellulose, glycogen); and some important polymers: natural and Importance of carbohydrates. synthetic like polythene, nylon polyesters, Carbohydrates: definition, classification - mono bakelite, rubber. Biodegradable and non- (aldose, ketose), oligo (di, tri, tetra saccharides) biodegradable polymers. and polysaccharides with examples: reducing Classification based on source, on structure, on sugars and non-reducing sugars – examples and mode of polymerisation, on molecular forces, on uses. growth (with free radical mechanism). Establishment of structures for glucose and Preparation of important addition polymers - fructose (open and cyclic) heating with HI, Polythene, polypropene, PVC, PTFE, reaction with hydroxylamine, bromine water, polystyrene. acetic anhydride, nitric acid and phenyl Rubber – natural and synthetic (Buna-N and hydrazine. Buna-S), vulcanisation of rubber. Test for glucose and fructose (bromine water test Preparation of important condensation polymers with equation). - polyester, Nylon 66, Nylon 6, Bakelite, Disaccharides – structures of sucrose, maltose melamine (to be learnt in terms of monomers and and lactose (glycosidic linkage). Polysaccharides – starch, cellulose, glycogen. equations). Biodegradable polymers – PHBV, Nylon 2 - Proteins – structural units of proteins. Basic Nylon 6. idea of - amino acids, peptide bond, Uses. polypeptides, proteins, structure of proteins - primary, secondary, tertiary structure and 16. Chemistry in Everyday life quaternary structures (qualitative idea only), Chemicals in medicines - analgesics, denaturation of proteins. Enzymes, hormones - tranquilizers antiseptics, disinfectants, elementary idea only. antimicrobials, antifertility drugs, antibiotics, Proteins: Amino acids – general structure, antacids, antihistamines. classification and zwitter ion formation. In medicine: antipyretics, analgesics, Isoelectric point. tranquillisers, antiseptics, disinfectants, Classification of proteins on the basis of molecular shape; primary, secondary, tertiary

189 anti-microbials, anti-fertility drugs, OBSERVATION TABLE antihistamines, antibiotics, antacids. S. (A) (B) (B – A) Definition, common examples, uses. No. Differences between antiseptics and Initial Final Difference disinfectants. burette burette (ml) Structure not required. reading reading Chemicals in food - preservatives, artificial (ml) (ml) sweetening agents, elementary idea of 1 antioxidants. 2 Preservatives: role, example (Sodium benzoate). 3 Artificial sweetening agents: role, examples (aspartame, saccharine, sucralose and alitame). • Concordant reading is to be used for titre value. Soaps and detergents - Classification and their Concordant reading is two consecutive values cleansing action. which are exactly the same. Average will not be Soaps and detergents: classification, structure accepted as titre value. and some important examples. • The table is to be completed in ink only. Pencil is Advantage of detergents over soaps; not to be used. classification of detergents into • Overwriting will not be accepted in the tabular anionic/biodegradable, cationic/non- column. biodegradable and non-ionic. Observations: • Pipette size (should be same for all the PAPER II candidates at the centre). PRACTICAL WORK – 15 Marks • Titre value (concordant value).

Candidates are required to complete the following 2. Study of the rate of reaction experiments: The candidates will be required, having been 1. Titrations given full instructions, to carry out an experiment Oxidation-reduction titrations: potassium on the rate of reaction, e.g. reaction between manganate (VII) / ammonium iron (II) sulphate; sodium thiosulphate and hydrochloric acid (using different concentrations for either), potassium manganate (VII) / oxalic acid. magnesium and dil. sulphuric acid/ dil. The candidate may be required to determine the hydrochloric acid (using different percentage purity of a compound and the number concentrations). of molecules of water of crystallization in 1. Graph of volume vs. time and its hydrated salts. In such experiments sufficient interpretation. working details including recognition of the end 2. Relationship between concentration and rate, point will be given. volume and rate and time and rate. Candidates will be required to calculate: 3. Identification of the following compounds and • Molarity functional groups based on observations • Concentration in grams L-1 / molecular mass • Alcoholic group - glycerol • Number of molecules of water of crystallisation/ percentage purity. • Aldehyde group- formaldehyde • Ketonic group – acetone NOTE: Molarity must be calculated upto 4 decimal places at least, in order to avoid error. • Carboxylic group – benzoic acid • Amino group - aniline

190 - - *Please Note: Carbylamine and acrolein tests Concentrated Acid Group – NO3 , Cl , - - - should not be performed. Br , I , CH3COO . 2- 3- 2- The student should learn to differentiate between Special Group - SO4 , PO4 , C2O4 . + colours, solution, ring and precipitate. Cations: Group Zero: NH4 2+ 4. Characteristic tests of carbohydrates and Group I: Pb proteins Group II : Cu2+, Pb2+ • Carbohydrates – glucose Group III: Al3+, Fe3+ • Proteins – powdered milk Group IV: Zn2+, Mn2+, Ni2+, Co2+ 2+ 2+ 2+ Identification should be of ‘Carbohydrate’ and Group V: Ba , Sr , Ca 2+ ‘Protein’ not of individual substances. Group VI: Mg NOTE: 5. Experiments related to pH change using pH • Formal analytical procedure is required for paper or universal indicator. Qualitative Analysis. • Determination of pH of some solutions • Specific solvent for O.S. to be used; obtained from fruit juice, solutions of known • Before adding Group III reagents to the and varied concentrations of acids, bases and filtrate of Group II, H2S must be removed salts. followed by boiling with conc. Nitric acid. • Comparison of pH of the solutions of strong • The right order for buffer (NH4Cl and and weak acids of the same concentration. NH4OH) must be used. • The flame test with the precipitate obtained Use of universal indicator/pH paper must be in Group V for Ba2+, Sr2+, Ca2+ will also be taught to the students. accepted as a confirmatory test. 6. Electrochemistry Setting up a simple voltaic cell. For wet test of anions, sodium carbonate Variation of cell potential in Zn/Zn2+//Cu2+/Cu extract must be used (except for carbonate). with change in concentration of electrolyte PATTERN OF CHEMISTRY (CuSO4, ZnSO4) at room temperature. PRACTICAL PAPER 7. Qualitative analysis Questions in the practical paper will be set as Qualitative analysis: identification of single salt follows: containing one anion and one cation: Question 1 Volumetric Analysis 2- - 2- 2- 2- - Anions: CO3 , NO2 , S , SO3 , SO4 , NO3 , - - - - 2- 3- Question 2 Any one or a combination of the CH3COO , Cl , Br , I , C2O4 , PO4 . following experiments: + 2+ 2+ 3+ 3+ 2+ 2+ Cations: NH4 , Pb , Cu , Al , Fe , Zn , Mn • Study of the rate of reaction. 2+ 2+ 2+ 2+ 2+ 2+ , Ni , Co , Ba , Sr , Ca , Mg . • Identification of the organic NOTE: compounds and functional groups Chromyl chloride test not to be performed. based on observations. For wet test of anions, sodium carbonate • Characteristic tests of extract must be used (except for carbonate). carbohydrates and proteins. (Insoluble salts such as lead sulphate, barium • Experiments related to pH sulphate, calcium sulphate, strontium sulphate determination using pH paper or will not be given). universal indicator. 2- - 2- Anions: Dilute acid group – CO3 , NO2 , S , • Electrochemistry. 2- SO3 Question 3 Qualitative Analysis (single salt).

191 PROJECT WORK AND PRACTICAL FILE - 5. Simple idea of chemical evolution. 15 Marks 6. Natural polymers (any five) - structure, Project Work – 10 Marks characteristics, uses. Synthetic polymers (any five) - method of preparation, structure, The project work is to be assessed by a Visiting characteristics and uses. Examiner appointed locally and approved by the Council. 7. Types of Dyes - methods of preparation, characteristics and uses. The candidate is to creatively execute one 8. Chemicals in medicines: antiseptics, antibiotics, project/assignment on an aspect of Chemistry. antacids, etc. and their uses. Teachers may assign or students may select a topic of their choice. Following is only a suggestive list of 9. Preparation of soap, nail polish, boot polish, projects. varnish, nail polish remover, shampoo and perfumes. Suggested Evaluation criteria for Project Work: 10. Chemicals and chemical processes in forensic • Introduction / purpose studies. • Contents 11. Insecticides, pesticides and chemical fertilisers. • Analysis/ material aid (graph, data, structure, pie 12. Ancient Indian medicines and medicinal plants. charts, histograms, diagrams, etc.) 13. Organic Chemistry in Nutrition, Food Science • Presentation and Biotechnology. • Bibliography 14. Effect of Green House Gases. Suggested Assignments: 15. How Plastics have changed the world, both 1. Amino acids: Peptides, structure and socially and economically. classification, proteins structure and their role in the growth of living beings. 2. Nucleic Acid: DNA and RNA – their structure. Practical File – 5 Marks Unique nature. Importance in evolution and their The Visiting Examiner is required to assess students characteristic features. on the basis of the Chemistry Practical file 3. Carbohydrates and their metabolism, Blood - maintained by them during the academic year. haemoglobin and respiration. 4. Vitamins and hormones

NOTE: According to the recommendation of International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry (IUPAC), the groups are numbered from 1 to 18 replacing the older notation of groups IA ….. VIIA, VIII, IB …… VIIB and 0. However, for the examination both notations will be accepted.

Old IA IIA IIIB IVB VB VIB VIIB VIII IB IIB IIIA IVA VA VIA VIIA 0 notation New 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 notation

192 BIOLOGY (863)

Aims: 1. To enable candidates to acquire the knowledge and to develop an understanding of biological terms, concepts, facts, principles, formulae, etc. 2. To develop the ability to apply the knowledge of biology in unfamiliar situations. 3. To develop experimental skills required in biology practical work. 4. To create awareness about the problems of the environment and the manner in which these problems can be overcome. 5. To develop the ability to appreciate biological phenomena in nature and the contribution of biology to human welfare. 6. To develop interest in plants and animals and in their respective environments. 7. To develop scientific attitude towards biological phenomena. 8. To create awareness of the fundamentals of human biology, food, health, nutrition and population control.

CLASS XI

There will be two papers in the subject: Paper I: Theory: 3 hours ...70 marks Paper II: Practical: 3 hours ... 15 marks Project Work … 10 marks Practical File … 5 marks PAPER 1- THEORY: 70 Marks There will be no overall choice in the paper. Candidates will be required to answer all questions. Internal choice will be available in two questions of 2 marks each, two questions of 3 marks each and all the three questions of 5 marks each.

S.NO. UNIT TOTAL WEIGHTAGE

1. Diversity of Living Organisms 09 Marks

2. Structural Organisation in Animals and Plants 11 Marks

3. Cell: Structure and Function 15 Marks

4. Plant Physiology 17 Marks

5. Human Physiology 18 Marks

TOTAL 70 Marks

193

PAPER I –THEORY – 70 Marks – definition of fission, conjugation, transduction and transformation (details Note: All structures (internal and external) are not required). required to be taught along with diagrams. A brief idea of the role of different types of archaebacteria (methanogens, 1. Diversity of Living Organisms halophiles and thermoacidophiles in their extreme environments). (i) The Living World Mycoplasma – three distinctive features. What is living? Need for classification; three domains of life; taxonomy and Economic importance with reference to role of bacteria in sewage treatment, systematics; concept of species and antibiotics, energy production and house taxonomical hierarchy; binomial hold products (curd and cheese only). nomenclature; tools for study of taxonomy- museums, zoological parks, herbaria, (c) Kingdom Protista – only two general botanical gardens, key. characteristics and two examples of subgroups: (i) Chrysophytes Characteristics of living organisms. Need for (ii) Dinoflagellates, (iii) Euglenoids, classification should be discussed. Three (iv) Slime moulds, (v) Protozoans (to be domains of life – distinguishing features of studied under rhizopods, flagellates, (archaea, bacteria, eukarya). Definition and ciliates and sporozoans with two explanation of the terms taxonomy characteristics including modes of (numerical taxonomy, cytotaxonomy and locomotion and two examples of each). chemotaxonomy) and systematics. Concept of (d) Kingdom Fungi: general characteristics species. Major taxonomical hierarchies and mode of reproduction of each (phylum, class, order, family, genus, (including types of spores and sexual species): definition and examples with reproduction – definition of isogamy, reference to classification of man, house fly, anisogamy, oogamy, plasmogamy, mango and wheat. Rules of binomial karyogamy and dikaryophase). nomenclature and advantages of using Zygomycetes, Ascomycetes, scientific names. Aids for study of taxonomy Basidiomycetes, Deuteromycetes - –– a very brief idea of museum and herbaria, characteristics with examples. Role of zoological parks and botanical gardens. fungi in the field of medicine, bakery and Definition of taxonomical keys. environmental decomposition. Definition of lichens and mycorrhiza (ecto and Three systems of classification – artificial, endo). natural and phylogenetic. Life cycles not required. (ii) Biological Classification (e) Virus (characteristic features – link Five kingdom classification; salient between living and non-living, structure features and classification of Monera, of TMV and bacteriophage and Protista, Fungi, Plantae and Animalia. contribution of the following scientists: Lichens, Viruses and Viroids. D.J. Ivanowsky, M.W. Beijerinck, W.M. Stanley) and Viroid (definition (a) Five-kingdom system of classification only). and characteristics of different kingdoms with examples. (iii) Plant Kingdom (b) Kingdom Monera: Bacteria - (a) Algae - characteristics (morphology, classification of bacteria according to common name, major pigments, stored shape, nutrition and mode of respiration; food, composition of cell wall, flagellar differences between gram +ve and number and position of insertion, habitat, gram –ve bacteria; types of reproduction mode of sexual reproduction) and

194

examples of Chlorophyceae, Urochordata, Cephalochordata. Vertebrata Phaeophyceae, Rhodophyceae; Economic (classes – cyclostomata, chondrichthyes, importance of algae – any five. osteichthyes, amphibia, reptilia, aves and (b) Bryophyta – general characteristics, mammalia) – three distinguishing characters distinctive features of liverworts and with two examples of each). mosses; graphic outline of life cycle of 2. Structural Organisation in Animals and Plants Funaria with reference to alternation of generations. Economic importance of (i) Morphology of Flowering Plants bryophytes. (a) Morphology and modifications of root, (c) Pteridophyta: characteristics; stem, leaf. classification into classes: psilopsida Types of roots (tap, fibrous, adventitious), (Psilotum), lycopsida (Selaginella, regions, modifications of roots for Lycopodium), sphenopsida (Equisetum) storage (Tuberous – e.g. Mirabilis and and pteropsida (Dryopteris, Pteris and sweet potato; fusiform – e.g. radish; Adiantum). Graphic outline of life cycle conical – e.g., carrot; napiform – e.g. of a typical pteridophyte (fern). Definition turnip), respiration (pneumatophores) of homospory and heterospory with and support (stilt and prop). relevant examples. Economic importance. Stems – features (nodes internodes, (d) Gymnosperms: general characteristics buds), modifications – underground and graphic outline of life cycle of a (tuber, rhizome, corm) aerial (tendril, typical gymnosperm (Pinus). Economic thorn, Phylloclade, cladode) and sub- importance. aerial (runner, sucker, stolon, offset). (e) Angiosperms – general characteristics Leaves - parts of a simple leaf, venation, and classification into monocots and types of leaves (simple and compound – dicots; Graphic outline of life cycle of a pinnate and palmate), phyllotaxy – typical angiosperm. alternate, opposite, whorled (with an (f) Comparison of life cycle patterns of example of each). Modifications for different plant groups (haplontic, mechanical support (tendril), protection diplontic and haplo-diplontic). (spine), storage (bulb), reproduction (Bryophyllum); insectivorous plants (iv) Animal Kingdom (pitcher plant, Venus-fly-trap). Animal Kingdom: animal construction - body (b) Morphology of flower, fruit and seed. plan (cell aggregate plan, blind-sac plan and Structure of a typical flower, types of tube-within-tube plan), symmetry (spherical, inflorescence (racemose and cymose). radial and bilateral symmetry), coelom development (diploblastic and triploblastic Structure of a typical flower, organisation in animals, acoelomate, bracteates/ebracteate, [symmetry pseudocoelomate, coelomate and (actinomorphic, zygomorphic), haemocoelomate), segmentation. trimerous/tetramerous/pentamerous complete/ incomplete, non-essential Non-chordata - five distinguishing whorls (calyx: gamosepalous, characters with two examples of Porifera, polysepalous, corolla: gamopetalous, Cnidaria, Ctenophora, Platyhelminthes, polysepalous, perianth, aestivation: Nematoda (Aschelminthes), Annelida, valvate, twisted, imbricate, vexillary), Mollusca, Arthropoda, Echinodermata, essential whorls (androecium: cohesion - Hemichordata. syngenesious, synandrous, Chordata – sub-classification of Chordata monadelphous, diadelphous, with reference to notochord - sub phyla polyadelphous; adhesion – epipetalous, 195

epiphyllous; number of lobes – Location, structure and functions of monothecous, dithecous; Gynoecium: epithelial tissues (simple, stratified, position of ovary – epigynous, pseudostratified, specialised – hypogynous, perigynous, cohesion – apocarpous, syncarpous, number of transitional, neurosensory and locules – unilocular, bilocular, pigmented) with examples, types of multilocular], types of inflorescence junctions (tight, adhering and gap (racemose and cymose – definition and junctions) location and general differences; subtypes not required). structure of areolar tissue - functions of (ii) Anatomy of Flowering Plants different types of cells (fibroblasts, (a) Plant Tissues: types of plant tissues: macrophages, Mast cells, plasma cells, Meristematic tissues: classification of adipocytes); fibrous connective tissue meristematic tissue. Permanent Tissues: (ligaments and tendon); difference structure and function of simple tissues between bone and cartilage; types of (parenchyma, collenchyma and cartilage (hyaline, white fibrous, yellow sclerenchyma) and complex tissues elastic and calcified); T.S. of hyaline (xylem and phloem), tissue system. cartilage, T.S and L.S. of mammalian Internal structure of root, stem, and leaf. bone(to be taught with the help of diagrams); different types of muscles Characteristics of meristematic tissue; and their functions; structure of a classification of meristems based on neuron (types – unipolar, bipolar, origin and location; structure, function multipolar, myelinated, non- and location of permanent tissues; myelinated). Neuroglial cells. simple and complex tissues; epidermal, ground and vascular tissue systems. (b) Cockroach Cellular diagrams of T.S. of roots and Morphology, anatomy and functions stem and V.S. of monocot and dicot of different systems (digestive, leaves are required. circulatory, respiratory, nervous and reproductive) of an insect (cockroach) - (b) Secondary growth in dicot stem and dicot a brief account only. root Basic idea of how secondary growth 3. Cell: Structure and Function takes place in dicot stems and roots (with (i) Cell - the Unit of Life the help of outline diagrams) and Cell theory and cell as the basic unit of life: formation of annual rings. Activity of the Structure of prokaryotic and eukaryotic cambium and cork cambium, formation cells; Plant cell and animal cell; cell of secondary tissues, differences between envelope; cell membrane, cell wall heart wood and sap wood, early wood (including definition of plasmodesmata); and late wood. Definition of bark. cell organelles – ultrastructure and (iii) Structural Organisation in Animals function; endomembrane system (a) Animal tissues (endoplasmic reticulum, Golgi bodies, Epithelial, connective, muscular and lysosomes, vacuoles), mitochondria, nervous tissues to be taught with the help ribosomes, plastids, microbodies; of diagrams. cytoskeleton, cilia, flagella, centrioles; 196

nucleus, nuclear membrane, chromatin, Enzymes: general properties, nomenclature nucleolus. and classification of enzymes according to type of reactions, co-factors (prosthetic Historical aspects, cell theory, size and groups, coenzymes and metal ions. Factors shape of cells; general structure of affecting enzyme activity - temperature, pH, prokaryotic cell. substrate concentration. Competitive General structure of eukaryotic cell, ultra- inhibitors. structure and function of cell wall, cell (iii) Cell Cycle and Cell Division membrane (description of fluid mosaic model; functions of the plasma membrane: Cell cycle, mitosis, meiosis and their significance. active and passive transport, brief explanation of facilitated diffusion (uniport, Definition of C-value, different stages of cell symport and antiport) with one example. cycle (Go, G1, S and G2 and M). Mitochondria, nucleus (structure and types Different stages of mitosis and prophase – I of chromosomes on the basis of the position of meiosis with diagrams. Significance of of centromere, satellite), types of plastids, mitosis and meiosis. Differences between endomembrane system (endoplasmic mitosis and meiosis. reticulum, Golgi complex, lysosomes and 4. Plant Physiology vacuoles), ribosomes, microbodies, cytoskeleton, cilia, flagella and centrioles; (i) Transport in Plants difference between prokaryotic cell and Movement of water, gases and nutrients; eukaryotic cell, plant and animal cell, cell to cell transport, diffusion, facilitated microfilaments and microtubules, flagella diffusion, active transport; plant-water and cilia. relations, imbibition, water potential, osmosis, plasmolysis; long distance (ii) Biomolecules transport of water - absorption, apoplast, P roteins, carbohydrates, lipids, nucleic symplast, transpiration pull, root pressure acids, enzymes. and guttation; transpiration, opening and Carbohydrates: general classification and closing of stomata; uptake and translocation functions of: monosaccharides (glucose, of mineral nutrients - transport of food - ribose and deoxyribose), disaccharides phloem transport, mass flow hypothesis; (maltose, lactose and sucrose), diffusion of gases. polysaccharides (glycogen, starch, cellulose, Definition of imbibition; factors affecting inulin, and chitin). imbibition; importance of imbibition, Proteins: amino acids – (structure: glycine, characteristics and significance of diffusion; alanine, serine); amino acids as zwitter-ion; osmosis - endosmosis and exosmosis; examples of acidic, basic, neutral, sulphur significance of osmosis and turgidity - containing amino acids; essential and osmotic pressure, turgor pressure, wall nonessential amino acids; levels of protein pressure; definition of turgidity, plasmolysis, structure (primary, secondary, tertiary and deplasmolysis, importance of water; active quaternary); functions of proteins. and passive absorption of water; apoplastic and symplastic movements, definition of Lipids: classification, structure and functions water potential and its components viz. of fats and oils. solute, matrix and pressure potential 197

(numerical problems based on this concept C3 and C4 pathways; factors affecting are not required). Root pressure – definition photosynthesis. and experiment to demonstrate it. Contributions of Priestley, Sachs, Explanation and definition of transpiration, Engelmann, van Neil; differences between significance of transpiration. Stomatal absorption and action spectra. mechanism – starch ↔ sugar interconversion + Brief idea of photosynthetic pigments and K -ion mechanism. Mechanism of ascent (difference between chlorophyll ‘a’&‘b’, of sap by cohesion – tension and carotenoids and xanthophyll), photochemical transpiration pull theory. Guttation – phase - pigment systems, cyclic and non- definition, differences between transpiration cyclic photophosphorylation, chemiosmotic and guttation. Function of stomata, lenticel hypothesis; biosynthetic phase - C3 and C4 and hydathode. Mineral uptake by active and cycles – graphic representation in correct passive transport. sequence (carboxylation, glycolytic reversal and regeneration of pentose); Differences Transport of solutes; evidences which between C3 and C4 plants, C3 and C4 cycles, indicate that downward movement of organic Photosystems I and II, Photorespiration solutes takes place in phloem (girdling and pathway in brief - explanation of how RuBP tracer techniques), mechanism of carboxylase acts as RuBP oxygenase. translocation - mass flow hypothesis. Kranz anatomy. Blackman’s Law of limiting (ii) Mineral Nutrition factors, factors affecting photosynthesis. (iv) Respiration in Plants Essential minerals, macro- and micronutrients and their role; deficiency Exchange of gases; cellular respiration - symptoms; mineral toxicity; elementary idea glycolysis, fermentation (anaerobic), TCA of hydroponics nitrogen metabolism, cycle and electron transport system nitrogen cycle, biological nitrogen fixation. (aerobic); energy relations - number of ATP Criteria for essentiality of minerals, molecules generated; amphibolic pathways; hydroponics, macro and micronutrients; role respiratory quotient. and deficiency symptoms (hunger signs) of Types of respiration; mechanism of various elements. Mineral toxicity. respiration: glycolysis, Krebs’ cycle, ETS Root nodule formation, biological nitrogen (only flowchart). Oxidative phosphorylation fixation, non-symbiotic nitrogen fixation and – definition; Brief idea of fermentation and symbiotic nitrogen fixation. Role of Amphibolic pathway. Definition of Rhizobium, Azospirillum, Azolla, Anabaena respiratory quotient and RQ values of and Nostoc; importance of nitrogenase carbohydrates, proteins and fats. complex and leghaemoglobin pigment. (v) Plant Growth and Development Nitrogen cycle (graphic outline). Seed germination; phases of plant (iii) Photosynthesis in higher plants growth; differentiation, dedifferentiation Photosynthesis as a mean of autotrophic and redifferentiation; sequence of nutrition; site of photosynthesis, pigments developmental processes in a plant cell; involved in photosynthesis (elementary growth regulators - auxin, gibberellin, idea); photochemical and biosynthetic cytokinin, ethylene, ABA; seed dormancy; phases of photosynthesis; cyclic vernalisation; photoperiodism. and non-cyclic photophosphorylation; A brief idea about differentiation, chemiosmotic hypothesis; photorespiration; dedifferentiation and redifferentiation. Phases of growth in meristems, growth rate – 198

definition; measurement of growth by direct of gases, transport of gases and regulation method and use of auxanometer, factors of respiration, respiratory volumes; affecting growth. disorders related to respiration. Discovery and physiological role of growth Organs involved in respiration; mechanism regulators in plants (such as auxins, of pulmonary gas exchange; breathing gibberellins, cytokinins, ethylene and process should be explained showing the abscisic acid – four effects of each); action of diaphragm and intercostal application of growth regulators, Definition muscles, regulation of respiration; of dormancy and quiescence; causes and transport of oxygen in the blood, methods of breaking seed dormancy. oxyhaemoglobin dissociation curve; transport of CO2; chloride shift, pulmonary Photomorphogenesis in plants. air volumes and lung capacities; disorders A brief idea of short day, long day and day of respiratory system such as - asthma, neutral plants; critical day length, emphysema, occupational respiratory definition and differences between disorders. photoperiodism and vernalisation. (iii) Body fluids and circulation.

5. Human Physiology Composition of blood, blood groups, coagulation of blood; composition of lymph (i) Digestion and Absorption. and its function; human circulatory system - structure of human heart and blood Alimentary canal and digestive glands, vessels; cardiac cycle, cardiac output, role of digestive enzymes; peristalsis, ECG; double circulation; regulation of digestion, absorption and assimilation of cardiac activity; disorders of circulatory proteins, carbohydrates and fats; calorific system. values of proteins, carbohydrates and fats; egestion; nutritional and digestive Composition of blood plasma, functions of disorders. plasma proteins, blood corpuscles. Difference between closed and open vascular Calorific value of carbohydrates, proteins system; external and internal structure of and fats per gram; Structure and functions heart; working of the heart and blood flow of the digestive organs and their associated through the heart during different phases glands, types of dentition (thecodont, should be described under the following heterodont, diphyodont) and dental formula headings - auricular systole, auricular of human; diagram of the digestive system diastole, ventricular systole, ventricular with correct position of the organs and the diastole and joint diastole; definition of associated glands; diagrammatic stroke volume and cardiac output, regulation representation of T.S. of gut showing the of heart beat, ECG; arterial blood pressure four layers - histology of individual organs (systolic and diastolic), double circulation. not required; physiology of digestion and The internal structure of artery, vein and absorption of food; definition of bolus, capillary. Importance of ABO groups in peristalsis, deglutition, emulsification; blood transfusion, Rh factor and its assimilation of digested food; disorders of importance in transfusion and pregnancy; the digestive system – Protein Energy clotting of blood to be taught briefly; Malnutrition ( PEM), indigestion, lymphatic system – a brief idea of lymph constipation, vomiting, jaundice, diarrhoea. (composition and function), lymphatic (ii) Breathing and exchange of gases. capillaries and lymph nodes; disorders of the Respiratory organs in animals (recall only); circulatory system such as hypertension, Respiratory system in humans; mechanism coronary artery disease, angina pectoris and of breathing and its regulation - exchange heart failure. 199

(iv) Excretory products and their elimination. (vi) Neural Control and Coordination Modes of excretion - ammonotelism, Neuron and nerves; nervous system in ureotelism, uricotelism; human excretory humans - central nervous system; peripheral system - structure and function; urine nervous system and visceral nervous formation, osmoregulation; regulation of system; generation and conduction of kidney function, renin - angiotensin, atrial nerve impulse; reflex action; sensory natriuretic factor, ADH and diabetes perception; sense organs; elementary insipidus; role of erythropoietin; role of structure and functions of eye and ear. other organs in excretion; disorders of the Structure and functions of various parts of excretory system - uraemia, renal failure, the brain and spinal cord; conduction of renal calculi, nephritis; dialysis and artificial nerve impulses through nerve fibre (non- kidney. myelinated and myelinated) and through synapse; physiology of reflex action, natural Define, differentiate and explain the terms reflex and conditioned reflex - definition, ammonotelism, ureotelism and uricotelism; examples and differences; reflex arc to be external and internal structure of the kidney taught with diagram showing the pathway by (L.S.); structure of nephron; physiology of means of arrows; eye and ear: structure and urine formation - ultra filtration, selective working to be done along with the help of reabsorption and active (tubular) secretion. diagrams. Elementary idea of nose (olfactory Counter current system, regulation of urine receptor) and tongue (gustato receptor). formation, definition of micturition, renin- angiotensin system, role of atrial natriuretic (vii) Chemical Co-ordination and Integration factor, ADH and erythropoietin. Endocrine glands and hormones; human Role of skin, liver and lungs in excretion. endocrine system - hypothalamus, pituitary, Homeostasis – definition. Disorders of the pineal, thyroid, parathyroid, adrenal, excretory system - uraemia, renal failure, pancreas, gonads; mechanism of hormone renal calculi, nephritis. action (elementary idea); role of hormones as messengers and regulators, hypo - and Haemodialysis and artificial kidney. hyperactivity and related disorders; (v) Locomotion and Movement dwarfism, acromegaly, cretinism, goitre, Types of movement - ciliary, flagellar, exophthalmic goitre, diabetes mellitus and muscular; skeletal muscles - contractile diabetes insipidus, Grave’s disease, proteins and muscle contraction; skeletal Addison's disease. system and its functions; joints; disorders Brief idea of location of endocrine glands; of muscular and skeletal system. role of hypothalamus; hormones secreted by Locomotion: Basic aspects of human different lobes of pituitary and their skeleton (number and names of the bones of functions; feedback control of tropic axial and appendicular skeleton). hormones to be discussed giving examples; Functions of human skeleton; different types hormones of pineal, thymus, thyroid, of joints - their location and function; parathyroid, pancreas, adrenal glands, GI general properties of muscles; structure of tract (gastrin, secretin, GIP, CCK-PZ) and skeletal muscle - sliding filament theory of gonads; mechanism of hormone action muscle contraction; chemical events during (through cAMP and steroid hormones only); muscle contraction; definition of summation, effects of hypo secretion and hyper secretion tetanus, rigor mortis, differences between red of various hormones of the above mentioned and white muscles. glands. Disorders of muscular and skeletal system: Note: Diseases related to all the human (i) Myasthenia gravis, (ii) Tetany, physiological systems to be taught in brief. (iii Muscular dystrophy, (iv) Arthritis, (v) Osteoporosis, (vi) gout. 200

PAPER II Leaves: phyllotaxy – alternate, opposite whorled (with an example of each), shape, PRACTICAL WORK – 15 Marks venation, simple and compound. 1. Scientific Techniques (ii) Preparation of temporary slides of Mucor / To study parts of a dissecting microscope and Rhizopus. compound microscope. The teacher should guide the students on the The students should know all parts of dissecting technique of culture, staining and mounting and compound microscope and be able to handle the material and then observing under the the microscope independently. microscope. The students should also be able 2. Physiology to make labelled diagrams and record observations. (i) Food tests: test for starch, glucose, sucrose, proteins and fats. 4. Cytology Food tests: tests should be reported in Preparation of temporary slides of - tabular form. Both positive and negative tests (i) Onion peel (to study the plant cell) should be reported. (ii) Stages of mitosis in onion root tips. (ii) To study the effect of thawing, heat and alcohol on permeability of beet root cells. Correct method of selecting the root tip, fixing, staining and mounting should be taught. To study the effect of heat on permeability of Different stages should be observed first in low cell membrane of beet root cells: students power and after locating the area, the students should record the observations at very low should see it under high power. Various stages temperature, room temperature and higher should be drawn and labelled. temperature to see the degree of leaching and conclude accordingly. Experiment on (iii) T.S of monocot and dicot stem. effect of alcohol on the permeability with (iv) T.S. of monocot and dicot root. regard to leaching. After staining and mounting the tissue students (iii) Separation of plant pigments from leaves by should be able to draw the diagram and label all chromatography. the parts as seen under the low power of (iv) Effect of different carbon dioxide microscope. concentrations on the rate of photosynthesis. 5. Spotting: (Three minutes to be given for each (v) Demonstration of plasmolysis (using Rhoeo spot which includes identification, drawing a leaf / onion bulb). labelled diagram and writing at least two characteristics). (vi) Demonstration of osmosis in living plant cells (potato osmoscope). (a) Identification of stained preparations of the following: 3. Morphology (i) Stages of meiosis. (i) Morphology and modification of roots, stems (ii) Identification of mammalian blood cells. and leaves. (iii) Bacteria Teachers can show examples of roots, stems and leaves modified for mechanical support, (iv) Spirogyra storage, reproduction or perennation – (v) Amoeba students should learn to identify and draw the specimens. (vi) Yeast

201

(b) Identification of the following specimens - (i) Project related to experiment on any aspect of plant life/animal life. (i) Liverworts (ii) Project related to any aspect of environment. (ii) Moss (iii) Diabetes. (iii) Fern (iv) Endocrine disorders. (iv) Pinus (v) Yeast fermentation and production of alcohol or (v) Mushroom any other commercial industry dependant on (vi) One monocot plant – bamboo plants and/or animals or their products. (vii) One dicot plant – Petunia In addition, students may be taught how to culture: (viii) Sponge (ix) Hydra − Earthworms. (x) Tape worm − Protozoans. (xi) Leech − Moulds. (xii) Silk Worm − Setting up of an aquarium. (xiii) Rohu fish Suggested Evaluation Criteria for Project Work: Students should be taught how to identify, Format of the Project: draw, label and give at least two significantly visible characteristics, as observed, of each – Content spot, in a given time of three minutes. – Introduction (c) Comment on experimental set up studied in – Presentation (graphs, tables, charts, newspaper physiology. cuttings, handmade diagrams, photographs, (a) Osmosis statistical analysis if relevant) (b) Transpiration – Conclusion/ Summary (c) Photosynthesis – Bibliography (d) Transpiration pull. Projects should be handwritten by the candidate. The written pages should not exceed 15-20 pages. Students should identify (aim of the experiment), draw a labelled diagram of the Practical File – 5 Marks physiological set-up and write observation Each practical done during the year, needs to be and inference of the experiment within the recorded by the student in the Practical file and allotted time i.e., 3 minutes. the same must be checked, signed and dated by the teacher. PROJECT WORK AND PRACTICAL FILE – Teachers are required to assess students on the basis 15 Marks of the Biology Practical file maintained by them Project Work – 10 Marks during the academic year. Candidate is to creatively execute one project/assignment on any aspect of Biology. Preference is to be given to investigatory projects. Following is only a suggestive list of projects. Teachers may assign or students may choose any one project of their choice.

202

SCIENTISTS AND THEIR CONTRIBUTIONS 28. Waldeyer – Coined the term chromosome 29. Whittaker – Five kingdoms of life 1. Beijerinck – Contagium vivum fluidum 30. William Harvey – Discovered circulatory system 2. Carl Woese – Three domains of life 3. Curtis – Transpiration is a necessary evil LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS TO BE STUDIED 4. Engelmann – Action spectrum of photosynthesis 1. 2,4-D – 2, 4-Dichlorophenoxy acetic acid 5. Ernst Mayr – Biological species concept 2. ABA – Abscisic Acid 6. F.F. Blackman – Law of limiting factor 3. ANF – Atrial Natriuretic Factor 7. F W Went – Isolated Auxins 4. CCK –Cholecystokinin 8. Farmer and Moore – Discovered meiosis 5. DPD – Diffusion Pressure Deficit 9. G.N. Ramachandran – Analysis of Protein 6. ECG – Electrocardiogram structure 7. ERV – Expiratory Reserve Volume 10. Garner and Allard – Photoperiodism 8. ETS – Electron Transport System 11. George Palade – Discovered ribosomes 9. FAD – Flavin Adenine Dinucleotide 12. Huxley and Niedergerke – Sliding filament 10. FRC – Functional Residual Capacity theory 11. GA – Gibberellic acid 13. Ivanowsky – Discovered Tobacco Mosaic Virus 12. GFR – Glomerular Filtration Rate 14. Karl Landsteiner – Blood groups 13. GIP – Gastric Inhibitory Peptide 15. Katherine Esau – Anatomy of plants 14. IBA – Indole Butyric Acid 16. Levitt – Active K+ transport theory of stomatal 15. IRV – Inspiratory Reserve Volume movement 16. LHC – Light Harvesting Complex 17. Munch – Proposed mass flow hypothesis 17. NAA – Naphthalene Acetic Acid 18. Peter Mitchell – Chemiosmotic coupling hypothesis 18. NADPH – Nicotinamide Adenine Dinucleotide Phosphate (reduced) 19. Priestley – Plants restore oxygen in the air 19. OAA – Oxaloacetic Acid 20. Renner – Coined the terms active and passive absorption of water 20. PEM – Protein Energy Malnutrition 21. Robert Brown – Discovered nucleus 21. PGA – Phosphoglyceric Acid 22. Singer and Nicolson – Proposed fluid mosaic 22. PGRs – Plant Growth Regulators model of plasma membrane 23. PPLO – Pleuro Pneumonia Like Organism 23. Sutherland – cyclic AMP as second messenger 24. PZ – Pancreozymin 24. T. O. Diener – Discovered viroids 25. RQ – Respiratory Quotient 25. Thomas Addison – Father of endocrinology 26. RUBISCO – Ribulose Bisphosphate Carboxylase 26. Van Neil – Oxygen released during oxygenase photosynthesis comes from water 27. RuBP – Ribulose Bisphosphate 27. W. M. Stanley – Crystallised TMV 28. TMV – Tobacco Mosaic Virus

203

CLASS XII

There will be two papers in the subject: Paper I: Theory: 3 hours ... 70 marks Paper II: Practical: 3 hours ... 15 marks . Project Work … 10 marks Practical File … 5 marks

S. No. UNIT TOTAL WEIGHTAGE

1. Reproduction 16 Marks

2. Genetics and Evolution 15 Marks

3. Biology and Human Welfare 14 Marks

4. Biotechnology and its Applications 10 marks

5. Ecology and Environment 15 Marks

TOTAL 70 Marks

204

PAPER I –THEORY – 70 Marks (ii) Sexual reproduction in flowering plants All structures (internal and external) are required Flower structure; development of male and to be taught along with diagrams. female gametophytes; pollination - types, agencies and examples; outbreeding 1. Reproduction devices; pollen-pistil interaction; double fertilization; post fertilization events - (i) Reproduction in Organisms development of endosperm and embryo, Reproduction, a characteristic feature of all development of seed and formation of fruit; organisms for continuation of species; special modes - apomixis, parthenocarpy, modes of reproduction - asexual and sexual polyembryony; Significance of seed reproduction; asexual reproduction - binary dispersal and fruit formation. fission, sporulation, budding, gemmule formation, fragmentation; vegetative Pre-fertilisation structures and events. propagation in plants. Structure of microsporangium, T.S. of Definition of life span; life span of a few anther microsporogenesis, structure and organisms (banana, rice, rose, banyan, development of pollen grain, viability of butterfly, fruit fly, tortoise, crocodile, parrot, pollen grain, economic importance of crow, elephant, dog, horse, and cow). pollen grain. Pistil – structure of megasporangium (L.S. of anatropous Asexual reproduction – definition, types ovule), megasporogenesis, structure and (binary fission in Amoeba and Paramoecium, development of female gametophyte. budding in yeast and Hydra, conidia in Penicillium, zoospores in Chlamydomonas, Types of pollination (autogamy, gemmules in sponges), definition of clone. chasmogamy, cleistogamy, geitonogamy, xenogamy), adaptations in flowers Vegetative propagation – definition, pollinated by wind, water and insects. vegetative propagules (tuber of potato, rhizome of ginger, bulbil of Agave, leaf buds Advantages of self and cross-pollination. of Bryophyllum, offset of water hyacinth, Contrivances for prevention of self- runner of grass, sucker of pineapple, bulb of pollination. Pollen-pistil interaction in onion). terms of incompatibility/compatibility, events leading to fertilisation, definition of Sexual reproduction: Plants – definition, phases of life cycle (juvenile/vegetative, triple fusion and double fertilization, reproductive and senescence), unusual changes in the ovary and ovule for seed and flowering phenomenon (bamboo and fruit formation. Significance of double Strobilanthes kunthiana). Animals – fertilization. Apomixis, polyembryony, continuous and seasonal breeders (definition, parthenocarpy to be explained briefly. differences and examples). Fruits to be classified into true and false, Events in sexual reproduction – pre- structure (L.S) of a typical fruit (mango and fertilisation (gametogenesis and gamete coconut); Internal structure of dicot (bean) transfer in plants and animals), chromosome and monocot (maize) seeds; definition, number in the cells of house fly, fruit fly, differences and examples of albuminous and butterfly, human beings, rat, dog, maize, non-albuminous seeds. Significance of seed apple, onion, cat, rice, Ophioglossum; and fruit formation. Significance of fertilization (definition, types - external and dispersal of seeds. internal), post-fertilisation (embryogenesis), definition and example of parthenogenesis, Post-fertilisation events - embryo formation differences between asexual and sexual (monocot and dicot); types of endosperm reproduction. (cellular, nuclear and helobial); definition of perisperm.

205

(iii) Human Reproduction withdrawal or coitus interruptus, lactational Male and female reproductive systems; amenorrhea; artificial – barriers, IUDs, oral microscopic anatomy of testis and ovary; pills, implants and surgical methods, gametogenesis - spermatogenesis and definition of medical termination of oogenesis; menstrual cycle; fertilisation, pregnancy (MTP) and reasons for it; causes embryo development upto blastocyst of infertility. Amniocentesis and its role in formation, implantation; pregnancy and placenta formation (elementary idea); detecting genetic defects. Assisted parturition (elementary idea); lactation reproductive technologies: IVF, IUT, ZIFT, (elementary idea). ICSI, GIFT, AI, IUI. - definition and application only. Causes, symptoms and Organs of male and female reproductive methods of prevention of sexually transmitted system and their functions; internal structure diseases (gonorrhoea, syphilis, genital of testis and ovary to be taught with the help herpes, chlamydiasis, genital warts, of diagrams; gametogenesis- trichomoniasis, hepatitis- B, AIDS). spermatogenesis (including spermiogenesis and spermiation) oogenesis; hormonal 2. Genetics and Evolution control of gametogenesis, structure of sperm and mature ovum, menstrual cycle - different (i) Principles of inheritance and variation phases and hormone action, differences Heredity and variation: Mendelian between oestrous and menstrual cycle, inheritance; deviations from Mendelism - menarche and menopause, physico-chemical incomplete dominance, co-dominance, events during fertilisation, implantation, multiple alleles and inheritance of blood embryonic development up to blastocyst groups, pleiotropy; elementary idea of formation, important features of human polygenic inheritance; chromosomal theory embryonic development (formation of heart, of inheritance; chromosomes and genes; sex limbs, digits, appearance of hair on head, determination - in humans, fruit fly, birds eyelashes, separation of eye lids, external and honey bee; linkage and crossing over; genital organs and first movement of foetus mutation; sex linked inheritance - with reference to time period) placenta and haemophilia, colour blindness; Mendelian its functions. Parturition; lactation – disorders in humans; chromosomal hormonal control and importance. disorders in humans. (iv) Reproductive Health Explanation of the terms heredity and Need for reproductive health and prevention variation; Mendel's Principles of of Sexually Transmitted Diseases (STDs); inheritance; reasons for Mendel's success; birth control - need and methods, definition of homologous chromosomes, contraception and medical termination of autosomes and sex chromosomes; alleles – pregnancy (MTP); amniocentesis; infertility dominant and recessive; phenotype; and assisted reproductive technologies - genotype; homozygous; heterozygous, IVF, ZIFT, GIFT (elementary idea for monohybrid and dihybrid crosses; back cross general awareness). and test cross, definitions to be taught with simple examples using Punnett square. Definition of reproductive health, programs Incomplete dominance with examples from of reproductive health (family planning, plants (snapdragon - Antirrhinum) and RCH), population explosion - role of co-dominance in human blood group, government in controlling the population, multiple alleles – e.g. blood groups, contraceptives methods and their methods of polygenic inheritance with one example of action (natural-periodic abstinence, 206

inheritance of skin colour in humans RNA (tRNA, mRNA and rRNA, snRNA, (students should be taught examples from hnRNA); central dogma – concept only; human genetics through pedigree charts. reverse transcription (basic idea only), They should be able to interpret the patterns Meselson and Stahl’s experiment, replication of inheritance by analysis of pedigree chart). of DNA (role of enzymes, namely DNA Biological importance of Mendelism. polymerase and ligase), transcription, post- Pleiotropy with reference to the example of transcriptional processing in eukaryotes Phenylketonuria (PKU) in human beings and (splicing, capping and tailing). Intron, exon, starch synthesis in pea seeds. Chromosomal cistron, (definitions only). Discovery and theory of inheritance; autosomes and sex essential features of genetic code. Definition chromosomes (sex determination in humans, of codon. Protein synthesis - translation fruit fly, birds, honey bees and grasshopper), in prokaryotes. Gene expression in sex-linked inheritance - with reference to prokaryotes; lac operon in E. coli. Drosophila (colour of body-yellow and Human Genome Project: goal; brown; and colour of eyes-red and white), methodologies [Expressed Sequence Tags and man (haemophilia and colour blindness), (EST), Sequence Annotation], salient definition and significance of linkage and features and applications. DNA finger crossing over. Mutation: spontaneous, printing – technique, application and ethical induced, gene (point – transition, issues to be discussed briefly. Rice Genome transversion and frame-shift); chromosomal Project (salient features and applications). aberration: euploidy and aneuploidy; human (iii) Evolution genetic disorders: phenylketonuria, thalassaemia, colour blindness, sickle cell Origin of life; biological evolution and anaemia; chromosomal disorders: Down’s evidences for biological evolution syndrome, Klinefelter’s syndrome, Turner’s (palaeontology, comparative anatomy, syndrome. embryology and molecular evidences); Darwin's contribution, modern synthetic (ii) Molecular basis of Inheritance theory of evolution; mechanism of Search for genetic material and DNA as evolution - variation (mutation and genetic material; structure of DNA and recombination) and natural selection with RNA; DNA packaging; DNA replication; examples, types of natural selection; gene central dogma; transcription, genetic code, flow and genetic drift; Hardy - Weinberg's translation; gene expression and regulation principle; adaptive radiation; human - lac operon; human and rice genome evolution. projects; DNA fingerprinting. Origin of life - abiogenesis and biogenesis, Structure of eukaryotic chromosomes with effect of oxygen on evolution to show that reference to nucleosome; properties of genes reducing atmosphere is essential for abiotic such as ability to replicate, chemical synthesis. Important views on the origin of stability, mutability and inheritability. Search life, modern concept of origin of life, Oparin for DNA as genetic material - Griffith’s Haldane theory, definition of protobionts, experiment, Hershey and Chase’s coacervates), vestigial organs; Miller and experiment, Avery, McLeod and McCarty’s Urey experiment. Evidences of evolution: experiment; double helical model of DNA morphological evidences, definition and (contributions of Meischer, Watson and differences between homologous and Crick, Wilkins, Franklin and Chargaff); analogous organs (two examples each from Differences between DNA and RNA; types of plants and animals). Embryological 207

evidences – theory of recapitulation, HIV and AIDS; Adolescence - drug and definition and differences between ontogeny alcohol abuse. and phylogeny. Palaeontological evidence – Communicable and non-communicable definition of fossils. Geological time scale diseases; modes of transmission, causative (with reference to dominant flora and fauna) agents, symptoms and prevention; viral Biogeographical evidence – definition of diseases (common cold, chikungunya and biogeography, molecular (genetic) evidences dengue), bacterial diseases (typhoid, -for example genome similarity, universal pneumonia, diphtheria and plague), genetic code; Darwin's finches (adaptive protozoal diseases (amoebiasis, and radiation). malaria, graphic outline of life cycle of Lamarckism: brief idea of Lamarck's theory, Plasmodium), helmintic diseases evidences in favour of Lamarckism such as (ascariasis, and filariasis); fungal evolution of long neck of giraffe to be (ringworm); cancer - types of tumour discussed. Darwinism: salient features of (benign, malignant), causes, diagnosis and Darwinism, contribution of Malthus, treatment, characteristics of cancer cells criticism of Darwinism. Examples of natural (loss of contact inhibition and metastasis). selection – Long neck of giraffe, industrial Immunity (definition and types – innate and melanism, resistance of mosquitoes to DDT acquired, active and passive, humoral and and resistance of bacteria to antibiotics, cell-mediated), Interferons – definition, Lederberg’s replica plating experiment, Neo- source and function; structure of a typical Darwinism (Modern Synthetic Theory); antibody molecule, types of antibodies - IgG, Variation - causes of variation, Hugo de IgA, IgM, IgD and IgE (function and Vries theory of mutation - role of mutation in occurrence, e,g. in serum, saliva, colostrum); evolution; Hardy Weinberg’s principle, vaccination and immunisation, allergies and factors affecting Hardy Weinberg allergens – definition and general symptoms equilibrium: gene migration or gene flow, of allergies; autoimmunity, primary and genetic drift (Founder’s effect, bottle-neck secondary lymphoid organs and tissues, brief effect), mutation, genetic recombination and idea of AIDS – causative agent (HIV), modes natural selection, types of natural selection of transmission, diagnosis (ELISA), (directional, disruptive and stabilizing). symptoms, replication of retrovirus in the Evolution of man - three features of each of infected human cell (including diagram) and the ancestors Dryopithecus, Ramapithecus, prevention. Australopithecus, Homo habilis, Homo Alcoholism and smoking - effects on health. erectus, Homo neanderthalensis, Drugs: effects and sources of opioids, Cro-magnon man and Homo sapiens leading cannabinoids, cocaine and barbiturates. to man of today. Reasons for addiction; prevention and control of alcohol and drug abuse. 3. Biology and Human Welfare (ii) Strategies for enhancement in food (i) Human Health and Diseases production Pathogens; parasites causing human Improvement in food production: green diseases (common cold, dengue, revolution, plant breeding, tissue culture, chikungunya, typhoid, pneumonia, single cell protein, biofortification, amoebiasis, malaria, filariasis, ascariasis, apiculture and animal husbandry. ring worm) and their control; Basic Measures for proper maintenance of dairy concepts of immunology - vaccines; cancer, farms and poultry farms; apiculture and

208

pisciculture – definition, brief idea and antibiotics (Penicillin – discovery and use); advantages of each. sources (microbes) and uses of organic Animal breeding - brief idea of inbreeding, acids, alcohols and enzymes (lipase, out-breeding, cross-breeding and artificial pectinase, protease, streptokinase) in insemination, Multiple Ovulation Embryo industry, source (microbes) and Transfer Technology (MOET). Advantages of applications of Cyclosporin-A, artificial insemination. Statins. (iii) Sewage treatment – primary Plant breeding – a brief reference to green and secondary treatment; (iv) Production of revolution. Steps in plant breeding biogas (methanogens, biogas plant, (germplasm collection, evaluation, selection, composition of biogas and process of cross hybridisation or artificial hybridisation production); (v) Microbes as biocontrol (concept of emasculation and bagging), agents (ladybird, dragonfly, Bacillus selection and testing of superior thuringiensis Trichoderma, recombinants, testing, release and Nucleopolyhedrovirus (Baculovirus), and commercialisation of new cultivars), (vi) Microbes as biofertilisers (Rhizobium, advantages of mutation breeding, examples Azospirillum, Azotobacter, Mycorrhiza, of some Indian hybrid crops like wheat, rice, Cyanobacteria), IPM, harmful effects of maize, sugarcane, millet. Definition of chemical pesticides. heterosis and inbreeding depression. 4. Biotechnology and its Applications Application of plant breeding for (i) disease resistantance [examples of some disease- (i) Biotechnology - Principles and processes resistant varieties of crops for example wheat Genetic Engineering (recombinant DNA (Himgiri), Brassica (Pusa swarnim), technology). cauliflower (Pusa shubhra, Pusa snowball K – 1), Cow pea (Pusa komal), chilli (Pusa Definition and principles of biotechnology; sadabahar)],(ii) insect resistance [examples isolation of genomic (chromosomal) DNA of some insect resistant varieties of (from bacteria/plant cell/animal cell, by cell crops – Brassica (Pusa Gaurav), flat lysis), isolation of gene of interest (by bean (Pusa sem 2, Pusa sem 3), okra (Pusa electrophoresis), steps of formation of sawani, Pusa A–4)], (iii) improved food quality (biofortification, e.g., wheat – Atlas recombinant DNA, discovery, nomenclature, 66, maize hybrids, iron fortified rice). Tissue features and role of restriction enzymes culture (technique and application – (EcoRI, HindII) and role of ligase; cloning micropropagation, somaclones, disease free vectors (features of a good cloning vector, plants and somatic hybridisation), single cell examples of cloning vectors like pBR322, protein – source and significance. Agrobacterium, retroviruses, bacterial (iii) Microbes in Human Welfare artificial chromosome (BAC), yeast artificial chromosome (YAC)), methods of transfer of In household food processing, industrial production, sewage treatment, energy rDNA into a competent host, e.g. by direct- generation and microbes as biocontrol method (temperature shock), microinjection, agents and biofertilisers. Antibiotics. gene gun, methods of selection of recombinants (antibiotic resistance, Use of microbes in: (i) Household products: Lactobacillus (curd), insertional inactivation/blue-white selection), Saccharomyces (bread), Propionibacterium cloning of recombinants, i.e., gene (Swiss cheese); (ii) Industrial products: amplification (by in vivo or in vitro method - beverages (with and without distillation), using PCR technique), bioreactor (basic 209

features and uses of stirred tank and sparged natality, mortality, emigration, tank bioreactors), downstream processing. immigration, carrying capacity. Ways to measure population density. Calculation of (ii) Biotechnology and its applications natality and mortality. Applications of biotechnology in health and Population growth: factors affecting agriculture: human insulin and vaccine population growth and population growth equation; growth models: exponential production, stem cell technology, gene growth and logistic growth along with therapy; genetically modified organisms - equations, graph and examples of the same; Bt crops; transgenic animals; biosafety issues, life history variations: definition of biopiracy and biopatents. reproductive fitness and examples. In agriculture: for production of crops Population interactions – definition of tolerant to abiotic stresses (cold, drought, mutualism, competition (interspecific, salt, heat); pest-resistant crops (Bt-crops, interference, competitive release and RNAi with reference to Meloidogyne Gause’s Principle of Competitive Exclusion), predation (adaptations in incognita); crops with enhanced nutritional organisms to avoid predation), parasitism value (golden rice). (ecto-, endo-, and brood parasites), In medicine: insulin, gene therapy - with commensalism, amensalism. reference to treatment of SCID, molecular (ii) Ecosystem diagnosis by PCR, ELISA and use of Ecosystems: patterns, components; DNA/RNA probe. productivity and decomposition; energy Transgenic animals for bioactive products flow; pyramids of number, biomass, like alpha-1-antitrypsin for emphysema, energy; nutrient cycles (carbon and alpha-lactalbumin; vaccine safety testing, phosphorous); ecological succession; chemical safety testing; study of diseases. ecological services - carbon fixation, Role of GEAC, definition and two examples pollination, seed dispersal, oxygen release (in brief). of biopiracy, biopatent; ethical issues. Definition and types of ecosystems; 5. Ecology and Environment structure of ecosystem (brief idea about biotic and abiotic components). (i) Organisms and Populations Effects of abiotic factors (temperature, Organisms and environment: habitat and water, light, soil) on living organisms, niche, population and ecological definition of stenothermal, eurythermal, adaptations; population interactions - stenohaline and euryhaline), responses to mutualism, competition, predation, abiotic factors (regulate, conform, migrate, parasitism; population attributes - growth, suspend); ecological adaptations: birth rate and death rate, age distribution. morphological, physiological and Definition of ecology; major biomes of behavioural in response to loss of water India – Tropical rain forests, deciduous and extremes of temperature in plants and forests, deserts and sea coasts (their annual animals including humans. Allen’s rule. temperatures and precipitation). Definition Structure and function of pond ecosystem; of habitat and niche. ecosystem functions: (i) Productivity – Definition of population; population gross primary productivity (GPP), net attributes: sex ratio, types of age primary productivity (NPP) and distribution pyramids for human secondary productivity (ii) Decomposition population; definition of population density, (fragmentation, leaching, catabolism,

210

humification and mineralization), factors above. Hotspots, Ramsar sites and Red Data affecting rate of decomposition (iii) Energy Book. flow. Various types of food chains – grazing The place, year and main agenda of historic and detritus, food webs, trophic levels, conventions on biological diversity (the ecological pyramids – energy, number and Earth Summit and the World Summit). biomass (iv) Nutrient cycle – definition of biogeochemical cycles – gaseous cycle (iv) Environmental Issues (Carbon) and sedimentary cycle Air pollution and its control; water (Phosphorous). pollution and its control; agrochemicals and Definition of PAR, 10% Law, standing crop their effects; solid waste management; and standing state. radioactive waste management; greenhouse effect and climate change; ozone layer Succession: definition to explain the depletion; deforestation; any one case meaning, kinds of succession (hydrarch, study as success story addressing xerarch; primary and secondary succession environmental issue(s). with examples), definition of pioneer community, climax community and sere; Definition of pollution and pollutant; significance of ecological succession. environmental issues: air pollution and its control, major sources of gaseous and Ecological services and their cost. particulate pollutants, control devices for air (iii) Biodiversity and its Conservation pollution such as: scrubbers and electrostatic precipitators, catalytic converter, CNG, Concept of biodiversity; patterns of Bharat stages, noise pollution: harmful biodiversity; importance of biodiversity; loss effects and control; Water pollution, major of biodiversity; biodiversity conservation; sources and its control, composition of waste hotspots, endangered organisms, extinction, water, thermal pollution, eutrophication - Red Data Book, biosphere reserves, national cultural or accelerated, BOD, effect of parks, sanctuaries and Ramsar sites sewage discharge on BOD and dissolved Definition of biodiversity, few examples of oxygen content in river; case studies of waste each type of biodiversity - species, ecosystem water treatment (FOAM and EcoSan); Soil and genetic. Global biodiversity and pollution – sources, effects and control, proportionate number of species of major agrochemicals and their harmful effects, taxa of plants, invertebrates and vertebrates; integrated organic farming, contribution of patterns of biodiversity (latitudinal gradients, Ramesh Chandra Dagar, biomagnification species-area relationship – graph and and bioconcentration; solid waste equation), “rivet popper hypothesis”, management, Radioactive waste importance of species diversity to the management, e-waste. ecosystem (narrowly utilitarian, broadly A brief understanding of the concept of utilitarian, ethical terms). deforestation (slash and burn agriculture or Examples of some recently extinct organisms, jhum cultivation’s contribution), greenhouse causes of loss of biodiversity (habitat loss effect. Impact of global warming in terms of and fragmentation, over-exploitation, alien climatic changes, rise in sea levels, melting species invasion, co-extinction). of ice caps, El Nino effect; impact on animals and plants due to climate changes. Ozone Biodiversity conservation: In-situ methods - depletion – causes, ozone hole, Dobson unit, protected areas: biosphere reserves, national effects on plants and animals, methods to parks, wildlife sanctuaries, sacred groves; control ozone depletion, Montreal protocol. ex-situ methods - captive breeding, zoo, The following case studies as success stories botanical gardens, cryopreservation, wild addressing environmental issues: Chipko life safari, seed banks, tissue culture. Movement, Joint Forest Management, Definitions and examples of each of the contribution of Ahmed Khan of Bangalore. 211

Main provisions of Environmental Acts — texture, moisture content, humus content, Environmental Protection Act, Water water holding capacity and pH. (prevention and control of pollution), Air Guidelines for collection of soil samples: (prevention and control of pollution act). • Texture - loamy, sandy and clayey soil. PAPER II • Moisture content – Soil samples are to be collected from a dry place and a wet PRACTICAL WORK – 15 Marks place. Alternatively, samples of soil can 1) Taxonomy: Study floral characteristics through be dried to different degrees in oven/by dissection of flowers, drawing floral formula and keeping in sun. diagrams of following families: • Humus Content – Collect one sample from (i) Malvaceae: type – China rose / Hollyhock. roadside/barren land and one sample from garden/cultivated field. (ii) Leguminosae: subfamily – Papilionaceae – • Water holding capacity – Pour given type – Sweet pea/ Pea/ Bean/ Sesbania/ amount of water in known weight of soil Clitoria (single flower). sample and record the volume of water (iii) Solanaceae: type – Petunia / Datura / Brinjal retained by the soil sample. Flower / Solanum nigrum. • pH – Add water to the soil sample and test (iv) Liliaceae: type – Onion or Amaryllidaceae – with pH paper. type – Lily/Spider lily/ Tiger lily/ Tube rose/ Students should be taught to set up and Gladiolus. demonstrate the experiments with correct diagram of the setup, record their Floral characteristics should be explained by observations methodically and give dissection of flowers. Students should be conclusions. This will give a clear idea of the taught how to cut vertical section of the flower physiological processes. Questions can be and draw accurately labelled diagrams. The asked based on the above physiological technique of drawing floral diagrams with the processes studied. mother axis in the right position is necessary. Floral formula should be correctly written. (iii) To study the effect of enzyme action at three Identification of the correct family giving different temperatures and pH on starch reasons, technique of cutting T.S. and L.S of solution. ovary should be explained and accordingly Effect of enzyme (amylase/ diastase) action correct labelled-diagram should be drawn. at three different temperatures (low- below 10oC, optimum - 37oC and high – above Students should know the examples of plants 70oC) and pH (acidic, neutral and basic) on (belonging to each family) which are of starch solution. economic importance. The examples of common names of plants must be supported (iv) To isolate DNA from available plant with correct scientific names as well. material. Isolation of DNA from spinach leaves, green NOTE: In the examination, candidates will pea seeds, pulp of banana and papaya. be tested on any one of the above families. Take half a ripe and peeled banana into a 2) Simple biochemical and physiological beaker and add 50 ml of extraction fluid experiments (1.5gm table salt +10 ml liquid detergent (i) Study of arrangement/distribution of stomata +90 ml distilled water). Place the beaker in a in dicot and monocot leaves. water bath set at 60 °C for 15 minutes. Stir (ii) Study of soils from two different sites. gently with a glass rod. Filter 5ml of cooled Collect soil samples from two different areas content into a clean test tube and add 5ml of and make a comparative study of their cold 90% ethanol. DNA molecules separate out and appear as white fibres.

212

3) Slide preparation plant and one animal found in xeric and (i) Germination of pollen grain in a nutrient aquatic habitats. Examples: Hydrilla, medium. cactus, fish and camel. (ii) T.S. of ovary of any locally available flower, . (iii) Flowers adapted to pollination by different to show marginal / axile placentation. agencies – insect and wind. (iii) T.S. of a hydrophyte stem. Students should be able to identify the type of pollination of the given flower, draw the (iv) T.S. of a xerophytic leaf (Nerium). diagram of the flower and give two reasons (v) L.S. of monocot and dicot seed (soaked seeds for the type of pollination. Example: Hibiscus of maize/wheat, pea/ bean.) and grass. The technique of staining and mounting Students should be taught how to identify, neatly should be explained. Students should draw, label and give significantly visible also know how to make labelled outline characteristics as observed, of each spot, in a diagrams. They should also be taught to given time of three minutes. ‘T.S.’, ‘model’, identify the mount under low/ high power of ‘whole mount’, ‘chart’, ‘image’ of the microscope. Two identifying features of the specimen should be mentioned as a part of above need to be mentioned. identification. 4) Spotting: (three minutes to be given for each spot which includes identification, drawing a PROJECT WORK AND PRACTICAL FILE – labelled diagram and writing at least two 15 Marks identifying characteristics). Project Work – 10 Marks The project work is to be assessed by a Visiting NOTE: Spotting must be done on a separate answer sheet during examination, which Examiner appointed locally and approved by the should be handed over to the Examiner Council. immediately after spotting. The candidate is to creatively execute one project/assignment on an aspect of biology. (i) Identify and comment on the following: Preference is to be given to investigatory projects. (a) T.S. of ovary of mammal (Permanent Teachers may assign or students may choose any one slide). project of their choice. Students can choose any other (b) T.S. of testis of mammal (Permanent project besides the ones indicated in the list. slide). Following is only a suggestive list of topics: (c) Germinating pollen grain (slide/chart). (d) T.S. of ovary to show the type of (i) Genetic disorders placentation (marginal, axile, basal (LS), (ii) Gene therapy parietal). (iii) Human Genome Project (e) T.S. of blastula / blastocyst of a mammal (iv) DNA fingerprinting (chart/ slide). (v) Bio-piracy (f) Whole mount of Plasmodium sporozoite (vi) Cancer. (slide /chart). (vii) AIDS/Hepatitis. (g) Whole mount of Entamoeba histolytica (viii) Drug addiction and community. trophozoite (slide/chart). (ix) Role of micro-organisms in industry. (h) Preserved specimen/ chart/ model of (x) Human population. Ascaris. (xi) Mendelian Inheritance (xii) Environmental resistance. (ii) Comment upon ecological adaptations of (xiii) Traditional and modern methods: Study of a plants and animals. few traditional methods of pest deterrence Models/ virtual images/ charts of one vis-a-vis modern methods of pest 213

control - viability of traditional methods in 14. Gregor Mendel: Father of genetics today's scenario and limitations and dangers of 15. Sutton and Boveri: Chromosomal theory of modern methods. inheritance (xiv) Role of agrochemicals in increasing food 16. Hugo de Vries, Correns and Tschermack: production. Rediscovered Mendelism Suggested Evaluation Criteria for Project Work: 17. T H Morgan: Linkage Format of the Project: 18. P Maheshwari: Plant tissue culture – Content 19. Henking: Discovered X-chromosome – Introduction – Presentation (graphs, tables, charts, newspaper 20. F. Meischer: Isolated nucleic acid from pus cells, cuttings, handmade diagrams, photographs, called Nuclein statistical analysis if relevant) 21. Chargaff: Rule of equivalence in DNA structure – Conclusion/ Summary 22. F. Griffith: Transformation in bacteria – Bibliography 23. Avery, MacLeod and McCarty: DNA is the Projects should be handwritten by the candidate. genetic material Written pages should not exceed 15-20 pages. 24. Hershey and Chase: DNA is the genetic material Practical File – 5 Marks 25. Meselson and Stahl: Semi-conservative The Visiting Examiner is required to assess students replication of DNA on the basis of the Biology Practical file maintained by them during the academic year. 26. G. Gamow: Triplet nature of codons Each practical done during the year, needs to be 27. S Ochoa: discovered polynucleotide recorded by the student in the Practical file and the phosphorylase same must be checked, signed and dated by the 28. Wallace: divided the Earth into biogeographical teacher. regions

SCIENTISTS AND THEIR CONTRIBUTIONS: 29. M S Swaminathan: Green revolution in India 30. H Boyer: discovered Restriction Enzyme 1. Oparin: Coacervates, Conditions on primitive earth were favourable for chemical evolution 31. S Cohen: method to transfer plasmid DNA in host cells 2. Stanley Miller & Harold Urey: Recreated probable conditions on primitive earth 32. R. Mishra: Father of Indian Ecology 3. Ernst Haeckel: Proposed the recapitulation theory 33. E. Wilson: coined the term Biodiversity 4. Charles Darwin: Natural Selection 34. P Ehrlich: Rivet Popper Hypothesis 5. Lamarck: Inheritance of acquired characters 35. Sanger: DNA/Protein sequencing 6. Hugo de Vries: Mutation 7. T. R. Malthus: Theory of Human Population LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS TO BE STUDIED Growth/ Essays on population 1. ADA- Adenosine Deaminase 8. Alec Jeffrey: DNA finger printing 2. CMI- Cell Mediated Immunity 9. Temin and Baltimore: Reverse transcription. 3. CNG- Compressed Natural Gas 10. Jacob, Monad and Lwoff: proposed Lac operon. 4. CPCB- Central Pollution Control Board 11. Watson and Crick: Structure of DNA 5. DDT – Dichloro diphenyl trichloro ethane 12. Nirenberg and Khorana: Genetic code 6. DFC- Detritus Food Chain 13. Benzer: Cistron, recon, muton 7. EFB- European Federation of Biotechnology 214

8. EST- Expressed Sequence Tags 24. MALT- Mucosal Associated Lymphoid Tissue 9. ET- Embryo Transfer 25. MMR- Maternal Mortality Rate 10. GFC- Grazing Food Chain 26. MOET- Multiple Ovulation Embryo Transfer 11. GMO- Genetically Modified Organism Technology 12. GPP- Gross Primary Productivity 27. NACO- National AIDS Control Organisation 13. hnRNA - Heterogeneous Nuclear Ribo Nucleic 28. NPP- Net Primary Productivity Acid 29. PID- Pelvic Inflammatory Diseases 14. IARI- Indian Agricultural Research Institute 30. PKU- Phenyl ketonuria 15. IMR- Infant Mortality Rate 31. RCH- Reproductive and Child Health Care 16. IRRI- International Rice Research Institute Programmes 17. ICSI - Intra Cytoplasmic Sperm Injection 32. SCID – Severe Combined Immuno Deficiency 18. IUCD/IUD – Intra uterine contraceptive device 33. SNPs - Single Nucleotide Polymorphisms 19. IUCN- International Union for Conservation of 34. snRNA- Small Nuclear Ribo Nucleic Acid Nature and Natural Resources 35. sRNA - Soluble Ribo Nucleic Acid 20. IUI- Intra Uterine Insemination 36. SSBP – Single Strand Binding Protein 21. IUT- Intra Uterine Transfer 37. UTR - Untranslated Region 22. JFM- Joint Forest Management 38. VNTRs - Variable Number of Tandem Repeats 23. LAB- Lactic Acid Bacteria

215

PHYSICAL EDUCATION (875) Aims: 1. To gain an understanding and insight into the 5. To create awareness of the necessity to develop a modern and emerging concepts as well as future good posture and physical poise. prospects of Physical Education. 6. Give special attention to physically challenged 2. To create awareness of the necessity for vigour children. and efficiency through physical fitness. 7. To create opportunities to develop esprit de 3. To facilitate physical, intellectual, emotional and corps, courtesy, sportsmanship, social skills, social development of students. democratic conduct and ideals. 8. To develop skills of planning as well as practical 4. To develop an understanding of the skills in order to perform effectively. physiological, socio-cultural and psychological factors which influence Physical Education. 9. To develop the ability to relate practice to classroom learning and vice-versa.

CLASS XI There will be two papers in the subject: Importance of Physical Education. Paper I: Theory: 3 hours -----70 marks Need for Physical Education and how it is important. Paper II: Practical Work ------30 marks (ii) Misconceptions about Physical Education PAPER I (THEORY) – 70 Marks and the relevance of Physical Education The theory paper will be divided into two Sections A in the inter-disciplinary context (sports and B. Candidates will be required to answer five medicine, sports engineering, sports questions out of seven from Section A, each psychology, sports journalism, sports carrying 8 marks. Section B will be based on physiotherapy, sports nutritionist, sports questions on major games in the syllabus. Candidates fashion designing). will be required to select two games from this section Misconceptions with respect to Physical and answer any three of the five subparts (a), (b), (c), Education; how Physical Education is (d) and (e) from each of the two selected games of related to various other disciplines as listed their choice. Each question shall carry 15 marks. above. Note: Details regarding evaluation of Practical Work (iii) Meaning of ‘Play’ and ‘Recreation’. are given at the end of Class XII. Practical Evaluation for Class XI is to be done by the Internal Definition and importance of ‘Play’; Examiner. Characteristics of Play (freedom and time, space and spontaneity, enjoyment, intrinsic SECTION – A value). 1. Concept of Physical Education Definition and importance of recreation. (i) Meaning of Physical Education, its aim and (iv) Meaning and concept of ‘Games and Sports’. objectives. Understanding of the term ‘Physical Meaning, definition and characteristics of Education’. Aims and objectives of Physical ‘Games and Sports’ Education

264

2. Individual Aspects and Group Dynamics system (nose, larynx, trachea, bronchi, diaphragm) and their functions. (a) Interest and attitude. (iii) Circulatory system: Meaning; Heart, its − Meaning and definition of the term structure and functions; control of the Interest (inborn and acquired); Methods heart rate; function and composition of of developing interest (in Physical blood, maintenance of blood supply. Education activities and programmes). (iv) Digestive System: Meaning, major organs − Meaning and definition of the term (mouth, oesophagus, stomach, pancreas, Attitude (experience, derived, emotional liver, gallbladder, small intestine, large challenge, profession); methods of intestine) and functions of each. forming attitude: by means of (v) Effect of exercise and benefits of regular suggestions, by blindly accepting the training on the above systems. social norms, by means of some intense emotional experiences, through 4. Nutrition, Weight Control & Exercise participating in games and sports (forming attitude to win, attitude towards (i) Nutrition Basics – Dietary Goals and basics exercise, attitude towards physical of a Nutritious Diet. fitness, fair play, obedience, discipline, Nutrition basics: Dietary Goals for various etc.) stages of growth (childhood, adolescence, (b) Motivation. adulthood, old age); Meaning of ‘Nutritious − Introduction, meaning and definition of Diet’. ‘Motivation’. (ii) Balanced Diet and role of balanced diet in − Types of Motivation: intrinsic and performance. extrinsic. − Methods of Motivation: praise or blame, Concept of a Balanced diet; elements and competition, reward and punishment, sources of a balanced diet; factors affecting setting clear goals, success and failure, balanced diet; Importance of Balanced diet record of progress, scholarships, social in sports performance. recognition, honour and glory. (iii) Obesity and weight control; Life time (c) Leadership. concept of weight control. − Meaning and definition of the word Meaning and definition of obesity; causes ‘Leader’. of Obesity, dangers of Obesity, prevention − Desirable qualities of a Leader. of Obesity through exercise and weight control. 3. Effects of Physical Exercise on Human Body Systems Life-time concept of weight control – an Various systems and the effects of exercise and understanding of how weight can be training on the following: skeletal system, controlled through proper eating habits muscular system, respiratory system, circulatory and exercise. system and digestive systems. 5. Physical Fitness & Wellness (i) The skeletal and muscular system: Types of bones in the body, various types of joints (i) Physique, Physical Fitness and Wellness. and major movements; structural Understanding of the term ‘Physique’; classification of muscles, structure and A basic understanding of the three function of muscle. body types (a) Endomorph (b) Mesomorph (ii) Respiratory System: Meaning and types of (c) Ectomorph. respiration, organs of the respiratory Meaning and importance of Physical Fitness and Wellness. 265

(ii) Components of physical fitness and wellness. Where and when the first Asian Games took Components of physical fitness: place and where and when the upcoming Health related fitness such as Cardio Asian Games will take place. Events held in vascular endurance, muscular endurance, Asian Games; Countries participating in strength; flexibility; body composition. Asian Games. Skill related fitness: such as Cardio vascular endurance, muscular endurance, strength; SECTION B flexibility; body composition, balance; Any two of the following games are to be studied: coordination; agility; power, reaction time and speed (Candidates should be made to Cricket, Football, Hockey, Basketball, Volleyball, understand that skill related fitness includes Badminton, Tennis, Swimming, Athletics. all health related fitness components). The following aspects should be studied for each of Components of Wellness: social, spiritual, the two games selected by the candidate. physical, mental, emotional and intellectual (a basic understanding of each). Rules and regulations of the game; Interpretation of (iii) Factors affecting physical fitness and laws of the game; Duties and responsibilities of the wellness. officials and players; Measurement and dimensions Factors affecting physical fitness and related to the game; Terminologies related to the wellness: Heredity, exercise (physical, game; Fundamental skills of the game; Strategies and mental and social benefits), illness, physical formation of the game; Names and abbreviations of deformity, age and gender, diet, stress, living the National and Major International Tournaments style, substance use (smoking, drugs, alcohol) and environment. linked with the game; Diagrams and dimensions of (iv) Tests and Measurements in Sports. play area; Diagrams and dimensions of equipment related to the game. Basic understanding, importance and calculation of the following: Kraus Weber The details for each game are given below: Test; Body Mass Index (BMI); Waist Hip Ratio; Measurement of Heart Rate; Rockport CRICKET one-mile test. – Knowledge of the game, strategies and tactics, 6. Games and Sports – a global perspective and how to improve performance. (i) Olympics as a Social force. – Detailed understanding of the rules and An understanding of how the Olympic games regulations of the game. Diagrams of the field promote international understanding and and pitch, and various fielding positions. appreciation of cultural diversity by – Knowledge of the dimensions of the field, providing a platform for athletes from all thickness of the lines, dimensions of pitch and over the world to meet and compete, complete specifications and markings on it. irrespective of their colour, race, creed and Equipment of the game with their length, width political beliefs. weight, thickness and material. Score board, (ii) History of Modern Olympics. scorer, sightscreen. Flood light Motto of the Olympic games; Events held in – Duties of the officials, before, during and after modern Olympics; Where and when the first the match. Umpires and third umpire, modern Olympics took place and where and requirements of the game, equipment needed, when the upcoming Olympics will take place; significance of the colours used in the rings numbers of players, duty of coach, captain etc. of the Olympic flag and what these rings – Laws governing the game. Suspensions, signify. The founder of modern Olympics. penalisations, draws, match fixtures, (iii) Asian Games. arrangements needed to conduct tournaments, 266

forfeitures, follow on, tie, power play, match – Basic skills and techniques (Passing - types of fixing, duck worth rule, sledging, ball tampering. pass, ground lofted, chip, volley, angle of pass. – Basic skills and techniques. Batting (different Control (use of various surfaces-head chest, foot types of shots, footwork, body position and thigh). Dribbling (running with the ball, rhythm actual bat movement. Bowling (run up, delivery and pace, feints, body swerves, screening, stride, follow through, types of bowling beating an opponent. Heading the ball with variations, good line and length, grip action. intention of (attacking, defending, jumping, to Fielding positions, catching and throwing skills, head down, high, pass, score). Shooting skills Wicket keeping techniques, skills of getting the with either foot, inside or outside, short and long batsmen out. range shots, swerving shots, volleys, penalty – Different types of signals, extra runs, extra kicks, power and accuracy. Tackling skills - players, runner, substitute, provisions and interception, jockeying for the ball, trapping by restrictions, players equipment, danger area, various body parts, position, tackle front, side, various terms of cricket. slide, recovery. Goalkeeping skills - stopping, – Knowledge of associations and federations linked watching, guiding the team, saving goal, dealing, to the game. Important tournaments. catching, heading, kicking, punching, throwing, Abbreviations of associations and federations diving, anticipation, speed and reflexes. concerned with the game. – Principles of play-attack, depth, defence, penetration, sweeper systems, 4-4-2, 4-3-3, FOOTBALL 4-2-4. Kick-off, corner kick, throw-in, goal kick, – Knowledge of the game, strategies and tactics, free kick, penalty kick. Importance of penalty and how to improve performance. arc, center circle and lines on the field. – Detailed understanding of the rules and – Knowledge of associations and federations linked regulations of the game. Match time, extra time, to the game. Important tournaments. tie breaker, sudden death, ball in play and out of Abbreviations of associations and federations play, importance of lines on the field. Various concerned with the game. methods of starting and restarting the game. HOCKEY Substitution procedure, penalty cards and their importance. – Knowledge of the game, strategies and tactics, – Knowledge of the dimensions of the field, and how to improve performance. thickness of the lines, dimensions of center – Detailed understanding of the rules and circle, quarter circle, goal and penalty area, regulations of the game. Match time, extra time, penalty arc and complete specifications and tie breaker, sudden death, ball in play and out of markings on it. Equipment of the game with their play, penalty stroke, short corner, long corner, length, width, weight, thickness, material and free hits, hit or push back, 16 yard hit, dimensions. Diagram of goal post and field. importance of lines on the field. Start and restart – Duties of the officials, requirements of the game, of the match. equipment needed, numbers of players, duty of – Knowledge of the dimensions and diagrams of coach, captain, assistant referees, technical the field and goalpost, thickness of the lines, officials, grounds men, ball boys, match dimensions and complete specifications and organizers, technical area. markings on it. Equipment of the game with their – Laws governing the game. Suspensions, length, width, weight, thickness, material and penalisations, draws, match fixtures, dimensions. Protective equipment of the arrangements needed to conduct tournaments, goalkeeper and players. punishment on players, coaches. 267

– Duties of the officials, requirements of the game, – Laws governing the game. Suspensions, equipment needed, numbers of players, reserve penalisations, draws, match fixtures, bench, running substitution duty of coach, arrangements needed to conduct tournaments. captain, assistant referees, ball boys, doctor, – Basic skills and techniques, tactics and team grounds men. skills Knowledge of basic skills, free throws – Laws governing the game. Suspensions, stance (passing, dribble, shoot); Shooting (jump penalisations, draws, match fixtures, shot, layup, hook shot); passing (pass, signal, arrangements needed to conduct tournaments, receive feint footwork, chest-pass, bounce pass, punishment on players, coaches. overhead pass, javelin pass. Footwork (pivot, 1 – Basic skills and techniques (Passing - types of count and 2 count stop). One to one defence, fake pass, ground lofted, chip, volley, angle of pass, and drive, pass and cut defence, types of defence, push, scoop, flick, aerial ball. Receiving the ball zone defence, and fast break. – control, dribbling (running with the ball, – Knowledge of associations and federations linked rhythm and pace, feints, body swerves, screening, to the game. Important tournaments. beating an opponent from the right to the left, Abbreviations of associations and federations right and behind. Shooting skills with Stick, concerned with the game. inside or outside, short and long range shots, VOLLEYBALL swerving shots, volleys, penalty, power and accuracy. Tackling skills - interception, – Knowledge of the game, strategies and tactics, jockeying for position. Goalkeeping skills - and how to improve performance. stopping, watching, guiding the team, saving – Detailed understanding of the rules and goal, kicking, diving, anticipation, speed. regulations of the game. reflexes. – Knowledge of the dimensions and diagram of the – Principles of play-attack, depth, defence, court, thickness of the lines, dimensions within penetration, team formations 1-2-3-5/1-1-3-4- the court, full specifications of the net, pole and 2/1-1-3-3. other equipment required for the game. – Knowledge of associations and federations linked – Duties of the officials, table officials, referees, to the game. Important tournaments. requirements of the game, equipment needed, Abbreviations of associations and federations numbers of players, reserve bench, duty of coach, concerned with the game. captain, etc. – Laws governing the game. Suspensions, BASKETBALL penalisations, draws, match fixtures, – Knowledge of the game, strategies and tactics, arrangements needed to conduct tournaments, and how to improve performance. default by teams. – Detailed understanding of the rules and – Basic skills and techniques, tactics and team regulations of the game. skills, Knowledge of basic skills, volley-two – Knowledge of the dimensions of the court, hand pass over the head forearm pass. The serve- thickness of the lines, diagrams and dimensions underarm, over arm float, over arm jump, over of the court, full specifications of the ring, pole, arm top spin, round house jump. The smash - boards and ball. high set cross court, down the line, speed smash, – Duties of the officials, table officials, referees, tip the ball over the block. The block-line of scorers, requirements of the game, equipment defence, defence against smash, attack at set ball. needed, numbers of players, reserve bench, duty Teamwork importance in both defence and of coach, captain, technical equipment team and attack. Understanding rotation, blocking and player foul markers. screening 268

– Knowledge of associations and federations linked length, width, weight, thickness, material and to the game. Important tournaments. dimensions. Types of courts. Abbreviations of associations and federations – Duties and number of officials, requirements of concerned with the game. the game, number of players, duty of coach, match organisers. BADMINTON – Laws governing the game. Suspensions, – Knowledge of the game, strategies and tactics, penalisations, draws, match fixtures, and how to improve performance. arrangements needed to conduct tournaments, – Detailed understanding of the rules and punishment on players, coaches, match points, regulations of the game. Match time, extra time, etc. tie, shuttle in play and out of play, importance of – Basic skills and techniques - forehand or lines on the court, singles and doubles. backhand, chopper grip, correct grip, smash, – Knowledge of the dimensions and diagram of the drop, drive, net play, return upshots and court, thickness of the lines. Equipment required low/high/flick serves. Basic positioning for men for the game with their length, width weight, and women rallies. The racket grip-shake hand. thickness, material and dimensions. Strokes - backhand push, forehand drive, forward – Duties of the officials, requirements of the game, push. Service - two bounce serve, high toss, equipment needed, number of players, duty of forehand spin, backhand spin, long serve. Spin - coach, match organisers. forehand topspin, backhand topspin chopping – Laws governing the game. Suspensions, blocking lobbing, follow through, placement of penalisations, draws, match fixtures, ball for each service. arrangements needed to conduct tournaments, – Knowledge of associations and federations linked punishment on players, coaches, match points, to the game. Important tournaments. etc. Abbreviations of associations and federations – Basic skills and techniques - forehand or concerned with the game. backhand, correct grip, smash, drop, drive, net SWIMMING play, return upshots and low/high/flick serves. Basic positioning for men and women rallies. – Knowledge of competitive swimming events, – Knowledge of associations and federations linked activities, strategies and tactics, and how to to the game. Important tournaments. improve performance (individual and team). Abbreviations of associations and federations – Detailed understanding of the rules and concerned with the game. regulations of various swimming events, strategies and tactics in chosen events. Planning TENNIS performing and evaluating particular event. – Knowledge of the game, strategies and tactics, – Knowledge of the dimension, depth and distance and how to improve performance. of the pool. Importance of starters and judges for – Detailed understanding of the rules and start and finish of individual and medley races. regulations of the game. Match time, deuce, Various officials in charge of conducting the advantage, tie foot fault. Ball in play and out of events. Types of races, types of strokes, diving play. Dimensions and importance of lines on the competitions, false start, individual and medley court, singles and doubles. events. Stances for different strokes. – Knowledge of the dimensions and diagram of the – Duties of the officials, table officials, referees, court net, racket, thickness of the lines. requirements of the game, equipment needed, Equipment required for the game with their numbers of players, reserve bench, duty of coach,

269

physiotherapist, wind gauge operator, lifeguard, – Knowledge of the dimension of the track. Width photo finish. of the track. Measurement of 400 and 200 meters, – Laws governing the game. Suspensions, relay and solo races. Equipment of athletes in penalisations, draws, fixtures, arrangements various events dimensions and requirements. needed to conduct tournaments. Importance of starters and judges for start and – Basic skills and techniques requiring control, finish. Importance of staggers. balance, weight transfer, flow and clear body – Duties of the officials, table officials, referees, positions, complex sequence of movements and requirements of the game, equipment needed, ability to perform showing high standards of numbers of players, reserve bench, duty of coach, precision control power speed and stamina, physiotherapist, wind gauge operator, photo fitness and tactics to outwit the opponents. finish. Warming up and cooling down safely, safety – Laws governing the game. Suspensions, requirements for swimmers. penalisations, draws, match fixtures, – Knowledge of associations and federations linked arrangements needed to conduct meets. Rules to the game. Important tournaments. and distances and requirements of various events. Abbreviations of associations and federations – Basic skills and techniques requiring control, concerned with the game. balance, weight transfer, flow and clear body positions, complex sequence of movements and ATHLETICS ability to perform showing high standards of – Knowledge of track and field events, activities, precision control power speed and stamina, strategies and tactics, and how to improve fitness and tactics to outwit the opponents. performance (individual and team). Warming up and cooling down exercises. – Detailed understanding of the rules and – Knowledge of associations and federations linked regulation of various events, strategies and tactics to the game. Important tournaments. in chosen events. Planning performing and Abbreviations of associations and federations evaluating particular event. concerned with the game.

270

CLASS XII There will be two papers in the subject: (c) Warming up, conditioning and cooling/limbering exercises. Paper I: Theory: 3 hours -----70 marks − Meaning of the terms ‘warming up’, Paper II: Practical Work ------30 marks ‘conditioning’ and ‘cooling/limbering’. − Basic exercises related to warming up, PAPER I (THEORY) – 70 Marks conditioning and cooling/limbering. The theory paper will be divided into two Sections A − Advantages of warming up, conditioning and B. Candidates will be required to answer five and cooling/limbering. questions out of seven from Section A, each (d) Isometric and Isotonic exercises. carrying 8 marks. Section B will be based on Meaning, advantages and examples of each. questions on major games in the syllabus. Candidates (e) Circuit Training. will be required to select two games from this section and answer any three of the five subparts (a), (b), (c), Meaning and advantages of circuit training; procedure of conducting circuit training. (d) and (e) from each of the two selected games of their choice. Each question shall carry 15 marks. (f) Weight Training. Meaning and advantages of weight training. SECTION A An understanding of how the above training 1. Sociological Aspects of Physical Education methods help an individual in different sports (i) Games and sports as man’s cultural and help develop strength, speed, stamina, heritage. skill, endurance. An understanding that sports have been a part of our culture and tradition since time 3. Career Aspects in Physical Education immemorial. (i) Career options in Physical Education. (ii) Development of the individual through Professional sportsmen, sports manager, games and sports. teacher/lecturer, sports coach, gym Understanding how games and sports instructor, sports officials, sports events contribute in various ways towards the coordinators, sports journalist and development of an individual. commentator, sports software engineer, (iii) Role of Physical Education in promoting marketing and manufacturing of sports national integration. equipment. How Physical Education helps in (ii) Important institutions of Physical Education promoting National Integration. in India. (iv) Physical Education and personality Functions and objectives of Netaji Subhash development. National Institute of Sports (N.S.N.I.S.), The role of Physical education in Sports Authority of India (S.A.I), development of personal qualities like an International Olympic Committee (I.O.C), individual attitude, discipline, helpfulness, Indian Olympic Association (IOA), YMCA team spirit, patience, unity, friendship, etc. College of Physical Education (Chennai), 2. Training Methods Lucknow Christian College of Physical (a) Meaning and importance of Sports Training. Education (LCCPE), Luxmibai National Definition of Sports Training and its University of Physical Education (LNUPE). importance. Development of training facilities, coaching (b) Methods of training. systems, influence of media and sponsors, Methods of Training: Repetition, continuous campaigns like Health runs in creating & fartlek, and interval - Definition, purpose, awareness towards social evil causes and advantages and procedure of each. promoting physical fitness.

271

4. Competitions and Tournaments (c) Disability and Rehabilitation. (i) Tournaments and types of tournaments. Causes of disability. General principles for Candidates should be fully aware of: prevention of disability; Meaning and scope of Rehabilitation; − the definition of ‘tournament’. services available for rehabilitation; role of − the types of tournaments: Fixtures, the community and government Knock-out, league matches (seeding and organizations in rehabilitation programmes. byes). (d) Posture. − merits and demerits of tournaments. Meaning of posture. Correct posture – meaning, importance of − objectives and importance of intramural correct posture (standing, sitting, walking). and extramural competitions. Common postural deformities: kyphosis, − Names of the National and International scoliosis, lordosis, flat foot, knock-knees, Federations/Bodies controlling the bowlegged, hunch back, round shoulders – various tournaments/competitions. meaning, causes and corrective measures for (iii) Difference between Professional and each. Amateur Players. (e) Personal hygiene and sleep requirements. Self-explanatory. Personal hygiene: Meaning of personal hygiene, importance of personal hygiene for Note: Candidates should be aware of the a healthy life style. Care of eyes, ears, feet, above, for the past five years, with respect to hair, skin, oral hygiene, nose and clothing. the games included in the syllabus. Foot care: causes of corns, broken nails due 5. Health Education & Health Problems to tight footwear; Causes of diseases like ring worm, athletes foot due to walking in (a) Meaning and definition of ‘Health’ and wet areas; proper care of feet. ‘Health Education’. Sleep requirements: Sleep requirements for Meaning and definition of ‘Health’ (mental different age groups. Effects of insufficient health and physical health) and ‘Health sleep on human body. Education’. (f) Substance Abuse. (b) Principles and importance of Health Effects of use of alcohol and smoking on the Education. Health problems and role of individual and society. Health Education in solving them. Drugs: Meaning of ‘drugs’ and ‘drug abuse’; Stimulants and Narcotics – Principles and objectives of Health Analgesics. Education. Importance of Health Education for adults and the younger generation Awareness of the fact that use of certain through formal and non-formal channels of drugs has been banned by World education. Various prevalent Health Anti-Doping Agency (WADA) and National Anti-Doping Agency (NADA) and reasons for Problems: Communicable diseases – the same. meaning, examples and common mode of spread. Epidemics – meaning and examples; 6. Sports Injuries and First Aid Water, noise and air pollution – causes and (i) Sports related injuries. prevention; Occupational Health Hazards – Types of sports related injuries: soft tissue meaning and examples. injuries (contusion, abrasion, strain and Note: Details of specific diseases not sprain) bone injuries (fracture) and joint required. injuries (dislocation): causes and prevention of each.

272

(ii) Role of a sportsperson in prevention of sports – Knowledge of the dimensions of the field, related accidents. thickness of the lines, dimensions of pitch and Types of injuries due to: sudden movement; complete specifications and markings on it. environment (hot, cold, wet and dry); lack of Equipment of the game with their length, width preparation (warm up, cool down); weight, thickness and material. Score board, inadequate clothing, body protection; not scorer and sightscreen. Flood light. following instructions; surface and facilities, – Duties of the officials, before, during and after equipment being unsafe. Role of individual in the match. Umpires and third umpire, prevention of sports related accidents. requirements of the game, equipment needed, (iii) First Aid. numbers of players, duty of coach, captain etc. Meaning and importance of ‘First Aid’. – Laws governing the game. Suspensions, First Aid for various sports related injuries. penalisations, draws, match fixtures, arrangements needed to conduct tournaments, First Aid for cuts, grazes, strains, sprains, forfeitures, follow on, tie, power play, match cramps, blisters, bruises, injuries of bone fixing, duck worth rule, sledging, ball tampering. (fracture and dislocation); application of splints and Thomas splint; First Aid in – Basic skills and techniques. Batting (different drowning; Cardio Pulmonary Resuscitation types of shots, footwork, body position and (CPR) and Rest, Ice, Compression and actual bat movement. Bowling (run up, delivery Elevation (RICE). stride, follow through, types of bowling variations, good line and length, grip action. SECTION B Fielding positions, catching and throwing skills, Wicket keeping techniques, skills of getting the Any two of the following games are to be studied: batsmen out. Cricket, Football, Hockey, Basketball, Volleyball, – Different types of signals, extra runs, extra Badminton, Tennis, Swimming, Athletics. players, runner, substitute, provisions and The following aspects should be studied for each of restrictions, players equipment, danger area, the two games selected by the candidate. various terms of cricket. – Knowledge of associations and federations linked Rules and regulations of the game; Interpretation of to the game. Important tournaments. laws of the game; Duties and responsibilities of the Abbreviations of associations and federations officials and players; Measurement and dimensions concerned with the game. related to the game; Terminologies related to the game; Fundamental skills of the game; Strategies and FOOTBALL formation of the game; Names and abbreviations of – Knowledge of the game, strategies and tactics, the National and Major International Tournaments and how to improve performance. linked with the game; Diagrams and dimensions of – Detailed understanding of the rules and play area; Diagrams and dimensions of equipment regulations of the game. Match time, extra time, related to the game. tie breaker, sudden death, ball in play and out of The details for each game are given below: play, importance of lines on the field. Various methods of starting and restarting the game. CRICKET Substitution procedure, penalty cards and their – Knowledge of the game, strategies and tactics, importance. and how to improve performance. – Knowledge of the dimensions of the field, – Detailed understanding of the rules and thickness of the lines, dimensions of center regulations of the game. Diagrams of the field circle, quarter circle, goal and penalty area, and pitch, and various fielding positions. penalty arc and complete specifications and markings on it. Equipment of the game with their

273

length, width, weight, thickness, material and – Knowledge of the dimensions and diagrams of dimensions. Diagram of goal post and field. the field and goalpost, thickness of the lines, – Duties of the officials, requirements of the game, dimensions and complete specifications and equipment needed, numbers of players, duty of markings on it. Equipment of the game with their coach, captain, assistant referees, technical length, width, weight, thickness, material and officials, grounds men, ball boys, match dimensions. Protective equipment of the organizers, technical area. goalkeeper and players. – Laws governing the game. Suspensions, – Duties of the officials, requirements of the game, penalisations, draws, match fixtures, equipment needed, numbers of players, reserve arrangements needed to conduct tournaments, bench, running substitution duty of coach, punishment on players, coaches. captain, assistant referees, ball boys, doctor, grounds men. – Basic skills and techniques (Passing - types of pass, ground lofted, chip, volley, angle of pass. – Laws governing the game. Suspensions, Control (use of various surfaces-head chest, foot penalisations, draws, match fixtures, thigh). Dribbling (running with the ball, rhythm arrangements needed to conduct tournaments, and pace, feints, body swerves, screening, punishment on players, coaches. beating an opponent. Heading the ball with – Basic skills and techniques (Passing - types of intention of (attacking, defending, jumping, to pass, ground lofted, chip, volley, angle of pass, head down, high, pass, score.) Shooting skills push, scoop, flick, aerial ball. Receiving the ball with either foot, inside or outside, short and long – control, dribbling (running with the ball, range shots, swerving shots, volleys, penalty rhythm and pace, feints, body swerves, screening, kicks, power and accuracy. Tackling skills - beating an opponent from the right to the left, interception, jockeying for the ball, trapping by right and behind. Shooting skills with Stick, various body parts, position, tackle front, side, inside or outside, short and long range shots, slide, recovery. Goalkeeping skills - stopping, swerving shots, volleys, penalty, power and watching, guiding the team, saving goal, dealing, accuracy. Tackling skills - interception, catching, heading, kicking, punching, throwing, jockeying for position. Goalkeeping skills - diving, anticipation, speed and reflexes. stopping, watching, guiding the team, saving – Principles of play-attack, depth, defence, goal, kicking, diving, anticipation, speed. penetration, sweeper systems, 4-4-2, 4-3-3, Reflexes. 4-2-4. Kick-off, corner kick, throw-in, goal kick, – Principles of play-attack, depth, defence, free kick, penalty kick. Importance of penalty penetration, team formations 1-2-3-5/1-1-3-4- arc, center circle and lines on the field. 2/1-1-3-3. – Knowledge of associations and federations linked – Knowledge of associations and federations linked to the game. Important tournaments. to the game. Important tournaments. Abbreviations of associations and federations Abbreviations of associations and federations concerned with the game. concerned with the game. HOCKEY BASKETBALL – Knowledge of the game, strategies and tactics, – Knowledge of the game, strategies and tactics, and how to improve performance. and how to improve performance. – Detailed understanding of the rules and – Detailed understanding of the rules and regulations of the game. Match time, extra time, regulations of the game. tie breaker, sudden death, ball in play and out of – Knowledge of the dimensions of the court, play, penalty stroke, short corner, long corner, thickness of the lines, diagrams and dimensions free hits, hit or push back, 16 yard hit, of the court, full specifications of the ring, pole, importance of lines on the field. Start and restart boards and ball. of the match. 274

– Duties of the officials, table officials, referees, Teamwork importance in both defence and scorers, requirements of the game, equipment attack. Understanding rotation, blocking and needed, numbers of players, reserve bench, duty screening of coach, captain .technical equipment team and – Knowledge of associations and federations linked player foul markers. to the game. Important tournaments. – Laws governing the game. Suspensions, Abbreviations of associations and federations penalisations, draws, match fixtures, concerned with the game. arrangements needed to conduct tournaments. BADMINTON – Basic skills and techniques, tactics and team skills Knowledge of basic skills, free throws – Knowledge of the game, strategies and tactics, stance (passing, dribble, shoot). Shooting (jump and how to improve performance. shot, layup, hook shot), passing (pass, signal, – Detailed understanding of the rules and receive feint footwork, chest-pass, bounce pass, regulations of the game. Match time, extra time, overhead pass, javelin pass. Footwork (pivot, 1 tie, shuttle in play and out of play, importance of count and 2 count stop) One to one defence, fake lines on the court, singles and doubles. and drive, pass and cut Defence, types of – Knowledge of the dimensions and diagram of the defence, zone defence, and fast break. court, thickness of the lines. Equipment required – Knowledge of associations and federations linked for the game with their length, width weight, to the game. Important tournaments. thickness, material and dimensions. Abbreviations of associations and federations – Duties of the officials, requirements of the game, concerned with the game. equipment needed, number of players, duty of VOLLEYBALL coach, match organisers. – Knowledge of the game, strategies and tactics, – Laws governing the game. Suspensions, and how to improve performance. penalisations, draws, match fixtures, arrangements needed to conduct tournaments, – Detailed understanding of the rules and punishment on players, coaches, match points, regulations of the game. etc. – Knowledge of the dimensions and diagram of the – Basic skills and techniques - forehand or court, thickness of the lines, dimensions within backhand, correct grip, smash, drop, drive, net the court, full specifications of the net, pole and play, return upshots and low/high/flick serves. other equipment required for the game. Basic positioning for men and women rallies. – Duties of the officials, table officials, referees, – Knowledge of associations and federations linked requirements of the game, equipment needed, to the game. Important tournaments. numbers of players, reserve bench, duty of coach, Abbreviations of associations and federations captain, etc. concerned with the game. – Laws governing the game. Suspensions, TENNIS penalisations, draws, match fixtures, arrangements needed to conduct tournaments, – Knowledge of the game, strategies and tactics, default by teams. and how to improve performance. – Basic skills and techniques, tactics and team – Detailed understanding of the rules and skills Knowledge of basic skills, volley-two hand regulations of the game. Match time, deuce, pass over the head forearm pass. The serve- advantage, tie foot fault. Ball in play and out of underarm, over arm float, over arm jump, over play. Dimensions and importance of lines on the arm top spin, round house jump. The smash - court, singles and doubles. high set cross court, down the line, speed smash, – Knowledge of the dimensions and diagram of the tip the ball over the block. The block-line of court net, racket, thickness of the lines. defence, defence against smash, attack at set ball. Equipment required for the game with their

275

length, width, weight, thickness, material and – Basic skills and techniques requiring control, dimensions. Types of courts. balance, weight transfer, flow and clear body – Duties and number of officials, requirements of positions, complex sequence of movements and the game, number of players, duty of coach, ability to perform showing high standards of match organisers. precision control power speed and stamina, – Laws governing the game. Suspensions, fitness and tactics to outwit the opponents. penalisations, draws, match fixtures, Warming up and cooling down safely, safety arrangements needed to conduct tournaments, requirements for swimmers. punishment on players, coaches, match points, – Knowledge of associations and federations linked etc. to the game. Important tournaments. – Basic skills and techniques - forehand or Abbreviations of associations and federations backhand, chopper grip, correct grip, smash, concerned with the game. drop, drive, net play, return upshots and ATHLETICS low/high/flick serves. Basic positioning for men and women rallies. The racket grip-shake hand. – Knowledge of track and field events, activities, Strokes - backhand push, forehand drive, forward strategies and tactics, and how to improve push. Service - two bounce serve, high toss, performance (individual and team). forehand spin, backhand spin, long serve. Spin - – Detailed understanding of the rules and forehand topspin, backhand topspin chopping regulation of various events, strategies and tactics blocking lobbing, follow through, placement of in chosen events. Planning performing and ball for each service. evaluating particular event. – Knowledge of associations and federations linked – Knowledge of the dimension of the track. Width to the game. Important tournaments. of the track. Measurement of 400 and 200 meters, Abbreviations of associations and federations relay and solo races. Equipment of athletes in concerned with the game. various events dimensions and requirements. Importance of starters and judges for start and SWIMMING finish. Importance of staggers. – Knowledge of competitive swimming events, – Duties of the officials, table officials, referees, activities, strategies and tactics, and how to requirements of the game, equipment needed, improve performance (individual and team). numbers of players, reserve bench, duty of coach, – Detailed understanding of the rules and physiotherapist, wind gauge operator, photo regulations of various swimming events, finish. strategies and tactics in chosen events. Planning – Laws governing the game. Suspensions, performing and evaluating particular event. penalisations, draws, match fixtures, – Knowledge of the dimension, depth and distance arrangements needed to conduct meets. Rules of the pool. Importance of starters and judges for and distances and requirements of various events. start and finish of individual and medley races. – Basic skills and techniques requiring control, Various officials in charge of conducting the balance, weight transfer, flow and clear body events. Types of races, types of strokes, diving positions, complex sequence of movements and competitions, false start, individual and medley ability to perform showing high standards of events. Stances for different strokes. precision control power speed and stamina, – Duties of the officials, table officials, referees, fitness and tactics to outwit the opponents. requirements of the game, equipment needed, Warming up and cooling down exercises. numbers of players, reserve bench, duty of coach, – Knowledge of associations and federations linked physiotherapist, wind gauge operator, lifeguard, to the game. Important tournaments. photo finish. Abbreviations of associations and federations – Laws governing the game. Suspensions, concerned with the game. penalisations, draws, fixtures, arrangements needed to conduct tournaments. 276

PRACTICAL WORK - 30 Marks A. PHYSICAL EFFICIENCY TESTS No question paper for practical work will be set The following are the tests to evaluate the by the Council. physical fitness of candidates. These tests are to The Practical Work will be evaluated in two parts as be used for Continuous Assessment by the follows: Teacher as well as for Practical Assessment by the Visiting Examiner. Tests 1 to 3 should be 1. Continuous Evaluation (by the 10 marks conducted on one day and 4 to 6 on the next. Teacher) (a) Test 1 2. Practical Evaluation (by Visiting 20 marks Examiner) 50 metre run, standing start: Timings to be taken to the nearest tenth of a second 1. CONTINUOUS EVALUATION (by the (weather should be relatively windless Teacher): 10 Marks without extremes of temperature). Continuous evaluation will be done by the (b) Test 2 teacher(s) responsible for preparing the candidate Standing long jump: A flat no slip surface for the examination, in two of the following should be used. The candidate should stand games and activities of the candidate’s choice: with toes just behind the take-off line and Athletics, Cricket, Hockey, Football, Volleyball, jump when ready. After making preliminary Softball, Basketball, Tennis, Badminton, swing with the arms the candidate swings Swimming, Dancing, Gymnastics, Yoga. them forward vigorously, springing with both feet simultaneously to land as far forward as Continuous Evaluation will include the possible. Distance jumped to be measured in following: centimetres. A. File Work done throughout the 4 marks (c) Test 3 year on any two games/activities. B. Participation and performance of 3 marks Distance run - 1000 metres run for boys, 600 the candidate, throughout the metres run for girls. Time to be taken to the year, in at least any two nearest second. games/activities of his/her (d) Test 4 choice. (i) Floor push-ups for boys: The boy takes C. Physical Efficiency Tests. 3 marks a front-leaning position with body supported on hands and balls of feet; the 2. PRACTICAL EVALUATION (by the Visiting arms are straight and at right angles to Examiner): 20 Marks the body. He then dips or lowers the Practical evaluation will be done by the Visiting body so that the chest touches or nearly Examiner in the presence of the teacher and will touches the floor, then pushes back to the consist of the following: starting position by straightening the arms and repeats the procedure as many A. Physical Efficiency Tests 12 marks times as possible. Only the chest should B. Specialisation Tests 6 marks touch the floor; the arms must be (The candidate is to be evaluated completely extended with each push-up; on any two basic skills of the the body must be held straight two games/activities chosen by throughout. Scoring consists of the him/her for Continuous number of correct push-ups. Evaluation) C. Viva-voce (on the two 2 marks (ii) Push-ups for girls: This is executed from games/activities chosen by the a stall bar bench or a stool 32 cm high by candidate) 50 cm long and 35 cm wide. It should be placed on the floor about 15 cm from a 277

wall so that the subject will not take a B. SPECIALISATION TESTS position too far forward. The girl should Candidates are to be tested by a Visiting grasp the outer edges of the bench, or Examiner in the presence of the teacher in two of stool, at the nearest corners and assume the games/activities that were selected by them the front-leaning rest position, with the for Continuous Assessment. Details of skill areas balls of her feet on the floor and with her are given below. body and arms forming a right angle. She should then lower her body so that ATHLETICS the upper chest touches the near edge to Candidates will choose two of the following the bench or stool, then raise it to a events in which they wish to be tested: straight arm position as many times as (i) Track events - sprints, middle and long possible. The girl's body should be held distance races: straight throughout. If the body sways or Boys - 100 m, 200 m, 400 m, 800 m, 1500 m arches, or if the subject does not go and 3000 m. completely down or does not push completely up, half credit is given up to 4 Girls - 100 m, 200 m, 400 m, 800 m. half credits. (ii) Track events – hurdles: (e) Test 5 Boys - 110 m and 400 m. Shuttle run: A flat course of 10 metres is Girls - 100 m. required to be measured between the two (iii) Field events - jumps and throws: parallel base lines. Behind each base line, a Boys - Broad jump, high jump, triple jump, semicircle 50 cm radius with centre on the pole vault, shot-put, discus throw, javelin base line is required to be marked. throw, hammer throw. In the far semicircle two wooden blocks Girls - Broad jump, high jump, shot-put, (5x5x5 cm) are to be placed. The candidate discus throw. stands with feet behind the base line, and on a signal, runs to the far line, picks up one The following fundamental skills are block which the candidate places in the required: starting semicircle when he/she returns. The Sprints candidate then repeats the procedure with the Practice of starts with blocks using proper second block. The time to the nearest tenth of command. a second is to be taken till the second block is Time action period - Reaction time, block grounded in the starting semicircle. clearance time, acceleration time, velocity (f) Test 6 maintenance time, finish time. 60-second sit-ups: The candidate lies with Middle Distance and Long Distance Races his/her back on a mat or flat surface, feet (i) Style of endurance running. about 30 cm apart and knees flexed at a right angle. The candidate's hands with fingers (ii) Methods of endurance development. interlocked are placed behind the back. A Broad Jump partner holds the candidate's feet in contact (i) Approach run. with the mat or floor. On the signal "Go" the candidate sits up to touch the knees with (ii) Take off. his/her elbows. Without pause he/she returns (iii) Flying Phase. to his/her starting position and immediately (iv) Landing. sits up again. The number of sit-ups

completed in 60 seconds are to be counted.

278

Hop, Step and Jump (Triple Jump) CRICKET (i) Approach run. 1. Batting : pull, cut, hook, glance, (ii) Take off. stepping out to drive the flighted ball. (iii) Performance of hop, step and jump. 2. Bowling : outswing, inswing, off break, leg break and googly. (iv) Performance of combination of hops and steps. 3. Fielding : Catching high and low and ground balls. High Jump (i) Approach run. HOCKEY (ii) Take off. 1. Straight hitting and stopping: (iii) Flying phase: scissors, straddle, (a) Reverse hitting and stopping western roll or "Fosbury flop". (b) Hitting on the wrong foot Pole Vault (Boys only) 2. Straight push and stopping: (i) Grip. (a) Reverse push and stopping (ii) Pole carry. (b) Pushing on the wrong foot 3. Scooping: (iii) Approach run. (a) Push scoop (iv) Take off. (a) Shovelling (v) Planting of pole. 4. Flick: (vi) Clearance of bar. (a) Straight Flick (vii) Landing. (b) Reverse flick Javelin Throw (c) Flick on the wrong foot (i) Grip. 5. Dribbling and carrying the ball (ii) Javelin carry. 6. Passing: (iii) Transition from approach to five (a) Through pass stride rhythm. (b) Return pass (iv) Release. (c) Deflection pass (v) Reverse. (d) Interchanging position Shot put 7. Dodging: (i) Stance. (a) Dodging to opponent's left. (ii) Glide. (b) Dodging to opponent's right. (iii) Release. (c) Double dodging. 8. Different Techniques of: (iv) Reverse. (a) Corner Discus Throw (b) Penalty stroke (i) Stance. (c) Push in (ii) Preliminary Swings. (d) Goal keeping (iii) Throws with one and a half turn. 9. Tackling: (iv) Reverse. (a) Lunging (b) Feinting

279

FOOTBALL (d) Under arm pass. 1. Passing and Interpassing: (e) Forward dive and pass. (a) Interpassing between two players. (f) One arm pass with side rolling. (b) Interpassing among three players. 2. The Serve: (c) Three men weave. (a) Over head service (Tennis-type). (d) Interpassing among four players. (e) Related practices. (b) Round arm service. 2. Kicking: (c) Floating service (overhead and arm). (a) Revision of all kicking fundamentals. 3. The Set-up: (b) Lofted kick with either foot. (a) Setting up for quick smash. (c) Practice of corner kicks - lobbing (b) Move and set up (from back zones). chip shots and penalty kicks. (c) Setting up to different zones at 3. Tackling: varying trajectories. (a) Interception and hasty tackles. 4. The Net Recovery: (b) Sliding tackles. Two-handed overhead pass without rolling, (c) Related practices. one hand under arm with or without rolling. 4. Heading: 5. The Attack: (a) Related practices, front, right side and left side. (a) Smash with turn of body. (b) Head-up drills. (b) Smash with turn of wrist. 5. Dribbling: (c) Round arm smash. Practice of dribbling skills suited to actual (d) Smash on short pass (ascending playing situations. balls). 6. Tactics and coaching: (e) Simple attack combination. (a) Two back system - three back system. 6. The Block: (b) Principles of zone and man to man (a) Double block against different types defence. of attack. (c) Free kicks, penalty kicks, corner kicks. (b) Double block in assigned zones. (d) Tactics of defence and attachment. (c) Double block against quick attack. VOLLEYBALL (d) Double block against attack 1. The Pass: combination. (a) Over-head pass: Two-handed pass (e) Triple block against attack from with back rolling. zone. 7. Patterns of play: (b) Two-handed pass with side rolling. (c) Jump and pass. 4-2 system, 5-1 system.

280

Back stroke - 50m and 100m BASKETBALL Butterfly stroke - 50 m and 100 m 1. Ball handling: Holding position of fingers, body, position, Diving - Forward dive, backward dive, reverse dive and inward dive. stance of player with ball. 2. Catching the ball: Girls: Free style – 50m, 100 m, 200 m. (Receiving) skills involved. Breast stroke - 50 m and 100 m. 3. Passing: Skills - (Drills in Pairs) Back stroke - 50 m and 100 m (a) Two-handed chest pass. Butterfly stroke - 50 m and 100 m. (b) Two-handed bounce pass. Diving - Forward dive, backward dive, (c) Two-handed underhand pass (Right / reverse dive and inward dive. Left side). DANCING (d) Two-handed over head pass. The candidates will be required to give a 4. Dribbling: performance of any two of the following dances Dribbling high with speed, using alternate of their choice, with suitable accompaniment: hands, low dribble. (i) Indian dancing: Bharatanatyam, Kuchipudi, 5. Shooting: Kathakali, Kathak, Manipuri, Odissi, (a) Two-handed set shot. Mohiniyattam, Bhangra and other folk (b) Two-handed free throw. dances. (c) Lay up shot following dribble using (ii) Western dancing: Ballet, ballroom dancing, right hand (over the shoulder layup). waltz, fox trot, tango, samba, charleston, 6. Footwork: square dancing; pop-dancing - jitterbug, Player stance, position of feet, position of twist, rock-and-roll. hand, elementary shuffling and slicing GYMNASTICS movements (drills). 7. Pivoting, Stationary Pivot. The candidates will be tested in four exercises 8. Individual defence: using any two of the following bits of apparatus of their choice. Player stance: position of hands, position of feet, defender's position in between (i) Floor Exercise opponent and basket. Boys - handspring to front somersault 9. Team defence: Man to man defence. (tucked); two headsprings; cartwheel to 10. Team offence: First break offence. arabesque; arab spring; side somersault; 11. Full Court: Half court game using defence, back roll to handstand, cabriole jump throw; offence taught. flic-flacs. Girls - Leap and cabriole; step into ball of SOFTBALL/TENNIS/BADMINTON either foot; flic-flacs; round off; handspring; Candidates will be required to demonstrate cat leap; legs split in air, cartwheel; competency in the rules, skills and fitness training handstand. related to the game. (ii) Balancing Beam (Girls only) Run 2-3 steps; leap to riding seat with SWIMMING 1 /2 turn; rise to squat stand; ballet stand with Candidates will be tested in two of the following 1 /2 turn; leap on either foot; step forward events of their choice. leap changing legs to rear leap; lunge to Boys: Free style – 50m, 100 m, 200 m, 400 m, side; stag leap; one-arm cartwheel. 800 m. Breast stroke – 50m, 100 m and 200 m. 281

(iii) Parallel bars (Boys only) (xiii) Vajrasana (Sitting with flexed legs feet on Swing forward and cast to upper arm hand; the side of buttocks). forward roll; pirouette forward; lower to (xiv) Supta Vajrasana (Supine lying in the position upper arm hand; swing backward; straddle of Vajrasana). forward to support (hold). (xv) Kukutasana (Balancing on hands inserted (iv) Vaulting horse through the thighs and legs in padmasana). Boys - (long horse) Split vault; through (xvi) Jannsirasana (Paschimattrawasana on one leg vault; hand stand with cartwheel; cartwheel with the other leg flexed sideways). and handspring. (xvii) Ardha Baddha Padma Paschimttanasana Girls - Astride vault; split vault, through (Paschimattanasana on one leg with the other vault; handspring. in Padmasana position). (v) Horizontal bar (Boys only) (xviii) Triang Mahaikapada Paschimatanasana Forward and backward giant swings; change (Paschimottanasana on one leg with the other of grip; twists; the hip-circles. in Najrasana position). YOGA (xix) Moridriasana (Long sit with one knee flexed Candidates will be tested in any four of the following and kept up and trunk turned over the asanas: stretched leg). (i) Vrikshasana (Balancing on one leg with the (xx) Akanrava Dhannrasana (Long sit and pull other flexed sidewards). one foot to the corresponding ear). (ii) Utitha Trikonasana (Feet apart stand, side (xxi) Uparrshta Konasana (Long sit with feet bending). spread and bring the head to the ground). (iii) Parivrtta Trikonasana (Feet apart stand, side (xxii) Bakasana (Balancing on hands with thighs bend, with the trunk rotated backward). over the arms above elbows). (iv) Utitha Parvakonasana (Feet apart stand (xxiii) Chakrasana (Cartwheel position). lunging on one side). (xxiv) Nowli (contracting rectii abdominant in (v) Purivrita Parvakonasana (Feet apart stand uddiyana position alternate relaxation and lunging on one side and rotate the trunk contraction of left and right muscles in quick backwards). succession). (vi) Virabhadrasana (Balancing on one leg with (xxv) Kapalabathi (Quick succession of abdominal stretched hands, trunk and leg in a horizontal strokes in padmasana position). position). (xxvi) Bhastrika (Pranavam following the strokes of (vii) Uthitha Hasta Padangusthasana (Balancing Kapalabathi). on one leg and trunk bending over the other stretched horizontally). NOTE: (viii) Parasuottansasen (Feet apart stand and While testing the candidates in any two turning one side and bend the trunk over the games/activities of their choice, the following method knee on that side. should be adopted. Test of the skill as a whole with (ix) Ushtrarsan (kneel sit and flex back the trunk). emphasis on: (x) Padakastasan (Attention position, flex and (i) Approach trunk over the thighs). (ii) Stance/Grip (xi) Garudasan (Balancing one leg with the other turned over the former). (iii) Execution (degree of perfection) and (xii) Navasana (Balancing on buttocks with the (iv) Follow through. legs and trunk flexed over each other).

282

PERFORMANCE TABLE - PHYSICAL EDUCATION PHYSICAL EFFICIENCY TESTS Marks Test No. 1 Test No. 2 Test No. 3 Test No. 4 Test No. 5 Test No. 6 50m dash Standing long jump Distance run Push-ups Shuttle run 60 s sit-ups (Timing in seconds (Distance in cm) (Timing in minutes (Numbers) (Timing in seconds (Numbers) and tenths) and seconds) and tenths) Boys Girls Boys Girls Boys Girls Boys Girls Boys Girls Boys Girls (1000m) (600m) 5 6.5 7.6 204 167 4 min 2 min 30 22 9.8 11.0 47 30 10 s 30 s 4 6.6 7.9 197 155 4 min 2 min 24 14 10.0 11.2 44 28 20 s 40 s 3 6.8 8.2 190 149 4 min 2 min 17 8 10.2 11.6 41 26 30s 50 s

2 7.1 8.4 183 142 4 min 3 min 10 6 10.6 11.9 37 24 40 s 1 7.5 8.9 175 132 4 min 3 min 6 3 11.1 12.1 32 20 50 s 10 s

283

PERFORMANCE TABLE - PHYSICAL EDUCATION SPECIALISATION TESTS

ATHLETICS - FIELD EVENTS Marks Long jump High jump Hop step & jump Pole vault Shot put throw Discus Javelin throw (m and cm) (m and cm) (m and cm) (m and cm) (m and cm) (m and cm) (m and cm) Boys Girls Boys Girls Boys Boys Boys Girls Boys Boys 10 5.50 5.00 1.70 1.50 12.00 3.00 10.00 8.50 25.00 35.00 8 5.00 4.50 1.55 1.45 11.50 2.75 9.00 7.50 22.00 32.00 6 4.50 4.00 1.40 1.30 11.00 2.25 8.00 6.50 19.00 29.00 4 4.00 3.50 1.30 1.20 10.50 2.00 7.00 5.50 16.00 26.00 3 3.50 3.00 1.20 1.10 10.00 1.75 6.00 4.50 13.00 23.00 2 3.00 2.50 1.10 0.95 9.50 1.50 5.00 3.50 10.00 20.00 1 2.99 2.00 1.00 0.94 9.49 1.25 4.99 3.49 9.98 19.98

PERFORMANCE TABLE - PHYSICAL EDUCATION SPECIALISATION TESTS

ATHLETICS - TRACK EVENTS Marks 100 m 200 m 400 m 800 m 1500 m (s and tenths) (s and tenths) (s and tenths) (s and tenths) (min and s) Boys Girls Boys Girls Boys Girls Boys Girls Boys 10 11.5 13.6 24.0 25.0 56.0 68.0 2.10 2.45 4.40 8 11.8 14.4 25.1 26.1 56.1 68.1 2.15 2.50 4.45 6 12.4 15.2 26.1 27.1 58.1 71.1 2.20 2.55 4.50 4 13.2 16.0 27.1 30.1 60.1 74.1 2.30 3.05 5.00 3 14.0 16.8 28.1 33.1 62.1 77.1 2.40 3.15 5.10 2 14.8 17.6 29.1 36.1 64.1 80.1 2.50 3.25 5.20 1 15.6 18.5 30.1 39.1 66.1 83.1 3.00 3.35 5.30

284

PERFORMANCE TABLE - PHYSICAL EDUCATION SPECIALISATION TESTS SWIMMING Marks 50m free 100m free 200m free style 400m 50m breast-stroke 100m breast-

style style (min and s) free style (min and s) stroke (s and tenths) (min and s) (min and s) (min and s) Boys Girls Boys Girls Boys Girls Boys Boys Girls Boys 10 45.0 55.0 1:30 1:50 3.00 3.40 6.00 1.05 1.20 2:15 9 46.3 56.3 1:32.5 1:53 3.05 3.46 6.10 1.07 1.22.5 2:17.5 8 47.5 57.5 1:35 1:55 3.10 3.50 6.20 1.10 1.25 2:20 7 50.0 60.0 1:40 2:00 3.20 4.00 6.40 1.12 1.27.5 2:25 6 52.5 62.5 1:45 2:05 3.30 4.10 7.00 1.15 1.30 2:30 5 55.0 65.0 1:50 2:10 3.40 4.20 7.20 1.17 1.32.5 2:35 4 57.5 67.5 1:55 2:15 3.50 4.30 7.40 1.20 1.35 2:40 3 58.7 68.7 1:57.5 2:17.5 3.55 4.35 7.50 1.22 1.37 2:42.5 2 60.0 70.0 2:00 2:20 4.00 4.40 8.00 1.24 1.39 2:45 1 61.2 71.2 2:02.5 2:22.5 4.00.5 4.45 8.10 1.26 1.41 2:47

Note: For timings in between or higher than those indicated in the table the lower mark should be given.

285

PERFORMANCE TABLE - PHYSICAL EDUCATION SPECIALISATION TESTS SWIMMING (continued) Marks 50m back stroke 100m back 50m butterfly 100m butterfly Diving (min and s) stroke stroke stroke (min and s) (min and s) (min and s) Boys Girls Boys Boys Girls Boys Description of action 10 0.55 1:10 2:00 0:55 1:05 1:50 Vertical, erect body, arms and 9 1:00 1:15 2:00.5 0:57 1:10 1:52.5 legs together

8 1:02.5 1:17.5 2:05 1:00 1:12.5 1:55 Poor angle (either backward or 7 1:05 1:20 2:10 1:02.5 1:15 2:00 forward)

6 1:07.5 1:22.5 2:15 1:05 1:17.5 2:05 Poor angle opening of arms in front, 5 1:10 1:25 2:20 1:07.5 1:20 2:10 side, etc.

4 1:12.5 1:27.5 2:25 1:10 1:22.5 2:15 Poor angle opening of arms 3 1:14 1:29 2:27.5 1:12.5 1:24 2:17.5 and legs

2 1:15 1:30.5 2:30 1:14 1:25 2:20 Poor angle opening of arms 1 1:16 1:31 2:32.5 1:16 1:26 2:25 and legs in flight.

Note: For timings in between or higher than those indicated in the table the lower mark should be given.

286

SAMPLE TABLE FOR PRACTICAL WORK

CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT PRACTICAL ASSESSMENT TOTAL MARKS (TO BE DONE BY THE TEACHER) (TO BE DONE BY THE VISITING EXAMINER Continuous Assessment ONLY) + Practical Assessment File Work done Participation Physical Physical Specialisation Viva (To be entered by the Unique Identification throughout the & Efficiency Efficiency Tests (on any 2 Visiting Examiner) year performance Tests Tests games/ S. No. Number (Unique ID) of the candidate of candidates activities in two games chosen) of their choice

4 Marks 3 Marks 3 Marks 12 Marks 6 Marks 2 Marks 30 Marks 1.

10.

Name of the Teacher:______Name of the Visiting Examiner:______

Signature: ______Signature: ______

Date:______Date:______

287

SOCIALLY USEFUL PRODUCTIVE WORK AND COMMUNITY SERVICE

Emphasis should be placed on work practice and developing rapport with the local community. classroom discussions in these classes. A component The connected people, in the fields in which of Contemporary Studies may be correlated with pupils are interested, can be brought to the school SUPW. campus to address and motivate the pupils. The Heads of the higher secondary schools can be Extract from Learning to Do Towards a Learning and trained in different areas and they can train their Working Society. Report of the National Review teachers in their own schools in motivating the Committee on Higher Secondary Education” with pupils, planning the programmes, carrying out and special reference to vocationalisation. evaluating them. The teachers should be 'all purpose' guides for the effective participation of pupils in the programme. The objectives, sample plan of work and the mode of operations of the part of the curriculum (SUPW) to be executed by the teachers and the students are briefly 3. The Project areas for SUPW can be selected set forth in the following paragraphs. according to the convenience of each school, its location, rural or urban, its background and experiences. More particularly the selection of 1. Socially useful productive work (SUPW) which is the area will depend on: of a practical nature and undertaken under appropriate supervision and planning, will help (a) Nearness of the area to the school; achieve, inter alia, the following objectives: (b) Co-operation of the selected community; and

(a) Inculcation of positive attitudes to work in the (c) Understanding the locally available students; programme. (b) Identifying themselves with the community While selecting the area, the teachers should by rendering Social and Community Service; understand the extent of co-operation of the community and its interest in the welfare (c) Development of the habit of co-operative programmes. The project area should be one work; where resources for the activities can be easily (d) Making the community conscious of scientific mobilised, because the school and pupils cannot advancements and help it develop a scientific spend on transport or expensive programmes. outlook; Simple projects can be taken up by the pupils with the available resources and which are within the (e) Learning to apply one's classroom and capacity of the pupils involved. The participation vocationalised knowledge to solve day-to-day of the local people in all stages of the programme, problems of the community; is a must for the success of the programme. (f) Participation in nation building activities; and 4. In planning a programme, the following decisions (g) Realization of the goals of the state and are important: What is to be done, who will do it, national development. for what it is, when and how it will be done. If the planning is to be successful, all the following 2. To develop proper attitude towards rural components must be considered: development and community service, the pupils at the higher secondary education level must be (a) Baseline survey locating needs and resources; provided motivation and training opportunities. (b) Giving priorities to the needs; They should be given orientation training for 4-5 days in social service, understand its meaning, (c) Outlining the programme; method and outcomes, and the means of 333

(d) Conducting the programme; (e) Concluding the programme. A simple survey should be conducted by the the people, programmes can be outlined for the pupils in their selected project areas, to help specified period of work (two years) in the them to understand the needs of the people, the community. Annual work plans can be prepared resources available in the area, and decide what by the teachers as a guidepost for both the could be done by them. With the help of all the teachers and the students. A sample plan on a teachers in the school, and based on the needs of savings campaign is given below.

A Sample Plan of Work (Savings Campaign)

Week Purpose Methods Persons to be Place to be adopted Involved

I Contacting the village Home Visits. Pupils, teachers and Individual houses. leaders and people. local leaders.

II & Baseline survey to Interview Homemakers, teachers Individual houses. III learn the income and and pupils. expenditure and savings pattern in the area. IV Introduce the need and Group meetings, People, District, Community hall or method of savings. charts, posters and Savings Officer. Pupils School. exhibits. and teachers. V Explaining various Home visits, Group Pupils and teachers Individual houses. methods of savings. discussion with charts Gram Sevikas and

and pamphlets Gram Sevaks VI Helping them to reach Field visits, Postmaster, leaders in Post Office. the Post office. Discussions, the community, pupils Demonstrations. and teachers. VII Educating the people Lecture-cum- Representative from School. on Bank Saving. Discussion. nearby bank, pupils and teachers. VIII Helping people to go Field Visits, Interested people, Bank. to the bank and open Discussion. Bank Manager, Pupils savings accounts. and teachers. IX Educating the people Lecture-cum- Small Scale Industries Community Hall. in economic Discussion. Officer, Pupils and

improvement Teachers. X Starting simple Demonstration. Pupils, Teachers. Community Hall and income-generating Concerned People. individual houses. programmes. XI Follow-up (continued). All methods and Concerned people. Appropriate places. techniques.

334

5. Utilization of available infrastructure for the (i) Organising libraries/book banks and mobile planning, execution and evaluation of the laboratories; programmes is important in order also to (j) Hospital work; minimise the expenditure and effort. The teachers (k) Conducting programmes in balwari (games should know the infrastructure available and be and music); aware as to how to make use of them for the success of the programme. The infrastructure (l) Coaching children; available for the welfare of the community is: (m) Adult literacy; 1. District Collectorate (n) Camps in the adopted area. 2. Panchayat Union Students who are pursuing language studies 3. Village Panchayat should take up Adult Education under Socially 4. Elementary School Useful Productive Work. 5. Primary Health Centre 7. The Socially Useful Productive Work should, as 6. Municipality far as possible, be allied to the electives chosen by the students, allowing also for any other kind of 7. Small Savings Organisation work depending upon the facilities available in the 8. Field Publicity Office neighbourhood. The students who are studying 9. Sarvodaya Sangh Home Science may, for instance, work with the 10. Local Organisations, such as, Parent Teachers' community for improvement of the nutritional Association and Service Clubs - such as, status of the population, utilising the local Rotary, Lion's, Jaycees and others. products for developing cheap and wholesome diets. The students of Chemistry may undertake To get the assistance and co-operation of those useful work of soil fertilisers and water, removal who make up this infrastructure, they should be of pollution, utilisation of wastes, etc. Those of apprised and involved at all the stages of the Physics may similarly work on rural programme development - from the planning, electrification, improvement of small and cottage through execution to evaluation. industries, etc. Biology students may serve in 6. The programmes selected must be suitable to the primary health centres and promote other health age level and competencies of the pupils and the measures or help farmers, horticulturists, etc., for needs of the community. Both general types of improving productivity. Political Science students productive programmes and specific productive may work with Panchayat Administration, local projects related to the subject matter of each bodies, etc., for purposes of improving various student can be undertaken. The following general services to the community. programmes can be undertaken by all the pupils The above are illustrations of the kind of Socially irrespective of their subjects (electives) of study: Useful Productive Work which the students, pursuing (a) Fact finding; academic studies, may undertake. Obviously, there are (b) Tree Planting; many more areas that can be tackled in one's own (c) Cleanliness and Sanitation; environment. A list of certain subject matter related activities is set forth: (d) Deepening ponds, construction of contour- bounds, community halls, road laying; (1) Indian Languages (e) Small Savings Drive; (i) Writing short stories and skits. (f) Health and Nutrition Education; (ii) Developing leadership qualities and through (g) Celebration of National Days and festivals; education debates. (h) Organising film shows; (iii) Developing artistic tendency - painting, drawing and other fine arts. 335

(iv) Promoting national integration. (ii) Giving knowledge about how lightning and (v) Encouraging them to read newspapers - thunder occur and what are the uses of knowledge about current affairs. lightning and thunder and the thunder arrester. (vi) Adult literacy and adult education. (iii) Teaching how we receive sound from the radio which is relayed from the Radio Station. (vii) Coaching school children. (iv) Preparing hot water with the help of solar heat (2) History or energy. (i) Dramatisation programmes. (v) Giving knowledge about how to produce (ii) Screening historical films. artificial rain. (iii) Publication of historical leaflets and booklets. (vi) Teaching how to get electricity from water (iv) Organisation of exhibitions of historical value. and steam. (v) Debates and oratorical competitions as (vii) Giving basic knowledge about how to operate regards the political set up of the country. the machines like washing machine, grinding- machine, electric cookers, etc. (vi) Discussions and utilisation of local resources. (viii)Giving knowledge about how sound is (vii) Encouraging the pupils to adopt such hobbies produced from various sound instruments. as are of educational value. (6) Chemistry (3) Geography (i) Preparation of soap and washing soda. (i) Radio broadcasts on weather conditions. (ii) Explaining the uses of Dettol and Phenyl for (ii) Making the villagers to understand the radio cleanliness. broadcasts. (iii) Preparation of tincture and simple ointments (iii) Working models of volcanoes and for wounds. earthquakes. (iv) Preparation of dyes. (iv) Survey work of the lands and roads. (v) Explaining the preparation of bleaching (v) Attending the Panchayat Union Meetings and powder. discussions. (vi) Explaining the equipping techniques and use (4) Mathematics of gobar gas plant in the houses making use of (i) Encouraging the pupils to learn mathematics animal waste. by pointing out its use in the world at present. (vii) Explaining the uses and preparation of (ii) Helping the adults and unemployed to run a ammonium nitrate. co-operative store selling goods at controlled (viii) Explaining the fixation of nitrogen. price. (ix) Explaining the uses of insecticides. (iii) Teaching them to make toys with simple models like triangles, spheres etc. (x) Demonstrating the method of purifying water. (iv) Helping them to discriminate between British (7) Biology units, and the metric system. (i) Helping the farmers to get rid of insect pests. (v) Helping them to be aware of the units and (ii) Learning methods of vegetative propagation. measurements so that they cannot be cheated (iii) Introducing modern techniques of incubation in shops. This can be done by actually in poultry. showing the weights, scales and meter scale. (iv) Practicing the way of getting uniform fruiting (5) Physics and blossoming through simple techniques (i) Giving basic knowledge about how to prevent using chemicals (Hormones). electric shock accidents. (v) Leathering of economically important animals.

336

(vi) Making students aware of economic Zoology. ASSESSMENT (vii) Providing knowledge on crop rotation. (CLASSES XI AND XII) (viii) Making students aware of the various sources Evaluation is an important aspect of planning and of nitrogen manure in the form of nitrogen execution of the Socially Useful Productive Work yielding plants (legumes) and easily available (including Community Services and an optional cultures to increase the yield. component of Contemporary Studies) programme in (ix) Making students aware of contamination. schools. From the beginning of the programme each step needs evaluation. An illustrative guide to the (8) Home Science areas of assessment and weightage to be given is (i) Raising a kitchen garden. contained in the following paragraphs. (ii) Helping the rural people to have poultry units 1. Selection of Socially Useful Productive Work and to do bee keeping. (including Community Service and an optional (iii) Organising rural balwari. component of Contemporary Studies) (iv) Low-cost nutritious food-demonstration. Candidates will be required to select one craft and (v) Improving arts and crafts. one service per year of preparation for the Examination, i.e. Classes XI and XII. In addition, (vi) Make use of compost pits. candidates may also select topics under (vii) Pest control measures. Contemporary Studies per year of preparation for (viii) Nutrition education through various games. the Examination. 2. Internal Assessment 8. Fifteen per cent of the working time is to be spent for Socially Useful Productive Work. It amounts The Internal Assessment will consist of to about 150 hours a year. The 150 hours can be assessment in (a) Socially Useful Productive distributed throughout the year according to the Work (b) Community Service (c) Contemporary convenience of schools. Sometimes, if it is Studies (if opted by candidates). The work impossible to give them every week, a stretch of undertaken by the candidates during the two-year several hours could be given during the year, for a preparation period in each year will be assessed camp. But continuity should be assured in the and marked out of 100. work. Many adjustments have to be made in the 3. Socially Useful Productive Work school timetable to give the students and teachers free time to go to the work spot. The timings (i) This will be taken to mean work practice in suitable for the students must also fit in with the craft. In contrast to community service it timings of the people in the programme area. After implies the making of articles of social use or the two-year's programme, even when a particular practice of a skill. batch of students completes its courses and leaves, (ii) The areas of assessment of Socially Useful the school should plan for follow-up programmes Productive Work may be classified as in the areas, by subsequent batches of students. follows: 9. The Heads of the institutions should nominate a Marks senior teacher to be in charge and co-ordinate the (1) Preparation 10 entire programme for the school and guide the (2) Organisation 20 teacher-in-charge. All teachers in the school would be guiding the students of their own class in all (3) Skills 40 aspects of the programme – planning, execution (4) Research 20 and evaluation. The Heads of the institutions (5) Interest 10 should scrutinize the records and registers (iii) Preparation: It is important to select a craft maintained by the students, teachers and which is socially useful and within the teacher-in-charge (coordinator) of the programme. candidates' capabilities. It may be necessary The work of the coordinator should be counted in to visit localities where certain crafts are the workload of the teacher. 337

practiced and note details of the processes or suggest/implement improvements as also methods involved. improvise wherever necessary. (iv) Organisation: The candidates should be able (vii) Interest: This is an assessment of the to explain in writing the tools, materials and candidate’s industriousness, constancy and processes required as well as draw up a conscientiousness with regard to the work timetable/programme of work. undertaken. The candidates should be able to (v) Skills: The manipulative skills of the adhere to the timetable/programme of work candidates should be assessed regularly from drawn up by them. the finished product(s) and should include the (viii)Record card: This should be kept for each candidates' abilities to follow the processes or candidate and the assessment of Socially methods of the craft. Useful Productive Work entered in it. A (vi) Research: This is the candidate’s ability to specimen of the record card is given below for analyse a process or method and guidance.

NAME OF THE SCHOOL Internal Assessment Card for Socially Useful Productive Work Name of Candidate: ______Craft/Skill: ______

ASSESSMENT RECORD Date of Assessment Areas of Assessment Preparation Organisation Skills Research Interest Grade Points Grade Points Grade Points Grade Points Grade Points

INTERPRETATION OF GRADES Grade Standard A Very Good B Good C Satisfactory D Fair E Poor 4. Community Service (4) Resourcefulness 20 (i) This will be taken to mean work done in the (5) Interest 10 home, school and outside, which is beneficial (iii) Preparation: It is important to select a service to the community. that will be beneficial to the community. It (ii) The areas of assessment of Community may be necessary to form teams or squads and Service may be as under: to select a leader. Marks (iv) Organisation is the knowledge of the tools, (1) Preparation 10 materials and methods/processes by which the work can be done, and the ability to draw up a (2) Organisation 20 timetable, or programme of work. (3) Skills 40

338

(v) Skills are the manipulative skills of doing the half-hours of Socially Useful Productive work. The quality of the candidate’s work Work and Community Service, per week. should be assessed.

(vi) Resourcefulness is the ability to complete the work in spite of problems and difficulties and (c) The number of hours as far as the Social to improvise wherever necessary. Service is concerned in the case of day (vii) Interest is the assessment of the candidate’s scholars, will then be within the home and constancy, industriousness and the neighbourhood and may rightly be conscientiousness in doing the work and their termed 'Homework'. abilities to adhere to the timetable, or The remarks to be entered by the parent programme of work drawn up by them. should be specified so that they may be (viii)A record card on the lines suggested for converted into grades. Socially Useful Productive Work should be (d) A suggested five points "remarks" scale is kept. given below: (ix) A practical scheme for day schools is given A -Very Good below: B -Good (a) In the case of day-schools, parents should be involved in making their children C -Satisfactory aware of their responsibilities in the home D -Fair and to persons in the area in which they live. They should be encouraged to E -Poor render service in the home and to their (e) The class teacher should be required to neighbours. Such service may take the enter the "grades" in a special register form of helping parents in cleaning the against each child. house, making the beds, assisting in the kitchen, cleaning the backyard, helping in 5. Contemporary Studies the garden, visiting the sick, teaching a Pupils are to be provided a general child, or children in the neighbourhood, and so on. appreciation of the topics given with a view to cultivate and inculcate values promoting Experiments should be tried in every sustainable societal practices. Assessment will school in which there are day scholars. be done on the basis of participation in class Parents should be asked to give each child discussions. Grades may be awarded as for a job of work to do, which will last between 20 minutes to half an hour each SUPW. day. 6. Submission of Grades (b) A diary should be kept for each child in which the parents enter this every day: Heads of schools will be responsible for correct entry of the SUPW (including (i) Nature of work; Community Service) and Contemporary (ii) Time allotted; Studies (optional) result of each candidate in (iii) Remark of the parent; terms of the Grades A, B, C, D or E. The grades must be submitted online through (iv) Signature of the parent. the Council’s CAREERS portal within the Thus, it will be possible for the school to stipulated due date. ensure that children do at least three and

339

CONTEMPORARY STUDIES (OPTIONAL) (Recommended to form a component of SUPW)

The aim of this section is to provide to all students the (iii) To understand the inter-relationships of ability to comprehend social transformations and development in the country, in the region and at develop in them the ability to utilize knowledge and the international levels in commerce, trade and skills to effectively address emerging opportunities. socio-political areas. The student should learn: (iv) To develop a challenging attitude to act on the (i) To analyse concepts and practices within social and environmental matters in order to socio-economic, political contexts in the society. introduce change for a sustainable social order. (ii) To critically examine and evaluate various (v) To appreciate the conflicts of interests between development strategies and experiences so as to social political organizations at the national and be able to generate a viewpoint of their own. international levels and develop a comprehensive appraisal of their impact on the individual.

CLASS XI

1. Emergence of new Society • What measures can we take to mitigate or combat these changes? • 'Greens' and ‘Culture Creatives’. 3. Equity, Equality, Social justice • Emerging trends in modern society: • Constitutional provisions. Organic Foods • Vegetarianism Present political aspirations. Feminism • Social imbalances. Decline of the industrial age practices • Perspectives promoting sustainable society. Netizens 4. The Energy Debate • Impact of burning fossil fuel on environment. 2. Atmosphere and Climate change • Future of nuclear energy. • What is the “greenhouse gas effect” and which are the “greenhouse gases”? • Scope of fuel conservation. • Is global warming man-made? 5. Reaching Out • What are the likely consequences of global Types of communication networks and their warming? utility – e-mail, facsimile, video conferencing; understanding of the Internet as a global • What other climate changes are taking places? knowledge base and communication network.

340

CLASS XII

1. Understanding the New World Order 3. Science and Technology • Spirituality, Science and Society: • Animal and human aggression: (i) The co-relation and need for balanced appreciation for sustainable social order. (i) Human and non-human signals of (ii) The emergence of higher consciousness aggression. and higher spiritual commitments for (ii) Weapons devised by man for offence and meaningful living. defence. (iii) Scientific dimensions of spirituality. (iii) Nuclear weapons, control on weapons (iv) Emerging society promoting manufacture, sale to foreign powers. contradictions and paradoxes. (iv) Technology - does it make war more or less likely? • North-South dialogue: (i) Unequal distribution of economic wealth. • Science and Technology as change agents: (ii) Exploitation of world governance; (i) Effect of scientific developments on our instruments for enhancing the North- lives - at work and at home. South divide. (ii) Business on net – e-commerce, its (iii) Labour practices in the creation of wealth. feasibility and implications. Child labour, women labour, bonded labour. Low wages and economic activity • Cosmology and space research: in India and a selected western country. (i) Current theories about the origins of the (iv) Towards practices enhancing universe. sustainability of world trade practices. (ii) Probability of existence of Extra • United Nation’s declaration for the rights of Terrestrial Intelligence. women, minorities and the child. • Emergence of new technologies and their A critical understanding of the enshrined appreciation: articles related to child, women and minorities rights. (i) Non-Digital and Digital technology. (ii) Communication technology. 2. Building People (iii) Information technology. • Privatisation vs Nationalization. • Biodiversity, Genetic Engineering and Cloning. • The need for governments to govern and leave economic activities to the people; role of • Ecology, exploitation of natural resources. NGOs. • Interdependence of species and ecosystem and • Generation of financial resources to meet consequences of disturbing this equilibrium. governmental expenses. 4. Dilemmas • Impact of privatisation on economic development with specific reference to • Patent Laws and their implications. Insurance, Telecommunications, Railways • Intellectual copyrights - ethical and moral and Electricity. dimensions.

341